Home / DOT Specifications / New York / Standard Specifications (Construction and Materials) / 623

Incidental Construction (600-699)

623SCREENED GRAVEL, CRUSHED GRAVEL, CRUSHED STONE,

NY · 2024 Standard SpecificationsBook pages 474–640View official source ↗

TABLE OF CONTENTS NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Contents Section 600 ................................ ................................ ................................ ................ 4 INCIDENTAL CONSTRUCTION ................................ ................................ ........ 4 SECTION 601 - ARCHITECTURAL PAVEMENTS AND TREATMENTS .................. 4 SECTION 602 - REHABILITATION OF CULVERT AND STORM DRAIN PIPE ....... 5 SECTION 603 - CULVERTS AND STORM DRAINS ................................ ................. 12 SECTION 604 - DRAINAGE STRUCTURES ................................ ............................. 20 SECTION 605 - UNDERDRAINS ................................ ................................ ............... 25 SECTION 606 - GUIDE RAILING, MEDIAN BARRIER, AND CONCRETE BARRIER ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 28 SECTION 607 - FENCES ................................ ................................ ........................... 51 SECTION 608 - SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, BICYCLE PATHS, AND VEGETATION CONTROL STRIPS ................................ ................................ .......... 56 SECTION 609 - CURB AND CURB & GUTTER ................................ ........................ 65 SECTION 610 - GROUND VEGETATION - PREPARATION, ESTABLISHMENT AND MANAGEMENT ................................ ................................ ............................... 71 SECTION 611 - PLANTING, TRANSPLANTING AND POST PLANTING CARE ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................... 868680 SECTION 612 (VACANT) ................................ ................................ .................. 929387 SECTION 613 - WILDLIFE AND ECOLOGY ................................ ................... 929387 SECTION 614 - PRUNING, IMPROVING AND REMOVING EXISTING VEGETATION ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 939387 SECTION 615 - LANDSCAPE APPURTENANCES ................................ ........... 979892 SECTION 616 - SOIL BIOENGINEERING ................................ ....................... 979892 SECTION 617 - INVASIVE SPECIES MANAGEMENT ................................ .... 989892 SECTION 618 (VACANT) ................................ ................................ .................. 989892 SECTION 619 - WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ................................ ....... 989892 SECTION 620 - BANK AND CHANNEL PROTECTION ............................. 160161153 SECTION 621 - CLEANING CULVERTS, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND EXISTING ROADSIDE SECTIONS ................................ ............................ 164165157 SECTION 622 - BUILDINGS AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES ..... 167168160 SECTION 623 - SCREENED GRAVEL, CRUSHED GRAVEL, CRUSHED STONE, CRUSHED SLAG ................................ ................................ ........................ 167168160 SECTION 624 - PAVED GUTTERS ................................ ............................. 168169161 SECTION 625 - SURVEY OPERATIONS ................................ .................... 171172164 SECTIONS 626 THRU 628 (VACANT) ................................ ........................ 183184176 SECTION 629 - PETROLEUM STORAGE TANK CLOSURE .................... 183184176 SECTION 630 - BARRICADES ................................ ................................ .... 188189181 SECTION 631 (VACANT) ................................ ................................ ............ 189190182 SECTION 632 (VACANT) ................................ ................................ ............ 189190182 SECTION 633 - CONDITIONING EXISTING PAVEMENT PRIOR TO ASPHALT OVERLAY ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 189190182 SECTION 634 (VACANT) ................................ ................................ ............ 193193185 SECTION 635 - CLEANING AND PREPARATION OF PAVEMENT SURFACES FOR PAVEMENT MARKINGS ................................ ................................ ........... 193193185 TABLE OF CONTENTS NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 SECTION 636 (VACANT RESPONSE WORK ) ................................ .......... 195196187 SECTION 637 - ENGINEER’S FIELD OFFICE, LABORATORY AND EQUIPMENT ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 199196187 SECTION 638 - WHITE SYNTHETIC RESIN BINDER CONCRETE ......... 209206198 SECTION 639 - CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 212209200 SECTION 640 - REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKING PAINTS ...... 212209201 SECTION 641 - BRIDGE WASHING ................................ ........................... 214211202 SECTION 642 - ROADSIDE MAINTENANCE ................................ ............ 214211203 SECTION 643 - NOISE BARRIERS ................................ ............................. 214211203 SECTION 644 - OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURES ................................ .... 215212203 SECTION 645 - SIGNS ................................ ................................ ................ 225222213 SECTION 646 - DELINEATORS, REFERENCE MARKERS AND SNOWPLOWING MARKERS ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 234231223 SECTION 647 - REMOVING, STORING, AND RELOCATING SIGNS, SIGN PANEL ASSEMBLIES, SIGN SUPPORTS, AND FOUNDATIONS ........................... 237234225 SECTION 648 - SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS ................................ ...... 240237229 SECTION 649 - AUDIBLE ROADWAY DELINEATORS ............................ 248245236 SECTION 650 - TRENCHLESS INSTALLATION OF CASING .................. 251248239 SECTION 651 - COMMUNICATION FACILITIES ................................ ..... 261258250 SECTION 652 - FURNISHING AND APPLYING SALTS ............................ 261258250 SECTION 653 PAVEMENT RIDE QUALITY ................................ ............. 262259251 SECTION 654 - IMPACT ATTENUATORS - PERMANENT ....................... 264261253 SECTION 655 - FRAMES, GRATES AND COVERS ................................ ... 269266257 SECTION 656 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS ................................ ............ 270267259 SECTION 657 – PAINTING GALVANIZED AND ALUMINUM SURFACES ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 271268260 SECTION 658 - WATER WELLS ................................ ................................ 276273264 SECTION 659 - TELECOMMUNICATION UTILITIES .............................. 276273264 SECTION 660 - UTILITIES ................................ ................................ ......... 276273265 SECTION 661 - ELECTRIC UTILITIES ................................ ..................... 277274265 SECTION 662 - GAS, OIL & STEAM UTILITIES ................................ ....... 277274266 SECTION 663 - WATER SUPPLY UTILITIES ................................ ............ 278275266 SECTION 664 - SANITARY SEWER UTILITIES ................................ ........ 289286278 SECTION 665 - WATERWAYS ................................ ................................ ... 290287278 SECTION 666 (VACANT) ................................ ................................ ............ 290287278 SECTION 667 - LOCAL ROAD GRAVEL SURFACE, BASE, AND SUBBASE COURSES ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 290287279 SECTIONS 668 AND 669 (VACANT) ................................ ........................... 293290281 SECTION 670 - HIGHWAY LIGHTING SYSTEM ................................ ...... 293290281 SECTIONS 671 THRU 674 (VACANT) ................................ ........................ 305302293 SECTION 675 - RAILROAD TRACK AND APPURTENANCES ................. 305302294 SECTIONS 676 THRU 679 (VACANT) ................................ ........................ 305302294 SECTION 680 - TRAFFIC SIGNALS ................................ ........................... 305302294 SECTION 681 AND 682 (VACANT) ................................ ............................. 327324316 SECTION 683 - INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS .............. 327324316 TABLE OF CONTENTS NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 SECTION 684 (VACANT) ................................ ................................ ............ 328325316 SECTION 685 - EPOXY REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS ..... 328325316 SECTION 686 (VACANT) ................................ ................................ ............ 336330319 SECTION 687 - THERMOPLASTIC REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 336330319 SECTION 688 - PREFORMED REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 340334323 SECTION 689 (VACANT) ................................ ................................ ............ 343338327 SECTION 690 - SPECIALTY WORK ................................ .......................... 343338327 SECTIONS 691 THRU 695 - (VACANT) ................................ ...................... 344338327 SECTION 696 - CONTRACTOR CHARGES (for Construction’s use only) .. 344338327 SECTION 697 - FIELD CHANGE PAYMENT ................................ ............. 344338328 SECTION 698 - PRICE ADJUSTMENTS ................................ ..................... 345340329 SECTION 699 - MOBILIZATION ................................ ............................... 350344333

601-2 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Section 600 INCIDENTAL CONSTRUCTION SECTION 601 - ARCHITECTURAL PAVEMENTS AND TREATMENTS (Last Revised September 2016)

601-1 DESCRIPTION. This work shall consist of the construction, placing, or applying of architectural

pavements and treatments in accordance with the Contract Documents or as directed by the Engineer.

601-2 MATERIALS. Materials shall conform to the following subsections.

Bituminous Materials 702 Bituminous Tack Coat ( SS-1h or CSS-1h) 702-3601 Fine Aggregates 703-01 Mineral Filler 703-08 Precast Concrete Street Pavers 704-23 Water 712-01

601-2.01 Precast Concrete Street Paving.

A.Neoprene -Modified Asphalt Adhesive. Neoprene -Modified Asphalt Adhesive shall consist of 2% neoprene, grade WM1, oxidized asphalt with a R & B softening point of 154° F minimum and a penetration of 80, and 10% asbestos -free fibers.

B.Polymeric Sand. Polymer modified graded sand designed specifically for filling joints between pavers. Polymeric sand shall be supplied in clearly labeled sealed packages.

601-3 Construction.

601-3.01 Precast Concrete Street Paving

A.The provisions under §401 -3, Construction Details for Plant Mix Pavements - General, shall apply.

B.The Contractor shall construct the subbase according to the current 601 Standard Sheet(s). Prior to placing the setting bed, the Contractor shall prepare the subbase surface according to §402 - 3.05a. The bituminous setting bed shall consist of PG binder 64S -22 mixed with fine aggregate meeting the requirements of §703 -01. Alternate PG binder grades may be allowed by the RME in lieu of PG 64S -22. The PG binder will meet the requirements outlined in Section 702 Bituminous Materials , Table 702 -1 Performance -Graded Binders for Paving . The PG binder shall be 7.0% of the total batch weight. The mix shall be heated to approximately 325º F. The compacted thickness of the bituminous setting bed shall be ¾ inch. A coating of neoprene -modified asphalt adhesive shall be applied by mopping, squeegeeing or troweling over the top surface of the setting bed to provide bond under the bricks. Precast concrete street pavers shall be laid in a 90° herringbone pattern according to the current 601 Standard Sheet(s) to provide a uniformly even surface, with no more than ¼” variation. Joints shall be 1/8 inch wide (±1/16 inch). No precast concrete street pavers shall be laid when the air temperature is below 40º F. Joint lines shall not deviate more than ± ½” over 50 feet from string lines.

602-2 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 The Contractor shall fill gaps at the edges of the paved area with cut pavers or edge units. The Contractor shall adjust pattern at pavement edges such that cutting of edge pavers is minimized. All cut pavers subject to tire traffic shall be no less than o ne-third (1/3) of a whole unit. After pavers are placed on the adhesive, set them in it with at least one pass of a minimum 300 pound hand roller. Replace any cracked units with whole units and set them with the hand roller. Polymeric sand shall be swept over the precast concrete street pavers until the joints are completely filled. The paver surface shall be swept clean and the joints lightly wetted with water. This joint filling operation shall not be performed if the air te mperature is expected to fall below 40ºF, or there is an expectation of rain within 4 hours of the completion.

601-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. Architectural pavements and treatments will be measured by

the number of square yards placed.

601-5 BASIS OF PAYMENT. The unit price bid per square yard shall include the cost of all labor,

materials and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including setting bed material, except that any sawcutting of existing pavement, excavation, concrete base, curb, curb and gutter, and subbase course will be paid for separately. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 601.01 Precast Concrete Street Paving (Bituminous Setting Bed) Square Yard SECTION 602 - REHABILITATION OF CULVERT AND STORM DRAIN PIPE (Last Revised January 2019)

602-1 DESCRIPTION. Rehabilitate culvert and storm drain pipe in accordance with these

specifications, the contract documents, and as directed by the Engineer.

602-2 Material Requirements.

602-2.01 General. Materials requirements are specified in the following subsections:

Portland Cement Concrete 501 Shotcrete 583 Concrete Repair Material 701-04 Vertical and Overhead Patching Material 701-08 Concrete Repair Material - High Early Strength 701-12 Grout Sand 703-04 Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP) Liner 706-09 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (relining) 706-10 (Profile Wall) (Corrugated) High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) (relining) 706-11 (Profile Wall) (Smooth Wall) Corrugated Steel Pipe 707-02 (Polymer Coated) Tunnel Liner Plate (relining) 707-05 Structural Steel Plate for Pipe, Pipe Arches and Underpasses 707-08 Corrugated Structural Steel Plate for Pipe and Pipe Arches and Underpasses 707-09 Anchor Bolts for Corrugated Culverts 707-20 Zinc Chromate Primer 708-04

602-2 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Bar Reinforcement, Grade 60 709-01 Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement 709-02 Stud Shear Connectors 709-05 Membrane Curing Compound 711-05 Admixtures 711-08 Lightweight Concrete Fill (Type A or B) 733-01

602-2.02 Grout for Annular Space. Design the grout for the annular space between the existing pipe

and new liner pipe in accordance with the pipe Manufacturer’s recommendations. Grout for the annular space shall be in accordance with 733 -01 Lightweight Concrete Fill (Type B). Calculate the required volume of grout based on the existing culvert/storm drain internal diameter (minus deformations) and the external diameter of liner pipe. All grout components must appear on the Approved List unless approved by the Director, Materials Bureau.

602-3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. Provide the Engineer, a minimum of 10 days prior to starting of

the work, a written proposal of how the work will be progressed. The proposal shall include dewatering of the pipe; procedures for maintaining line and grade of the lining pipe, pipe manufa cturer’s recommendations for the assembly of preapproved joints, or joint fusion methods; bracing methods; grout mix design; and void filing techniques. Such proposals are also required, regardless of the rehabilitation method, for shotcreting, concrete, and void filling methods.

602-3.01 Existing Pipe Preparation. Dewater, clean and inspect the existing pipe. Determine the

location of and remove obstructions that may prevent proper installation of the paving or lining material. Inspect small inaccessible pipes, generally less than 48 inches in diameter, using a closed circuit television and camera to provide a visual inspection. Provide strutting and bracing as required to ensure stability of the pipe.

602-3.02 Handling & Installing Lining Materials

A.General. Install each run of lining pipe with the same material for the entire run unless otherwise identified in the contract documents or approved by the Engineer. Do not allow water to flow along the invert during concrete or fill material placement.

B.Structural Paving of Inverts with Concrete . Apply §603 -3.07 Concrete Paving for Corrugated Structural Plate Pipe with the exception of the following:

1.Pave the area along the invert’s periphery, providing concrete cover thickness over the crests of the corrugations and concrete reinforcement details as indicated on the plans. If welding has been used to anchor the reinforcement or studs on a galvanized section of the pipe then upon completion of the anchoring, restore the coating in accordance with §702 -02 Corrugated Steel Pipe, E. Coating Repair. Coating restoration is not req uired where mechanical anchoring of the reinforcement has been utilized.

2.Use Class D, Class H or Class J concrete for paving of the invert.

C.Lining with Shotcrete. Apply all requirements of Section 583, Shotcrete with the exception of the following:

1.Shotcrete may be used to line concrete pipe, stone arches, and corrugated metal pipes.

2.All reinforcement design and details (e.g. spacing, anchoring, etc.) must be indicated on the plans. If welding has been used to anchor the reinforcement or studs on a galvanized section of

602-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 the pipe then upon completion of the anchoring, restore the coating in accordance with §702 -02 Corrugated Steel Pipe, E. Coating restoration is not required where mechanical anchoring of the reinforcement has been utilized.

3.Apply a minimum 2 inch thick shotcrete layer over the crests of the corrugations. The shotcrete layer limits along the periphery will be indicated on the plans.

D.Lining with Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP) Liner. The CIPP manufacturer’s / installer’s name shall appear on the Department’s Approved List of Materials and Equipment, Rehabilitation of Culverts and Storm Drains section. The CIPP contractor shall provide the Engineer a report with design details and calculations for determining the minimum required thickness of the cured -in-place -pipe (CIPP) liner, the minimum internal pressure required to hold the wetted liner tight agai nst the host pipe, and the maximum allowable internal pressure so as not to damage the wetted liner. All design calculations shall assume a fully deteriorated host pipe, unless Item 602.37xx, Lining Concrete pipe with Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP), is specif ied. All liner installations require the excavation of a resin containment pit to facilitate the installer’s collection and subsequent disposal of any waste (styrene or non -styrene) and / or curing water from the jobsite. When the liner curing is completed, th e installer will remove all waste prior to the lined pipe being put back in service. The plans will indicate the size of the excavation for the resin containment pit. The excavation, temporary storage of the fill and restoration of the downstream c hannel will be performed under Section 206 -1.02, measured under 206 -4.04 and paid under 206.0201 Trench, Culvert and Structure Excavation – O.G. Use a resin / liner system meeting the following criteria: -System consists of one or more layers of flexible needled felt or an equivalent material as approved by the Materials Bureau. -Liner is flexible enough to fit irregular pipe sections and able to negotiate pipe bends. Liner’s surface must be coated with a plastic material compatible with the proposed resin. All liners containing styrene based resins require the use of a pre liner, to be inserted into the existing pipe before insertion of the CIPP liner. In addition to the pre liner, single or double sided liners may be specified in the contract plans, depending on the environmental setting of a particular application. A thermoset resin and catalyst or an epoxy resin and hardener system, compatible with the proposed inversion system shall be used. If indicated in the contract documents, a resin containing less than five percent volatile organic compounds (VOCs ) with less than 0.1 percent hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) and less than 0.1 percent of water quality pollutants as listed in 6 NYCRR Parts 700-705 shall be supplied. I f the resin type (styrene or non -styrene) is not specified on the plans, the installer has th e option to select the resin type. Proposed resin shall be compatible with the proposed inversion process . Vacuum impregnate the liner with resin. Use a volume of resin capable of filling all voids in the liner material at nominal thickness and diameter. Adjust this resin volume by adding a minimum of 5% excess resin to allow for changes in resin volume due to polymerization and for any resin migration into the cracks and joints of the original pipe.

1.Installation. A cured -in-place -pipe (CIPP) liner may be installed into the host pipe by hydrostatic head, air pressure inversion, or a combination of the two. Do not exceed the manufacturer recommended maximum pressure to the liner felt fiber during the inversion process. Pulled in place installations may be allowed if it is indicated on the contract documents or if the installer is given prior approval by the Director, Materials Bureau.

602-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 a. Hydrostatic Head. The standpipe height must be sufficient to maintain at least the minimum required pressure between the CIPP liner and the existing (host) pipe. The lower end of the liner must extend beyond the outlet end whenever possible. Where changes in elevation may create excessive stresses on the liner felt, the use of bulkheads may be necessary. Alternative installation methods using a hydrostatic head will be subject to approval by the Director, Materials Bureau.

b.Air Pressure. The liner may be inverted using air pressure to extend it to the termination point. The air pressure needs to be adjusted and sustained to a level capable of holding the liner against the host pipe regardless of the curing method proposed to be used.

2.Curing. Cure the liner by circulating heated water throughout the section. Uniformly raise the temperature of the water above the level required to cure the resin. Monitor and record both the temperature of the curing water exiting the heating source and the temperature of the curing water returning to the heating source. Monitor and record the observed temperatures by the remote sensors on the liner -host pipe inter faces, located in the upstream and downstream area of the pipe. The remote temperatu re sensors readings will be used for monitoring the progress of curing and its duration. The minimum curing time is the sum of the minimum recommended initial and post -curing times as per the liner resin supplier’s recommendations. The onset of the initial curing approximately occurs when all remote temperature sensors register a temperature consistent with the “exotherm”, which shall be included in the Manufacturer’s recommendations. Post-cure the liner at least for the minimum post -curing time and at t he minimum post -curing temperature level, as per the liner Manufacturer’s recommendations. Add post -curing time for any deviations from the recommended post -curing temperature levels. All resin Manufacturers’ curing proposals require approval by the Director of Materials Burea u prior to its initial use by the Department. Also, a new curing proposal submission for approval is required if an already approved liner Manufacturer introduces a new resin formulation and/or a new liner curing method to a Departm ent contract .

3.Water and Material Management . After post -curing is completed, manage the curing water so that it does not cause or contribute to a violation of water quality standards to receiving waters or groundwater 6 NYCRR Part 700 -704. In particular, the CIPP Contractor shall note the surface water quality and groundwater standards at 6 NYCRR Part 703 for pollutants such as styrene and thermal discharges. The CIPP Contractor shall enquire as to the classification of potential receiving surface waters in the proj ect location if this information is not provided in the contract documents.

a.Handling of curing water used in a styrene based thermoset resin liner installation:

1.Collect and transport curing water from the site for reuse within another CIPP location; and/or

2.Collect the water and dispose or treat at off site facilities. Transport wastewaters within vehicles that have a waste transporter permit 6NYCRR 364. Off -site disposal shall be at a publicly owned treatment works or at a disposal facility permitted to ac cept the wastewater. The Contractor shall conduct off site treatment to reduce styrene concentrations to acceptable levels to meet water quality standards prior to discharge to the receiving waters; and/or

3.Treat wastewater on -site to acceptable styrene and thermal loading and discharge to receiving waters in accordance with agreements received from the Regional NYSDEC

602-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Office.

b.For curing water from non -styrene based processes, collect water for disposal off -site as described in A1 and A2 above or discharge on site if it does not contain pollutants that could cause or contribute to a violation of water quality standards. Reduce temperature to prevent a violation of the thermal standards to the receiving waters.

c.Collect any excess resin and any curing materials at the upstream and downstream ends of the installation for disposal.

d.Record and document quantities of curing water removed from the site. Provide record/documentation of the reuse and/or disposal facility and quantity disposed of curing water leaving the site. After post -curing is completed, cool the liner to a temperature of 100o F prior to relieving the static head in the inversion standpipe. Cool -down may be accomplished by adding cool water into the inversion standpipe to replace warm curing water being removed from the liner. Contract documents may contain restrictions on th e temperature of the released curing water or whether the curing water needs to be removed and treated. Any other proposed liner curing methods will be subject to the approval of the D irector, Materials Bureau.

4.Workmanship / Damage / Defects. The finished pipe liner shall be continuous over the entire length of an inversion run and be free of dry spots, lifts and delaminations. If any dry spots, lifts and delaminations exist, remove the liner in those areas. Mark a line 3 feet from both ends of the distressed area, cut the distressed area out, and replace it at no cost to the Department. If the Cured -In Place -Pipe (CIPP) liner does not fit against its termination point, seal the space between the pipe and l iner with a resin mixture compatible with the CIPP. The liner may be sampled and tested for tensile and flexural properties in accordance with ASTM F 1216 at the discretion of the Department. Failure to meet the designed properties will be a cause for liner rejection.

5.Storm Drain Lateral Connections. Reconnect the existing storm drain lateral connections after the liner has been cured in place. Use robotic cutting devices to reestablish tie -ins in non - man accessible pipes.

E.Lining with a new Liner Pipe -General. Before lining, pull or push a single piece of liner pipe through the existing pipe to verify liner clearance. The liner must be positioned and secured to facilitate its complete encapsulation by grout. Follow the Manufacturer's recommendations for handling and assembling the pipe and all provisions included in the approved written proposal. When required, reconnect existing storm drain lateral connections by utilizing an open cut excavation, internal connection or remote installation using robotics. Prior to filling the annular space, connect and seal all laterals between the new liner pipe and the existing lateral. Grout the entire annular space. Provide a minimum annular space of 1 inch for grouting between the new and existing pipes. Provide details on how to hold the liner pipe to line and grade until the grout has set. If the volume of the grout used is less than the anticipated (calculated) volume, or an inspection of the relined culvert indicates that there are voids in the annular space, the Contractor must provide the EIC with a plan to rehabilitate all identifi ed voids. Depending on the location and size of the voids, additional grouting may be required in these areas. This may be accomplished by re -grouting in those areas from within the culvert. The voids must be filled to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no

602-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 additional cost to the state. Grout that fills invert and connected voids is covered in the cost for these items.

1.Lining with High Density Polyethylene Pipe. Prior to lining, follow in its entirety all provisions of §602 -3.02 E. Lining with a new Liner Pipe – General. Reline with Smooth Wall Polyethylene Pipe or Profile Wall Polyethylene Pipe, as indicated in the contract documents. Install all pipe, fittings, adapters and appurtenances according to the Manufacturer’s recommendations. Limit joint separations to less than ½ inch between adjoining sections. Field cuts will be permitted only at the terminal ends. No HDPE pipe s ections less than 3 feet long will be allowed in any lining projects. Perform all butt fusion, welding and extrusion welding of HDPE pipe in accordance with the Manufacturer’s recommendation. A Manufacturer’s representative – or an individual trained by the manufacturer – must be present at all times during any fusion or welding operations. Alternate joining methods will be subject to approval by the Director, Materials Bureau.

2.Lining with Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe. Prior to lining, follow in its entirety all provisions of §602 -3.02 E. Lining with a new Liner Pipe – General. Reline with a Profile Wall PVC Pipe or Corrugated Wall PVC Pipe with integral bell and spigot joints. The installation proposal for this item to be submitted by the contractor for Departmental approval should in addition address the following PVC specific issues prior to any work approval is granted; Whether the PVC liner will be pulled or pushed thro ugh the culvert and the type of pushing or pulling ring/plate to be used; Whether a nose cone or a different device will be used in this process and how the jacking, pulling or pushing loads on the liner will be monitored in order to conform to the PVC lin er’s Manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines. Include PVC liner’s Manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines in the submitted for approval proposal. Follow all Manufacturer’s recommendations during joint assembly operations.

3.Lining with Corrugated Metal Pipe. Reline with Polymer Coated Corrugated Steel Pipe. Prior to lining, follow in its entirety all provisions of §602 -3.02 E. Lining with a new Liner Pipe – General. Insert and brace the liner pipe to the specified line and grade, and align adjacent pipe sections such that port holes, if used, are placed as detailed in the contract plans (Alignment bolts are not adequate bracing by themselves). Sever all alignmen t bolts not fully turned out and grind them flush to the new pipe interior. If port holes are used, provide fittings and plugs compatible with the delivery equipment. Insert the plugs into the fittings as the operation is completed. Limit joint separatio ns to ½ inch between adjoining sections. To ensure that grout remains in the annular space, place internal expanding joint bands with annular corrugations and foam gaskets at each joint. Before grouting the annular space, brace and strut the bands. Do n ot obstruct with any bracing material the flow of grout into the annular space. Remove the bracing, struts and bands upon completion of this work.

4.Lining with Corrugated Steel Structural Plate Pipe and Pipe Arches with PCC Paved Invert . Prior to lining, follow in its entirety all provisions of §602 -3.02 E. Lining with a new Liner Pipe – General. Align adjacent pipe sections such that port holes, if used, are placed as detailed in the contract plans. If port holes are used, provide port hole fittings and plugs compatible with the delivery equipment. Insert the plugs into the fittings as the grouting operation is completed. Alignment bolts are not adequate bracing by themselves. Sever all alignment bolts not fully turned out and grind them flush to the new pipe interior. Do not obstruct with any bracing material the flow of

602-3 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 grout into the annular space. Once lining with this item has been completed, apply §603 -3.07 Concrete Paving for Corrugated Structural Plate Pipe and as indicated in the contract documents.

5.Lining with Steel Tunnel Liner Plate. Prior to lining, follow in its entirety all provisions of §602 -3.02 E. Lining with a new Liner Pipe - General. Line with tunnel liner plates (double flange). Use a lap type longitudinal seam. Fabricate the lap to allow a continuous cross section of the plates through the seam. Use an offset depth equal to the metal thickness for the full width of plate, inclu ding flanges. Drilling, punching or drifting to correct defects in manufacturing will not be permitted. Plates with improperly punched holes will be rejected. Use 5 bolts per 18 inch width of plate in each lapped longitudinal joint and stagger the bolts in the ridges and valleys. Follow the Manufacturer’s recommendation for circumferential and longitudinal bolt spacing.

6.Lining with Structural Steel Plate. Prior to lining, follow all provisions of §602 -3.02 E. Lining with a new Liner Pipe – General. All welders are to be NYS certified. Reline with a structural steel plate that has welded, flush joints in the shape, thickness and dimensions shown in the contract plans. Align adjacent pipe sections such that port holes, if used, are placed as detailed in the contract plans. If port holes a re used, provide port hole fittings and plugs compatible with the delivery equipment. Insert the plugs into the fittings as the grouting operation is progressed. All sections shall be properly braced such that there is no deformation of the liner during in stallation. All sections will be completely welded and in place prior to grouting. Drilling, punching, or drifting to correct defects in manufacturing will not be permitted. Ensure Bracing material and the methods do not obstruct the flow of grout into the annular space

602-3.03 Damaged Pipe and Repair. Repair all damage to the existing host pipe caused that is strictly

obstructing the progress of the relining operation. Repair any damage to the newly installed liner caused during construction, consistent with recommendations of Section 603 - 3.04 Damag ed Pipe and Repair.

602-4 Method of Measurement

602-4.01 Lining with new pipe. This work will be measured as the number of feet along the bottom

centerline, measured to the nearest foot.

602-4.02 Paving inverts. This work shall be measured as the number of square feet determined by the

paved width measured along the pipes interior circumference at the top of the corrugations and the length along the centerline of the pipe measured to the nearest square foot.

602-4.03 Shotcreting. This work shall be measured as the number of square feet determined by the

shotcreted width measured along the pipes interior circumference at the top of the corrugations and the length along the centerline of the pipe measured to the nearest square foo t.

602-5 BASIS OF PAYMENT. Include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment

necessary to complete the work in the unit price bid. Include the cost of all fill material needed to fill the annular space between the existing pipe and the liner pipe, dewatering and cleaning of existing pipe, and the removal of any obstructions, intrusions or damaged pipe prior to lining. For Paving Inverts and Shotcreting, include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work for the unit price bid and include all necessary preparations such as dewatering and cleaning to the existing pipe. For Cured in Place Pipe, include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work for the price unit bid and include all necessary preparations such as dewatering and

603-2 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 cleaning to the existing pipe, all activities involving water treatment as well as water and waste transportation and disposal. The excavation for the resin containment pit, temporary storage of the fill and restoration of the downstream channel will be paid for under 206.04 Trench and Culvert Excavation – O.G. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 602.2002 Structural Paving of Inverts with Portland Cement Concrete Square Feet 602.2101 Lining Culvert with Shotcrete Square Feet 602.25xx Lining with High Density Polyethylene Pipe Feet 602.26xx Lining with Smooth Wall High Density Polyethylene Pipe Feet 602.27xx Lining with Profile Wall High Density Polyethylene Pipe Feet 602.30xx Lining with Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Feet 602.36xx Lining with Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP) Feet 602.37xx Lining Concrete pipe with Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP) Feet 602.4xynnn Lining with Structural Steel Plate for Pipe, Pipe Arches and Underpasses Square Feet x – Thickness (2= ½ inch, 3= ¾ inch, 4=1 inch, 5=1⅛ inch, 6=1¼ inch, 7= 1⅜ inch) y- Shape (1= Arch, 2=Box, 3=Horizontal Ellipse, 4=Vertical Ellipse, 5=Round) nnn=serialized pay item 602.51xxxx Lining with Corrugated Steel Structural Plate Pipe with PCC Paved invert Feet 602.53xxxx Lining with Corrugated Steel Structural Plate Pipe Arch with PCC Paved invert Feet 602.550101 Lining with Steel Tunnel Liner Plate 10ga Square Feet 602.550102 Lining with Steel Tunnel Liner Plate 8ga Square Feet 602.550103 Lining with Steel Tunnel Liner Plate 7ga Square Feet 602.550104 Lining with Steel Tunnel Liner Plate 5ga Square Feet 602.550105 Lining with Steel Tunnel Liner Plate 3ga Square Feet 602.75xx Lining with Polymer Coated CSP 12ga, (2 - 2/3”x1/2”) Feet 602.80xx Lining with Polymer Coated CSP 12ga, (3”x1”) or (5”x1”) Feet Refer to Contract Proposal for full Item Number and full description. SECTION 603 - CULVERTS AND STORM DRAINS

603-1 DESCRIPTION. Construct culverts and storm drains in accordance with these specifications, the

contract plans, and the appropriate standard sheets.

603-2 Materials

603-2.01 General. Materials requirements are specified in the following subsections:

Geotextile 207 Corrugated Structural Steel Plate for Pipe, Portland Cement Concrete 501 Pipe-Arches and Underpasses 707-09 Portland Cement 701-01 Galvanized Steel End Sections 707-10 Masonry Cement 701-02 Aluminum End Sections 707-11 Concrete Repair Material 701-04 Corrugated Aluminum Pipe 707-13 Concrete Repair Material – Corrugated Aluminum Structural

603-3 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 High Early Strength 701-12 Plate for Pipe and Pipe -Arches 707-14 Mortar Sand 703-03 Anchor Bolts for Corrugated Culverts 707-20 Non-Reinforced Concrete Pipe 706-01 Zinc Chromate Primer 708-04 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 706-02 Bar Reinforcement, Grade 60 709-01 Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Pipe 706-03 Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement 709-02 Reinforced Concrete End Sections 706-07 Plastic Coated Fiber Blankets (For Curing) 711-03 Polypropylene Pipe 706-08 Smooth Interior Corrugated Membrane Curing Compound 711-05 Polyethylene Pipe 706-12 Water 712-01 Corrugated Steel Pipe 707-02 Galvanized Coatings and Repair Methods 719-01 Ductile Iron Pipe (Non -Pressure) 707-03

603-3 Construction Details

603-3.01 Excavation. Apply the requirements specified in Section 206, Trench, Culvert and Structure

Excavation, except as modified by the Contract Documents or as directed by the Engineer.

603-3.02 Laying Pipe

A.General. Lay all pipe in close conformity to line and grade having a full, firm and even bearing at each joint and along the entire length of pipe. Lay all pipe beginning at the downstream end and progress upstream. Use the same material in each run of pipe unle ss otherwise directed by the Engineer.

B.Handling and Assembly of Pipe. Follow the Manufacturer's instructions or approved Materials Details except as modified on the Contract Plans or as directed by the Engineer.

C.Bell and Spigot Type Pipe. Lay all pipe with the bells upstream. Where the spigot end of an existing pipe does not fit the bell end of a new pipe, construct a concrete collar as shown on the Standard Sheets. Fill the bottom half of the space on the inside of the pipe between th e existing spigot and the new bell with an approved concrete repair material (§701 -04 or §701 -12). Alternate designs may be submitted to the Director, Materials Bureau, for approval. Where the spigot end fits into the bell end and the clearance is so great as to render the elastomeric gasket or preformed sealer ineffective, join the pipe by caulking a gasket of jute or oakum into the joint space and then fill with mortar of equal part s of Portland Cement and Mortar Sand or a preformed or poured caulking compound of a type approved by the Engineer.

D.Round Corrugated Metal Pipe and Pipe -Arches. Place steel or aluminum pipe with longitudinal seams located at the sides. Place circumferential seams with laps in the downstream direction so flow of water is directed over instead of under each succeeding downstream section.

E.Corrugated Structural Plate Pipe and Pipe -Arches. Assemble the plates for corrugated steel or aluminum structural plate pipe and pipe -arches to form the circular pipe or pipe -arch cross section as defined by the pipe manufacturer. For metal pipe arches, install the bolts nearest the visible edge of the lapped joint in the valley at the top of the corner plate of the corrugations. Cover the joint with the top of the corner plate on the outside of the structure with a geotextile con forming to Geotextile Underdrain from the Department's Materials Bureau Approved List. Extend the covering a minimum of 12inches beyond each side of the joint for its entire length. A minimum of 12 inches is required for any longitudinal lap.

603-3 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 F. Polyethylene and Polypropylene Pipe . Handle, store and assemble all pipe in accordance with the Approved Materials Details except as modified in the Contract Documents or by the Engineer. Joint misalignment resulting in offsets greater than 1/4 inch or joint separations greater than 1/2 b etween adjoining sections of pipe will not be allowed. Field cuts are permitted only at the terminal ends and with a minimum pipe length of 40 inches.

G.Corrugated Metal End Sections. Assemble all pipe end sections in accordance with the Contract Documents or as approved by the Engineer.

H.Thickness Measuring Equipment. Prior to laying any pipe, provide the Engineer with equipment to measure gauge and steel coating thickness. Gauge shall be measured with a micrometer caliper. Measure steel coating thickness with a Type II Fixed Probe Magnetic Gauge meeting the requir ements of Steel Structures Painting Council Specification SSPC -PA2. When the Engineer verifies the required gauge and coating thickness the pipe may be laid. Micrometer calipers and Type II probes shall remain the propert y of the Contractor.

603-3.03 Bedding and Backfilling Pipe. Apply the standards of Section 203, Select Granular Fill and

the appropriate NYSDOT Standard Sheets. Select Granular Fill used to backfill around aluminum or aluminum coated pipes will be free of portland cement unless the pipe sections are thoroughly coated with Zinc Chromate Primer, §708 -04 or an equivalent alternative as approved by the Materials Bureau. 100% of the Select Granular Fill used around Type IR and IIR corrugated aluminum pipe must pass a 2 inch sieve.

603-3.04 Damaged Pipe and Repair

A.General. Repair, realign or replace pipe that is damaged or disturbed through any cause occurring prior to acceptance of the contract. Pipe which is defective, and determined by the Engineer as unrepairable, will be unacceptable for installation and shall be re placed as directed by the Engineer at no cost to the State.

B.Concrete Pipe. Repair concrete pipe in accordance with the requirements set forth in §706 -02 Reinforced Concrete Pipe. The repairs will be acceptable if they are sound, properly finished and cured, as determined by the Engineer, and the repaired pipe conforms to the r equirements of the Contract Documents.

C.Damaged Bituminous Coating and Paving. Damage to bituminous coating shall be repaired with asphalt repair material. The repair material shall appear on the Department's Approved List. Damage to bituminous paving shall be repaired by an application of the orig inal hot material for areas 2 square feet or less in each pipe section. Damage to bituminous p aving in areas greater than 2 square feet in a pipe section will be cause for rejection of that section.

D.Polyethylene and Polypropylene Pipe . Polyethylene pipe with damaged ends may be incorporated into the work at terminal locations provided the damaged portion is totally removed by the field cut. Repair or replacement of pipe that is disturbed, damaged or misaligned must provide the same p roduct as a new pipe installation, as determined by the Engineer. After backfilling operations are complete, inspect the pipe for deflection. No more than 5% deflection of the internal diameter will be allowed. If this is exceeded, the pipe will be rejected and removed at the Contractors expense.

603-3.05 Field Strutting of Corrugated and Structural Plate Pipe. Field strutting of corrugated metal

pipe and structural plate pipe may be done at the Contractor's option and expense to provide added protection from construction equipment and other loads during installation, backfilling and filling above

603-3 06

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 the pipe. The method and scheduling of installation and removal of strutting, must be approved by the Engineer. Field strutting shall constitute installation of structurally sound timber sills, compression caps and struts.

603-3.06 Joints

A.Corrugated Metal Pipe. Use corrugated band field connections for corrugated metal pipe and pipe arch connections. Lap the band on equal portions of each culvert section to be connected. All connections shall be an approved type, fabricated and installed so that a secure and firm pipe connection may be readily made in the field. Thoroughly coat all aluminum or aluminum coated field connections in contact with concrete with Zinc Chromate Primer §708 -04 or an equivalent alternative as approved by the Ma terials Bureau and permit to dry prior to concrete placement.

B.Structural Plate Pipe. Assemble plates for structural plate pipe and pipe arches with joints staggered such that not more than three (3) plates come together at any one point. Tighten all nuts for field or shop assembled plates to at lea st 150 but not more than 300 f t-lbs of torque, before filling and backfilling are commenced. Supply the Engineer -in-Charge with an approved torque wrench.

C.Concrete Pipe. For round concrete pipe, use flexible water -tight elastomeric gaskets. For elliptical pipe and cattle pass use concrete pipe joint sealing compound meeting the requirements of §705 -16. Install all sealants at the time the pipe is being laid to line and grade. To detect leakage in the finished installation, internal pressure tests will be required in concrete pipe only when specified in the Contract Documents. If a leakage test is required, use an exfiltration test between consecutive manholes. Perform the tes t by filling the pipe with water to a height 24 inches above the top of the pipe at the upstream manhole and allowing the pipe to remain saturated for a period of 72 hours prior to checking for leakage. No more than 250 gallons per inch of pipe diameter per mile in a 24 hour period will be allowed. Where a culvert or a storm drain system is open at either one or both ends, with or without end sections, use a minimum of 90 inches. Round pipe less than 24 inches in diameter, elliptical pipe, and larger diameter round pipe beginning with 66 inch diame ter where the weight of the pipe section requires a shorter length shall have a minimum length of 72 inch. Shorter sections will be permitted where they are required to obtain an exact length of culvert. Use of shorter sections requires approval by the Engineer. For closed storm drain systems, drains having structures such as drop inlets on each end, the lengt h of sections is unspecified. Connect the first three full sections at the open end(s) of a culvert or storm drain system together to restrain movement of the sections. A full section is defined as a section with a minimum laying length of 90 or 72 inches as defined in the preceding p aragraph. An end section is considered as the first section. If a short section is used at the end or within the first three full sections of a culvert, connect it together with the first three full sections. Use a device at the springline on each side of the pipe to restrain the sections from movement. Use a device at least 12 feet in length when using 90 inch minimum length pipe sections and at least 120 inches in length when used with 72 inch minimum length sections. Securely anchor the devices to the pipe, with minimum slack in the device and the joints. Locate anchoring points a minimum of 18 inches from the end of the pipe sections and the flared end sections. Anchor each end of the device with a 1 inch d iameter bolt with a nut and washer, or its equivalent, through the section wall. Apply ANSI B 18.2.1, ANSI B 18.2.2 and ANSI B 27.2, Grade A or B respectively for all nuts, bolts, and washers. For all round pipe 48 inches in diameter and smaller, and/or e quivalent diameter elliptical pipe use a steel strap for the restraining device conforming to ASTM A36 with a minimum width of 2 1/4 inches , 1/4 inch minimum thickness with 1 1/4 inch maximum diameter holes centered 1 1/2 inch from each end. For pipe la rger than 48 inches in diameter and for cattle pass, the requirements for the restraining devices will be shown on the contract plans. Apply the requirements of §719 -01,

603-3 07

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Galvanized Coatings and Repair Methods: Type I for straps and Type II for nuts, bolts, and washers for the steel strap and anchoring hardware. Alternative designs of the restraining device and anchoring hardware will be considered for approval by the Director of the Materials Bureau if they provide equivalent restraining properties and durability. Restraining devices may be placed on either the inside or outside of the pipe. If placed on the inside, the device shall not protrude from the wall to the degree where flow would be obstructed. Only cold bending of the restraining device is allowed. Hole s in the pipe and end sections required for the anchor bolts may be drilled in the field.

D.Ductile Iron Pipes. Form joints by caulking a gasket of jute or oakum into the hubs and then filling with mortar consisting of equal parts of Portland Cement Type I or Type II, Mortar Sand, or at the Contractor's option, a preformed or poured caulking compound of a type ap proved by the Engineer. For sanitary sewer systems, apply the joint requirements of ASTM C425.

E.Polyethylene and Polypropylene Pipe Connections. Manufactured ends shall be used for joint assemblies; no field cuts are permitted unless approved by the Engineer. No separations greater than 1/2 inch are permitted between adjoining sections of pipe. Use only appropriate fittings for lateral connect ions supplied by the pipe manufacturer and shown on the standard sheet, except that the pipe shall protrude 2 inches into the basin to provide a 45° battered grout seal. Apply the battered grout seal to b oth the interior and exterior faces of the basin.

F.Dissimilar Metal Pipe Connections. Use a sleeve gasket when joining corrugated pipe or end sections to pipes or end sections fabricated of dissimilar metals between the pipe(s) and the coupling band. Keep the ends apart, to prevent electrical contact between the dissimilar metals. Apply the requirements of ASTM A36/A36M for all gaskets.

G.Breaking into Existing Drainage Structures. When breaking into existing drainage structures to make a pipe connection, remove only the minimum amount of material from the wall of the structure. After inserting the pipe, fill the cavity between the pipe exterior and the wall of the drainage structur e in accordance with the drainage structure Standard Sheets. Large spaces may be chinked with 704 -13 Precast Concrete Driveway and Sidewalk Pavers.

H.Tolerance. A 1/2 inch difference in diameter is allowed when joining round pipes or the spans or rises of pipe -arches. A 1 1/2 inch difference is allowed in the perimeters. These tolerances may be attained by proper production control or by match -marking pipe en ds.

603-3.07 Concrete Paving for Corrugated Structural Plate Pipe. Place reinforced Portland Cement

Concrete over the inverts of corrugated structural plate pipe where specified and indicated on the Contract Documents, so as to form a smooth interior. Do not place pavement until the embankment has been completed over the pipe and settlement has been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Pave the bottom 25 percent of the inside circumference for round pipe, the bottom 30 percent of the inside periphery for arch spans of 10 feet 3 inches and shorter and the bottom 35 percent of the inside periphery for arch spans longer than 10 feet 3 inch es unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. A minimum cover of 4 inches is required over all corrugations. Schedule and conduct the diversion of water operations prior to and during the placement of pavement in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Pr ior to placing pavement clean and dry the surfaces to be in contact with concrete to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Place the steel fabric reinforcement on the crests of corrugations and securely fasten to the pipe or pipe-arch by welding or by other methods acceptable to the Engineer. Place the reinforcement to provide a 4 inch minimum clearance from the edges of con crete and lap 6 inch minimum. Unless otherwise shown

603-3 08

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 on the plans, the steel fabric reinforcement shall consist of No. 6 gauge wire at 6 inch centers transversely and longitudinally. Finish the pavement to a smooth surface acceptable to the Engineer. Within 18 hours after completion of finishing, protect the surface by either an approved curing cover or an approved membrane curing compound applied at a minimum rate of 1 gallon per 150 square feet. However, any concrete in the invert that would be exposed to sunlight must be cured immediately after the finishing operations have been completed and the surface water has evaporated. Cure the concrete for a minimum period of 48 hours before water is permitted to flow on the invert. If the atmospheric temperature is below 45°F, the requirements of 555 -3.08C, Provisions for Concreting in Cold Weather, shall apply.

603-3.08 Relaying Pipe. Carefully remove, clean, preserve, haul and relay pipe as directed by the

Engineer or as called for in the Contract Documents. The relaid pipe shall be true to line and grade, and have a full, firm, even bearing and be comparable to newly laid pipe. Co nstruct joints of relayed pipe as specified in §603 -3.06. When existing pipe is damaged during removal or relaying, rendering it unfunctional, replace it with new pipe at no additional cost to the State. Existing pipe which is determined by the Engineer t o be unfit for relaying may be destroyed before removal. Apply the requirements of §603 -3.03 for backfill and placement.

603-3.09 Ancho r Bolts. Unless instructed otherwise, use anchor bolts, as specified in §707 -20 to anchor

the ends of corrugated metal pipes, and sectional plate arches to either reinforced or plain concrete headwalls.

603-3.10 Culvert -End Safety Grates. Culvert -end safety grates shall be fabricated in accordance with

the Standard Sheets. The grate shall lay flat on the embankment slope, overlap the opening equally on each side, and at the top as indicated in the contract documents. The Contractor shall perform any necessary excavation, backfill, and final slope shaping and grading to ens ure proper grate support and smooth uniform slopes in the area surrounding the grate. All disturbed areas will be reestablished to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

603-4 Method of Measurement

603-4.01 Pipe. The Engineer will measure the pipe, in feet along the bottom centerline, furnished and

incorporated into the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

603-4.02 End Sections. The Engineer will count the number of units of each size or diameter furnished

and incorporated into the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

603-4.03 Relaying Pipe. The Engineer will measure the existing pipe relayed and any new pipe laid and

furnished to replace existing pipe, in feet along the bottom centerline, incorporated into the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

603-4.04 Concrete Collars. The Engineer will count the number of concrete collars furnished and

incorporated into the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

603-4.05 Culvert -End Safety Grates. Culvert -end safety grates will be measured in square feet to the

nearest 0.1 square foot of safety -grate installed, using payment areas shown on the Standard Sheet. For sizes that are not shown on the Standard Sheet, the area will be computed as the pro duct of the overall length and width.

603-5 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 603-5 BASIS OF PAYMENT

603-5.01 General. The accepted quantities of all pipe construction and reconstruction will be paid for at

the contract price bid which will include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work including those joints made with o akum, portland cement and mortar or poured caulking compounds. For concrete end sections include the cost of the restraining devices and their installation. If no end sections are specified and restraining devices are required, include the cost of the restraining devices in the unit price bid for the pipe. Include the cost of bituminous coating or concrete paving including steel wire fabric reinforcement, when specified in the unit price bid for the respective pipe items. Include the cost of breaking into existing drainage structures to connect new pipe in the unit bid price for the respective pipe items. Include the cost of anchor bolts, when required, in the unit bid price for pipe items. Progress payment may be made to the extent of 80% of the price bid for pipe items requiring concrete invert paving when the installation is substantially completed and backfilled to a minimum of 24 inch over the top of the pipe plus whatever additional co ver is necessary to protect the installation from construction traffic. The remaining 20% will be paid upon completion of the invert paving. Excavation, granular fill and backfill will be paid for separately under their appropriate items in Sections 203 and 206, as applicable except include the additional costs necessary for the special gradation for Backfill Material for Corrugated Aluminum P ipe-Type IR and the additional cost necessary to assure the backfill material be free of portland cement in the unit bid price for these pipes. Include the cost of adding water for compaction in the price bid, unless items for furnishing water equipment and applying water are included in the proposal. Payment for the geotextile material and its installation is included under the structural pipe arch item.

603-5.02 End Sections. Include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the

work as specified in the contract documents. The cost of the restraining devices and their installation, required for concrete pipe, shall be included in the unit price bid for the end sections.

603-5.03 Concrete Collars. Include the cost of all labor, materials (including concrete repair material)

and equipment necessary to complete the work as specified in the contract documents.

603-5.04 Culvert -End Safety Grates. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials,

and equipment necessary to complete the work, including excavation, topsoil, seeding and mulching. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 603.0101 Culvert -End Safety Grate Square Foot 603.0102 Culvert -End Safety Grate (Heavy -Duty) Square Foot 603.02xx Non-Reinforced Concrete Pipe Foot 603.05xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.06xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe Paved Invert (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.07xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe Fully Paved (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.08xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe Arch (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.09xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe Arch, Paved Invert (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.10xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe Arch, Fully Paved (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.11xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe (3 x 1) or (5 x 1) Foot 603.12xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe Paved Invert (3 x 1) or (5 x 1) Foot 603.13xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe Fully Paved (3 x 1) or (5 x 1) Foot 603.14xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe Arch (3 x 1) or (5 x 1) Foot 603.15xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe Arch Paved Invert (3 x 1) or (5 x 1) Foot 603.17xxxx Galvanized Steel End Sections Pipe (2 2/3 x 1/2) Each

603-5 04

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 603.18xxxx Galvanized Steel End Sections Pipe Arch (2 2/3 x 1/2) Each 603.20xxxx Galvanized Steel End Sections Pipe Arch (3 x 1) or (5 x 1) Each 603.23xx Corrugated Structural Steel Plate Pipe (60 - 108 Diam.) Foot 603.24xx Corrugated Structural Steel Plate Pipe (114 - 162 Diam.) Foot 603.25xx Corrugated Structural Steel Plate Pipe (168 - 216 Diam.) Foot 603.26xx Corrugated Structural Steel Plate Pipe (222 - 252 Diam.) Foot 603.27xx Corrugated Structural Ste el Plate Pipe PCC Paved Invert (60 - 108 Diam.) Foot 603.28xx Corrugated Structural Steel Plate Pipe PCC Paved Invert (114 - 162 Diam.) Foot 603.29xx Corrugated Structural Steel Plate Pipe PCC Paved Invert (168 - 216 Diam.) Foot 603.30xx Corrugated Structural Steel Plate Pipe PCC Paved Invert (222 - 252 Diam.) Foot 603.31xx Corrugated St ructural Steel Plate Pipe Arch (6 feet 1 inch - 20 feet 7 inch span, 9PI, Corner Plate) Foot 603.32xx Corrugated Structural Steel Plate Pipe Arch, PCC Paved Invert (6 feet 1 inch - 19 feet 8 inch span, 9PI, Corner Plate) Foot 603.35xx Corrugated Structural Steel Plate Underpass Foot 603.40xxxx Round Corrugated Aluminum Pipe (2 2/3 x 1/2) (12 - 30 Diam.) Foot 603.41xxxx Round Corrugated Aluminum Pipe (3 x 1) (36 - 96 Diam.) Foot 603.44xxxx Corrugated Aluminum Structural Plate Pipe (9 x 2 1/2)(60 - 114 Diam.) Foot 603.46xxxx Corrugated Aluminum Structural Plate Pipe (9 x 2 1/2)(120 - 180 Diam.) Foot 603.48xxxx Corrugated Aluminum Pipe -Arch (2 2/3 x 1/2)(17 Span, 13 Rise) to (57 Span, 38 Rise), and (3 x 1) (60 span, 46 R ise to 95 Span, 67 Rise) Foot 603.50xxxx Corrugated Aluminum Structural Plate Pipe -Arch (9 x 2 1/2) (6 ft 1 in Span, 5 ft Rise to 11 ft 5 in Span, 7 f t Rise) Foot 603.52xxxx Corrugated Aluminum Structural Plate Pipe -Arch (9 x 2 1/2) (12 feet 3 in ch Span, 7 f eet 3 in ch Rise to 19 feet 5 in ch Span, 11 f eet 11 in ch Rise) Foot 603.53xxxx Corrugated Aluminum Pipe, Type IIR Foot 603.54xxxx Corrugated Aluminum End Sections Pipe Each 603.55xxxx Corrugated Aluminum End Sections, Pipe Arch Each 603.56xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe - Type IR Foot 603.58xxxx Corrugated Aluminum Pipe - Type IR Foot 603.59xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe - Type IIR Foot 603.60xx Reinforced Concrete Pipe Class III Foot 603.61xx Reinforced Concrete Pipe Class IV Foot 603.62xx Reinforced Concrete Pipe Class V Foot 603.66xx Reinforced Concrete Horizontal Elliptical Pipe Class HE II Foot 603.67xx Reinforced Concrete Horizontal Elliptical Pipe, Class HE III Foot 603.68xx Reinforced Concrete Horizontal Elliptical Pipe, Class HE IV Foot 603.69xx Reinforced Concrete Vertical Elliptical Pipe, Class VE IV Foot 603.70xx Reinforced Concrete Vertical Elliptical Pipe, Class VE V Foot 603.71xx Reinforced Concrete Vertical Elliptical Pipe, Class VE VI Foot 603.72xx Reinforced Concrete Cattle Pass Foot 603.73xx Reinforced Concrete Pipe End Sections Each 603.74xx Reinforced Concrete Pipe Class II Foot 603.77 Concrete Collars Each 603.7802xx Polypropylene Pipe (Optional) -Type S, or Type D Foot xx= 12, 15, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 60 (denoting pipe diameter in inches) 603.80xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Polymer Coated (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.81xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Polymer Coated Paved Invert (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.82xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Arch Polymer Coated (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot

604-1 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 603.83xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Arch Polym er Coated Paved Invert (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.84xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Polymer Coated (3x1) or (5x1) Foot 603.85xxxx Corrugated Steel Pi pe-Polymer Coated Paved Invert (3x1) or (5x1) Foot 603.86xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Arch Polymer Coated (3x1) or (5x1) Foot 603.87xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Arch Polymer Coated Paved Invert (3x1) or (5x1) Foot 603.88xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Aluminum Coated (Type II) (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.89xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Arch Alum inum Coated(Type II) (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.90xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe-Aluminum Coated (Type II)(3x1) or (5x1) Foot 603.91xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Arch Aluminum Coated(Type II)(3x1) or (5x1) Foot 603.92xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Aluminum Coated (Type 2) Type IR Foot 603.93xxxx Corrugated Steel Pipe -Arch Aluminum Coated (Type 2) Type IIR Foot 603.95xx Ductile Iron Pipe Foot 603.96xxxx Smooth Lined Corrugated Aluminum Pipe (2 2/3 x 1/2) Foot 603.97xxxx Smooth Lined Corrugated Aluminum Pipe (3 x 1) Foot 603.98xx Smooth Interior Corr ugated Polyethylene Culvert and Storm Drain Pipe Foot 603.99 Relaying Pipe Foot Refer to Standard Contract Pay Item Catalog for full Item Number and full Description. Numbers in parentheses (without denota tion) are spacing and depth of corrugations in inches. SECTION 604 - DRAINAGE STRUCTURES

604-1 Description

604-1.01 General. This work shall consist of the construction or alteration of drainage structures,

manholes, leaching basins and transverse drainage interceptors in accordance with these specifications, the contract plans and the standard sheets.

604-1.02 Adjustment Rings and Frames for Drainage Structures and Manholes. The Contractor

shall furnish and install prefabricated adjustment rings and frames for drainage structures and manholes. The extensions shall elevate and support drainage structure grates or manhole covers without the necessity of removing the original d rainage structure frame or manhole casting, when the roadway is resurfaced.

604-2 Materials

604-2.01 Drainage Structures and Manholes. Materials used for the construction of drainage structures

and manholes shall be as indicated on the plans, and/or Standard Sheets, and shall conform to the requirements of the following: Cast-in-Place Concrete - Class A 501 Frames and Grates 655 Concrete Repair Material 701-04 Concrete Grouting Material 701-05 Concrete Repair Material - High Early Strength 701 -12 Precast Concrete Driveway and Sidewalk Pavers. 704-13 Premolded Resilient Joint Filler 705-07 Masonry Mortar 705-21 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 706 02 Precast Concrete Drainage Units 706-04 Bar Reinforcement, Grade 60 709-01

604-2 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement 709-02 Cold Drawn Wire for Concrete Reinforcement 709-09 Steps for Manholes 725-02

604-2.02 Transverse Drainage Interceptors. Materials used for the construction of transverse drainage

interceptors shall meet the requirements of §604 -2.01, except that bar reinforcement shall meet the requirements of §709 -04, Epoxy Coated Bar Reinforcement, Grade 60. Transverse drainage interceptors, if precast, shall meet the requirements of §706 -04, Precast Concrete Drainage Units. Dowels shall be fabricated from epoxy coated bar reinforcement conforming to §709 -04.

604-2.03 Leaching Basins . Materials used for the construction of leaching basins shall conform to the

requirements of §604 -2.01 and shall be as indicated on the plans. Concrete for precast units shall conform to the requirements of §706 -04, Precast Concrete Drainage Units.

604-2.04 Adjustment Rings and Frames for Drainage Structures and Manholes. Materials for

prefabricated adjustment rings and frames for drainage structures and manholes shall conform to the following: Prefabricated Adjustment Rings & Frames for Drainage Units & Manholes 715-13

604-2.05 Altering Drainage Structures, Leaching Basins and Manholes. Materials for the repair and

alteration of existing structures shall meet the requirements of §604 -2.01 and shall be as indicated on the contract plans. Structures originally constructed with concrete block, common brick or concrete brick shall be altere d with Precast Concrete Driveway and Sidewalk Pavers, §704 -13, unless indicated otherwise on the contract plans.

604-3 Construction Details

604-3.01 Excavation. Excavation shall be in conformance with the Construction Details of §206 -3

Trench, Culvert and Structure Excavation.

604-3.02 Concrete Drainage Structures and Manholes. Concrete drainage structures and manholes

shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of these specifications, the Standard Sheets and plans. The Contractor shall have the option of erecting either cast -in-place or precast drainage structure s unless specified otherwise. Cast -in-place drainage structures shall be constructed of Class A concrete and to the requirements of Section 555 Structural Concrete. The Contractor shall have the option of constructing either a rectangular or circular drainage structure when such option is specified and allowed in the contract documents. When the circular structure is selected, it shall conform to the requirements of §706 -04 and will require submission of complete working drawings to the Engineer for review and approval. Contractor proposed changes to drainage structures shown on the Standard Sheets or on the plans, other than minor changes approved by the Engineer, shall require submission of complete working drawings to the Engineer for review and approval. Unless prohibited in the contract documents, the Contractor shall have the option of reducing the size of the drainage structure riser above the uppermost pipe entry in accordance with the requirements of the Standard Sheets. Flat slab reducer designs proposed by the Contractor shall be subject to the review and approval of the Engineer and shall be accompanied by the following:

A.Working drawings prepared by a Professional Engineer licensed to practice in New York State.

604-3 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 B. The design calculations used in the preparation of the working drawings. Acceptance of flat slab tops or platforms for flat slab reducer designs will be on the Basis of Proof -of- Design Test or on the Basis of Rational Design as required by ASTM C478.

604-3.03 Masonry Construction. Masonry construction, when indicated on the plans or standard sheets,

shall consist of concrete pavers laid in full mortar beds. All joints shall be full mortar joints not greater than 1/2 inch wide. When specified, the outside of the masonry constructio n shall be plastered with 1/2 inch thick mortar coat.

604-3.04 Leaching Basins. Leaching basins shall be constructed in accordance with these specifications

and the contract plans.

604-3.05 Pipe Entries. All pipe(s) built into the wall(s) of a drainage structure shall be flush with the

inside face of the drainage structure wall and shall project outside a sufficient distance to allow connection with the adjoining section. The wall knockouts and sealing t he space around the pipe shall be in accordance with the Standard Sheets. The bell of concrete pipe shall be cut off at every pipe entry where the bell enters the drainage structure.

604-3.06 Steps. Drainage structures steps may be cast or bolted in place during construction, mortared

with a concrete grouting material after the structure is completed or attached by friction locking into preformed or drilled holes. The steps shall clear all pipes. Steps in risers and coni cal top sections shall be aligned to form a continuous ladder with rungs equally spaced vertically in the completed structure at a maximum distance of 16 inches. Steps shall be embedded into the walls of the riser or conical top section a minimum of 3 inch es. The rung shall project a minimum clear distance of 4 inches from the walls of the riser or conical sections measured from the point of embedment.

604-3.07 Frames and Grates. Frames and grates shall be as specified in the contract documents. Frames

located in the top slab or top of the uppermost riser shall be secured and held in place by a minimum of 4 stirrups or studs per frame, welded to the frame near the corners. Parallel bar frames shall contain shear stud anchors, for the purpose of transferring loads, as required and detailed on the standard sheet for parallel bar grates and frames. Shear stud anchors, when required, shall replace the frame securing stirrups or studs.

604-3.08 Altering Drainage Structures, Leaching Basins and Manholes. Reconstruction and

adjustment of existing drainage structures shall be as detailed and specified on the contract plans. Construction with cast -in-place concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 555, Structural Concrete. Frames, grates and covers to be reused shall be removed, cleaned and reset at the required elevations. New frames, grates and manhole covers shall be installed when specified. Upon completion, each structure shall be cleaned of any accumulation of silt, d ebris or foreign matter of any kind and shall be kept clear of such accumulation until final acceptance of the work.

604-3.09 Adjustment Rings and Frames for Drainage Structures and Manholes. Prior to the

placement of the surface course and after the placement of the binder course, when required, the Contractor shall install adjustment rings and frames for manholes and drainage units. The adjustment ring or frame shall be placed so the manhole cover or drainage unit grate will not protrude above the finished surface of the pavement. To assure a firm and secure fit with the adjustment ring or frame, the seat of the existing manhole casting or drainage unit frame shall be free of all foreign material at the time of installation. The entire assembly shall be set on the seat of the exist ing manhole casting or drainage unit frame and the locking

604-3 10

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 devices shall be tightened evenly. The manhole cover or drainage unit grate shall then be set upon the seat of the adjustment ring or frame. The Contractor shall be responsible for insuring that the adjustment rings and frames are compatible with the existing manhole castings and covers or drainage frames and grates. All rings or frames shall be protected from displacement caused by traffic maintained on the roadway or equipment used in the paving operation. The Contractor shall have the option of removing and resetting the existing manhole casting or drainage unit frames to the required grade where shown on the plans or approved by the Engineer.

604-3.10 Transverse Drainage Interceptors. This work shall consist of the construction of reinforced

concrete transverse drainage interceptors with frames and grates, and dowels as shown on the plans or Standard Sheets. Unless specifically designated on the plans and/or in the proposal, the Contr actor shall have the option of constructing cast -in-place or precast transverse drainage interceptors.

A.Cast-in-Place. Cast-in-place transverse drainage interceptors shall conform to the requirements of Section 555 Structural Concrete. The cast -in-place interceptors shall be constructed so that they have construction joints at a maximum spacing of 24 feet, unless the Eng ineer gives written directions otherwise or a longer length is specified on the plans.

B.Precast Interceptors. Precast interceptors shall be laid in reasonably close conformity to line and grade and shall have a full, firm and even bearing at each joint and along their entire length. They shall be handled and assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, except as modified on the plans or by the Engineer's written directions. Six (6) ¼ inch thick Premo lded Resilient Joint Filler shall be placed in the joint between the units, and the lifting hole and dowels shall be grouted with material conforming to §701 -04, §701 -05 or §701 -12. Underdrain and Underdrain Filter shall be installed when shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The underdrain pipe shall be installed in accordance with §605 -3.01, and the underdrain filter shall be placed in accordance with §605 -3.02 except when the details of either or both are modified on the plans or by the Engineer's written order.

604-3.11 Backfill. No structure shall be backfilled until all the mortar has completely set. The

requirements of Section 203, Select Granular Fill , shall apply.

604-4 Method of Measurement

604-4.01 Drainage Structures, Leaching Basins and Manholes. Drainage structures, leaching basins

and manholes will be measured for payment by the number of linear feet of height measured to the nearest tenth of a foot from the bottom of the base to the top of the masonry, including the top slab.

604-4.02 Transverse Drainage Interceptors

A.Cast -ln-Place. Cast-in-place transverse drainage interceptors will be measured by the actual length of interceptor placed.

B.Precast. Precast transverse drainage interceptors will be measured by multiplying the number of whole units by the nominal length of each unit and adding thereto the length of any fractional units incorporated in the work. The nominal length of the units shall be indicated on the Standard Sheet.

604-4.03 Altering Drainage Structures, Leaching Basins and Manholes. Altering drainage structures,

leaching basins and manholes will be measured by the number of structures altered.

604-4 04

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 604-4.04 Adjustment Rings and Frames for Drainage Structures and Manholes. This work will be measured by the number of prefabricated adjustment rings or frames furnished and installed.

604-5 Basis of Payment

604-5.01 Drainage Structures, Leaching Basins and Manholes. The unit price bid per linear foot shall

include the cost of all labor, equipment and materials, including bar reinforcement and welded wire fabric, necessary to complete the work, except the following:

A.Excavation . Excavation will be paid for under Trench and Culvert Excavation.

B.Backfill. Backfill of drainage structures and leaching basins will be paid for under the item(s) shown in the contract documents.

C.Frames, Covers and Grates. Frames, covers and grates will be paid for under the appropriate payment items for Frames and Grates in Section 655.

604-5.02 Contractor Options. When the specifications allow the Contractor to substitute a precast

circular drainage unit in lieu of a rectangular drainage unit or the Contractor constructs a flat slab reducer design under the provisions of §604 -3.02, the following basis of payment p rovisions will apply :

A.§604 -5.0l will apply.

B.Payment for excavation and backfill will be for those quantities determined for the original structure.

C.No adjustments will be made to the unit price bid for the original structure.

604-5.03 Altering Drainage Structures, Leaching Basins and Manholes. The unit price bid for each

shall include the cost of all materials, labor and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work including all necessary cleaning, excavation, backfill, and replacement of any pavement, shoulder and sidewalk courses, subcourses, curbs, drives, lawns and any other surface. Frames, covers or grates to be reused that are broken by the Contractor's operations shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. New frames, covers and grates will be paid for under the appropriat e payment items for Frames and Grates in Section 655.

604-5.04 Adjustment Rings and Frames for Drainage Structures and Manholes. The unit price bid

for each adjustment ring or frame shall include the cost of all material, labor and equipment necessary to satisfactorily install the adjustment rings and frames. If the Contractor elects to reset the existing casting or frames, the co sts of the work involved in the removal and replacement of existing disturbed pavement shall be included in the price bid for the adjustment rings and frames.

604-5.05 Transverse Drainage Interceptors. The price per linear foot bid for this work shall include the

cost of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work, except the excavation will be paid for under Trench and Culvert Excavation, and the Underdrain and Underdr ain Filter will be paid for under their respective items. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 604.01 Leaching Basin Foot 604.06 Transverse Drainage Interceptors Foot

605-2 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 604.07XXYY Altering Drainage Structures, Leaching Basins and Manholes Each XX = Region (01 through 11) YY = Serialized 01 to 99 * 604.10 Prefabricated Adjustment Rings for Manholes Each 604.11 Prefabricated Adjustment Frames for Drainage Structures Each 604.30XXYY Rectangular Drainage Structure Foot XX = Structure Type ** YY = Frame No. ** 604.31XXYY Rectangular Drainage Structure with Round Option Foot XX = Structure Type ** YY = Frame No. ** 604.32XXYY Rectangular Drainage Structure with Concrete Cap Foot XX = Structure Type ** YY = Frame No. ** 604.40XX Round Precast Manhole Foot XX = Type ** 604.50XXYY Special Drainage Structure Foot XX = Region (01 through 11) YY = Serialized 01 to 99 * * Serialized number identified structure detailed on the plans. ** Structure type and frame number are as defined on the Drainage Structure Details Standard Sheets and the Grate and Frame Standard Sheets. SECTION 605 - UNDERDRAINS

605-1 DESCRIPTION. The work shall consist of constructing underdrain installations in accordance

with these specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades, and cross -sections shown in the contract documents.

605-2 Materials

605-2.01 Underdrain Pipe. Underdrain pipe shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of

Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing for the type of pipe specified in the contract documents: Corrugated Steel Pipe - Type III, 16 gage 707-02 Porous Concrete Pipe Underdrain 706-05 Extra Strength Porous Concrete Pipe Underdrain 706-05 Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Tubing 706-13 Corrugated Aluminum Pipe - Type III, 16 gage 707-13 Perforated Polyvinyl Chloride Underdrain Pipe 706-18 Optional underdrain pipe shall meet the requirements of any of the above at the Contractors option except that porous concrete pipe shall not be used in an edge of pavement underdrain installation.

605-2.02 Underdrain Filter. The requirements for Underdrain Filter materials are described below. The

procedure for acceptance or rejection of Underdrain Filter materials shall be in conformance with the procedures contained in the geotechnical control procedure “ Procedure for the Control and Quality Assurance of Granular Materials ”. Underdrain Filter material shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing for the type of underdrain filter material specif ied in the contract documents:

605-3 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 A. Underdrain Filter Type I. Provide material meeting the requirements of §733 -20 Underdrain Filter, Type 1 .

B.Underdrain Filter Type II. Provide material meeting the requirements of §733 -20 Underdrain Filter, Type 2 .

C.Underdrain Filter Type III. Provide material meeting the requirements of §7 33-20 Underdrain Filter, Type 3 .

605-3 Construction Details

605-3.01 Underdrain Pipe. The construction details of Section 603 Culverts and Storm Drains shall

apply. The type of filter material to be used at any location will be as shown in the contract documents. A carefully leveled and compacted bed of this material shall be prepared just prior to the placement of the underdrain pipe. The upgrade end of corrugated polyethylene underdrain pipe shall be closed with a solid plastic cap; the upgrade end of all other types of underdrain pipe shall be closed with a suita ble plug. Unless otherwise shown in the contract documents, the underdrain pipe shall be placed with the perforations down. In the event that the semi -circular option of the Steel Pipe underdrain is utilized, the pipe shall be placed such that the flat sur face is on the top.

A.Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Tubing and Perforated Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Underdrain Pipe. When these underdrains are daylighted through the side slope they shall be protected from sunlight by shielding with a minimum 3 ft. long section of corrugated steel or aluminum pipe at the outlet. The metal pipe for shielding the underdrain shall be of su ch internal diameter to easily slip over the underdrain. For 4 in. and 6 in. diameter underdrains, the metal pipe shielding the underdrain shall extend a minimum of 6 in. into the ground and overlap the underdrain by 6 in. F or underdrains from 8 in. through 12 in. in diameter, the metal shielding pipe shall extend at least 12 in. into the ground and overlap the underdrain by 12 in. In no case shall the outlet end of the underdrain be exposed or extend beyond the end of the me tal pipe shielding it. To prevent intrusion of the filter material into the joint between the metal and underdrains, a reducer fitting shall be placed over the joint, roofing felt shall be wrapped around the joint, or another method shall be approved by the Engineer. Perforated corrugated polyethylene underdrain tubing and perforated PVC underdrain pipe will melt and burn when exposed to flame. Flame damage or damage by deterioration, crushing or stretching will be cause for rejection.

B.Corrugated Aluminum Pipe. Do not place grout in contact with aluminum pipe, such as at drainage inlet structures, including connections, fixtures, etc., unless the aluminum has been thoroughly coated with Zinc Chromate Primer, §708 -04 Zinc Chromate Primer or an equivalent alternative as approved by the Materials Bureau.

C.Optional Underdrain Pipe. The Contractor shall not intermix types of underdrain in the same run of pipe.

605-3.02 Underdrain Filter. After the pipe installation has been inspected and approved, Underdrain

Filter shall be loosely placed around and over the pipe to such a depth that, after compaction, Underdrain Filter shall extend to a level 6 in. above the underdrain pipe or to the next course, whichever is less. Subsequent lifts of Underdrain Filter shall be no more than 6 in. thick prior to compaction and shall be compacted by two passes of a vibrating pad or drum type compactor. The remainder of the install ation shall be in accordance with the applicable standard sheet or as indicated in the contract documents. If the excavation for the underdrain extends outside the payment lines, it shall be backfilled with Underdrain Filter material installed at the Contractor's expense.

605-4 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Any contaminated underdrain filter material shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the State. For corrugated polyethylene underdrain tubing, the filter material shall be placed around and over the tubing to such a depth that, after compaction, the underdrain filter material shall extend to a level 12 in. above the underdrain tubing or to the next course, whichever is less. After placement, the surface of the filter material shall be compacted by three passes of a vibrating pad or drum type compactor. The remainder of the backfill shall be placed in maximum 2 ft. loose lift thicknesses and compacted by three passes of a vibrating pad or drum type compactor after the placement of each lift. In the event that a pipe is not included in this installation, the filter shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 in. in thickness prior to compacting. Each lift shall be compacted by two passes of a vibrating pad or drum type compactor. No compaction control tests will be required.

A.Underdrain Filter at Structures. Underdrain filter at structures denotes the installation of Underdrain Filter, Type I placed behind bridge abutments, walls, and other major structures requiring positive drainage to relieve large lateral pressures resulting from a saturated backfill. Underdrain Filter, Type I material shall be placed adjacent to structures in accordance with the contract documents. The lift thickness for the loose Type I material shall not exceed 6 in. and shall precede the placement of each lift of the adjacent backfill material. A physical barrier may be used to facilitate placement of the Underdrain Filter and adjacent backfill. This barrier shall not be left in place and shall be removed prior to compaction of the material. Each lift of filter material and backfill material located within a minimum distance of the footing heel projection plus 3 ft. shall be compacted simultaneously. Compactive effort f or this material shall be provided by two passes of a vibratory or drum type compactor. Placement and compaction operations shall be conducted in a manner so as to ensure that the top surface of each lift of Type I filter material shall not be contaminated by the adjacent backfill materials. No compaction control tests will be required for the Type I filter material.

605-4 Method of Measurement

605-4.01 Underdrain Pipe. Underdrain pipe will be measured in feet, measured to the nearest whole

foot, installed in accordance with the contract documents.

605-4.02 Underdrain Filter. Underdrain filter material will be measured in cubic yards, measured to the

nearest whole cubic yard, installed between the payment lines shown in the contract documents. A deduction to the cross sectional area of the underdrain trench will be made for the pipes (based on nominal diameters) when the combined cross -sectional area exceeds 1.0 sq. ft. No deduction will be made for the cross -sectional area of an existing facility.

A.Underdrain Filter at Structures. Underdrain filter, Type I material at structures will be measured in cubic yards, measured to the nearest whole cubic yard, installed between the payment lines shown in the contract documents. No deduction will be made for the volume occupied by the underd rain pipe.

605-5 Basis of Payment

605-5.01 Underdrain Pipe. The unit price bid per foot shall include the cost of all labor, materials and

equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. The unit price bid per foot for perforated corrugated polyethylene underdrain tubing and perforated PVC underdrain pipe installations that are daylighted through the side slope shall include the shield pipe. Excavation, granular fill and backfill will be paid for separately.

605-5 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 605-5.02 Underdrain Filter. The unit price bid per cubic yard shall include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment necessary to sat isfactorily complete the work. Excavation, granular fill and backfill will be paid for separately. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 605.04xx Porous Concrete Pipe Underdrain Foot 605.05xx Extra Strength Porous Concrete Pipe Underdrain Foot 605.07xx Corrugated Steel Pipe - Type III Foot 605.08xx Corrugated Aluminum Pipe - Type III Foot 605.0901 Underdrain Filter, Type I Cubic Yard 605.1001 Underdrain Filter, Type II Cubic Yard 605.1101 Underdrain Filter, Type III Cubic Yard 605.15xx Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Tubing Foot 605.16xx Perforated Polyvinyl Chloride Underdrain Pipe Foot 605.17xx Optional Underdrain Pipe Foot Refer to the Standard Contract Pay Item Catalog for full Item Number and full Description. SECTION 606 - GUIDE RAILING, MEDIAN BARRIER, AND CONCRETE BARRIER (Last Revised May 1, 20 23)

606-1 DESCRIPTION. This work shall consist of the construction, reconstruction, removal, disposal,

storage, and resetting of highway barrier systems and component parts in accordance with the specifications, standard sheets, manufacturer’s drawings, manufacturer’s directio ns and contract documents to the lines and grades shown on the plans or established by the Engineer. The types of barrier systems are designated as follows: Cable Guide Railing and Median Barrier. Corrugated Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier Modified Heavy Post Blocked -Out (HPBO (Mod.)) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier Box Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier Concrete Barrier

606-1.01 I-Beam Posts for Existing Highway Barrier. Under this work the Contractor shall furnish and

install I -beam posts and necessary hardware for existing highway barriers in accordance with the plans, specifications, and as directed by the Engineer.

606-1.02 Guide Railing with Extra Long Posts. Under this work the Contractor shall furnish and install

guide railing of the type specified with extra long (7 foot) posts in accordance with the contract documents, and as directed by the Engineer.

606-1.03 Retensioning Existing Cable Guide Railing And Median Barrier. Under this work the

Contractor shall retension existing guide rail and median barrier cables in accordance with the Contract Documents.

606-2 MATERIALS. Materials shall meet the requirements specified in the following subsections of

Section 700 -- Materials and Manufacturing and ASTM Specifications:

606-2 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Concrete Grouting Material 701-05 Anchoring Materials -Chemically Curing 701-07 Precast Concrete Barrier 704-05 Premo lded Resilient Joint Filler 705-07 Joint Filler ASTM D1056 Wire Fabric For Concrete Reinforcement 709-02 Epoxy Coated Bar Reinforcement, Grade 60 709-04 Wood and Timber Posts and Timber Blockouts 710-13 Galvanized Steel Barrier Posts 710-14 Corrugated Beam Guide Railing End Terminal (Energy -Absorbing) 710-17 HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing End Terminal (Energy -Absorbing) 710-18 HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier End Terminal (Energy -Absorbing) 710-19 Corrugated Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier 710-20 Box Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier 710-21 Cable Guide Railing and Median Barrier. 710-22 Box Beam End Assembly Type III and Box Beam Median Barrier End Assembly, Type C 710-24 Plastic and Synthetic Block -Outs for Heavy Post Guiderail Systems 710-26 Anchor Bolts for Guide Railing 710-28 Galvanized Coatings And Repair Methods 719-01 Reflective Sheeting 730-05 (Materials Designation 730 -05.02) Paint for Galvanized Surfaces 708-06 Rolled Steel Channels for Continuity Connections ASTM A36 Steel Plates for Continuity Connections ASTM A36

606-2.01 Steel Hardware. Steel posts, plates, channels, stiffeners, block -outs, angles, brackets, slipbases

and other miscellaneous steel hardware not referenced to or specified by §710 -14, §710 -20, §710 -21, §710 -22, §710 -24 or other sections of this specification shall be fabri cated as shown in the contract plans and documents from steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A36 unless specified otherwise. All components shall be galvanized in accordance with §719 -01, Type I or II. Components shall be fabricated prior to gal vanizing.

606-2.02 Anchor Bolts. For the purpose of the guide railing specifications, the term anchor bolt will be

used when referring to anchor rods, hooks, or studs. Unless otherwise specified, anchor bolts embedded or grouted in concrete for securing post and railing base plates, or transitioning to concrete walls, parapets, and barriers shall meet the requirements of §710 -28. Anchor bolts embedded in concrete anchorage units for terminating guide rail and median barrier systems shall have minimum yield and tensile strength meeting the requirements of ASTM F1554 Grade 36. Anchor bolts, nuts, and washers shall be galvanized in accordance with §719 -01, Galvanized Coatings and Repair Methods, Type II, unless indicated otherwise on the plans or Standard Sheets. Grout for anchor bolts shall conform to the requirements of §701 -07 or §701 -05.

606-2.03 Fasteners. Bolts, nuts and washers shall conform to the following, unless specified otherwise

on the plans, standard sheets, manufacturer’s drawings’, or in the contract documents.

606-2 04

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Bolts Bolts ASTM A307 Grade A Nuts ASTM A563 Grade A or Better Washers ASTM F436 Bolts, nuts and washers shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions of §719 -01 Galvanized Coatings and Repair Methods, Type II.

606-2.04 I-Beam Posts for Existing Highway Barrier. I-beam posts for existing highway barrier

shall conform to the requirements of §710 -14 Galvanized Steel Barrier Posts. Posts shall conform to the details shown on the plans or the latest edition of the standard sheet for the guide railing or median barrier affected. Hardware (nuts, bolts, “J” bolts, offset beams or block -outs, back up plates, washers, and shelf angles) necessary shall conform to the requirements of the current specifications and standard sheets for the highway barrier affected.

606-2.05 Extra Long Guide Rail Posts. Extra long Guide Rail Posts shall conform to the requirements

of §710 -14 Galvanized Steel Barrier Posts. The posts shall conform to the details for extra long posts shown on the standard sheets or plans.

606-2.06 Concrete for End Assembly Anchorage Units. Cast-in-place concrete shall meet the

requirements of Class A Concrete in Section 501 Portland Cement Concrete -General. The Contractor may submit, for approval by the Director of the Materials Bureau, a mix at least equivalent to the specified Class A Concrete, with a minimum cement content of 575 lb/cu yd. Precast concrete anchorage units, when selected as an alternate to cast -in-place units by the Contractor, shall meet the requirements of Section 704 -03 Precast Concrete -General.

606-2.07 Concrete Barrier

A.Precast Concrete Barrier. The requirements of §704 -05 shall apply

B.Cast -in-Place Concrete Barrier. Concrete shall meet the requirements specified for Class A Concrete in §501, Portland Cement Concrete --General. Reinforcement shall meet the material requirements §606 -2 and be of the type and sizes as indicated on the standard sheets and plans.

C.Machine Formed Concrete Barrier. The concrete shall meet the requirements specified for Class I Concrete in §501, Portland Cement Concrete --General. Reinforcement shall meet the material requirements of §606 -2 and shall be of the type and sizes as indicated on the standard sheets and plans.

606-2.08 Resetting Guide Railing, Median Barrier, Anchorage Unit Assemblies and End

Assemblies. The materials comprising the existing system shall be used if they conform to the materials requirements specified for new guide rail systems and are found to be in satisfactory condition as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall supply all new hardware (splice tongues, plates, nuts, bolts, washer, etc.) Replacement materials shall meet the material requirements specified for new guide rail systems. Galvanizing of railin g and posts may be repaired in accordance with §719 -01, Galvanized Coatings and Repair Methods. HPBO guide railing and median barrier (pre -2013 design) shall be reset as detailed in the current standard sheets, including 12 inch block -outs.

606-2.09 HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier. The material

requirements of §710 -20 Corrugated Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier shall apply except that posts, block -outs, soil plates, anchor bolts, hardware, and fasteners shall be as detailed on the Standard Sheets. The Wood and Timber Posts and Timber Block -Outs shall conform to §710 -13. The Plastic and Synthetic Block -Outs for Heavy Post Guiderail Systems sha ll conform to §710 -26.

606-2 10

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 606-2.10 Corrugated Beam Guide Rail Transition To Bridge Rail, Concrete Barrier and Concrete Parapets. Corrugated beam rail sections shall conform to the requirements of §710 -20 and as detailed on the Standard Sheets or Bridge Detail Sheets. Thrie beam shall conform to the material specifications of 710 -20 and shall be as detailed on the Standard Sheets. . All remaining material shall conform to the requirements of §710 -23 except that:

A.Steel tubular block -outs and stiffening channels, where specified, shall conform to ASTM A36.

B.All components shall be galvanized in accordance with §719 -01 Galvanized Coating and Repair Methods , Type I or Type II. If required by the plans, the components shall be painted to match the existing railing. Painting shall be done in accordance with Section 657 except that:

1.Painting with rollers will not be permitted.

2.Spray painting will be allowed only if the components are painted at a location, away from the worksite, acceptable to the Engineer.

C.Shop drawings will not be required. Approval of the system will be made by the Engineer.

606-2.11 Vacant.

606-2.12 Vacant

606-2.13 (Vacant)

606-2.14 Transitions Constructed of, or with, Concrete. Concrete transition between concrete

barriers of different shapes and the concrete elements of transitions between metal barriers and concrete barriers shall conform to §606 -2.07 Concrete Barrier, A. Precast Concrete Barrier or, with the permission of the Engineer, B. Cast -in-Place Concrete Barrier.

606-3 Construction Details

606-3.01 General. All barrier systems and transitions described by these specifications shall be subject

to the following requirements.

A.Inspection of Rail Elements. Immediately prior to erection, the rail elements shall be inspected for damage. Bends or kinks in the railing, not specifically required by the contract documents, shall constitute sufficient cause for rejection. Straightening of such bends or kinks will not be allowed. Erection of all guide rail, median barrier, transitions and connections shall be subject to the inspection of the Engineer who shall be given all facilities required for a visual inspection of workmanship and materials.

B.Field Galvanizing For Repair. Field galvanizing repair shall be allowed only when the total damaged area on each piece or component is less than 2 percent of the coated surface, or 16 square inches, whichever is less. Any single piece or component with total damaged area greater than the amount specified above shall be rejected and replaced by the Contractor. Field galvanizing repair shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the Repair section of §719 -01 Galvanized Coating And Repair Methods.

C.Field Welding. Field welding shall not be permitted unless noted in the contract documents. When specified, welding shall comply with the requirements of the SCM.

606-3 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 D. Erection. Posts, railing, barrier systems, rail transitions, end assemblies, and anchorage units shall be erected as specified in the contract plans or manufacturer’s drawings. Where drilling and grouting is required, Section 586 – Miscellaneous Structural Reconstruction shall apply, unless otherwise approved. Rail mounting height shall be within +/ - 1/4 inch of that indicated on the Standard Sheets and plans. Prior to installing guide rail, median barrier, transitions, or end terminals, the Contractor shall determine the locations of all structures, including underground structures, that may be affected by the installation. If there are conflicts between the proposed installation and other structures, the Contractor shall discuss with and recommend to the Engineer alternative locations or types of barrier, transitions, or end terminals that will not be in conflict with the structure. Posts and foundation tube(s) shall be driven unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. The driving shall be accomplished with approved equipment and methods that will leave the posts and foundation tube(s) in their final position, free of any distortion , burring or other damage. When posts and foundation tube(s) are driven through asphalt concrete or a bituminous treated material, the Contractor shall take care to prevent damage to the paved or treated areas. Large holes and voids caused by driving the p osts and foundation tube(s) shall be filled and compacted with a bituminous treated material or asphalt concrete similar to that damaged. The small area adjacent to the post and foundation tube(s) disturbed during installation or where gaps exist at the po st and foundation tube(s) after pavement repairs shall be sealed with a bituminous material approved by the Engineer. As an alternate to driving posts and foundation tube(s) on unpaved medians and where site conditions are such that driving is not possible, the Contractor shall carefully excavate for all post and foundation tube(s) holes. Post and foundation tube(s) hole s and post and foundation tube(s) foundation structures shall be backfilled and backfilled material compacted in accordance with Section 203, Select Granular Fill . On structures, concrete anchors, and paved medians, base plates for posts shall be anchored as shown in the Contract Documents. Alternate construction methods and equipment for drilling and grouting of holes shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before operations begin. The work of installing the guide railing system when it abuts stabilized shoulder courses shall be coordinated and progressed to provide the least disturbance between the two phases of the work. All posts shall be aligned to a tolerance of 1/4 inch for plumb and grade line. Box beam to be installed on a curved alignment shall be shop bent or shop curved in accordance with Table 606 -1. TABLE 606 -1 SHOP BENDING AND SHOP MITERING OF BOX BEAM GUIDE RAILING AND MEDIAN BARRIER Barrier Type Shop Bending Required Shop Mitering Required Box Beam Guide Railing Radius over 20 ft and less than 720 ft Radius of 20 ft or less Box Beam Median Barrier Radius over 30 ft and less than 1525 ft Radius of 30 ft or less When shop bending or shop mitering of box beam guide railing or box beam median barrier is required, the rail element shall be shop -worked to the radius that the barrier will be installed on. Corrugated beam guide railing and median barrier shall require shop curving if the radius is equal to or less than 150 feet. When shop curving of corrugated beam is required, the rail element shall be shop -worked to the radius that the barrier will be in stalled on.

E.Concrete Anchorage Units. Concrete anchors shall be constructed as detailed on the standard sheets. Excavation shall meet the requirements of §206 -3 of the Standard Specifications. The bottom of the anchor shall have a full and even bearing on the surface under it. After the conc rete anchor is in place, the excavation shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 203, Select Granular Fill .

606-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 F. End Terminals and Assemblies. Installation of all proprietary products shall follow the manufacturer’s instructions. The following shall apply to end terminals or assemblies to be installed under this section.

1.Drawings. For end terminals and end assemblies not shown on standard sheets or detailed in the plans, the Contractor shall submit two copies of the manufacturer’s drawings, modified as necessary to reflect site conditions, to the Engineer for approval prior to ord ering any materials required under this section. Drawings of parts not detailed on the plans, but which are necessary to develop the full performance of the end assemblies or terminals shall also be provided. The Contractor shall commence work of installation of end assemblies or terminals only after approval of the above mentioned drawings and authorization from the Engineer to do so.

2.Manuals. In addition to the drawings mentioned above, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer two (2) copies of design manuals, installation manuals, parts lists, and maintenance manuals prepared for each type end terminal or assembly being installed but not shown on the standard sheet.

3.Coordination with Other Work. The work of furnishing and installing all types of end assemblies shall be coordinated with the removal of existing impact attenuators or end assemblies, the installation of guide railing or median barrier, or the installation of the object to be shielded, so as to minimize the time that motorists are exposed to the possibility o f collision with the shielded object, unprotected ends of barriers, or incomplete end terminals or assemblies. Also, the contractor shall minimize exposure of approaching vehicular traffic to the possibility of impact on the back of the end assembly. Unl ess modified in the Contract Documents, minimization shall mean seven (7) or fewer calendar days.

4.Traffic Protection. Traffic protection shall be provided as specified in Section 619 Work Zone Traffic Control.

5.Reflective Sheeting . End terminals and assemblies which have a vertical face towards approaching traffic and are located on or closely adjacent to the shoulder shall be provided with reflective sheeting in accordance with Section 2C.65 of the MUTCD. The yellow and black stripe widths shall be 4 inches.

606-3.02 Cable Guide Railing and Median Barrier. Beginning with the first post where the rail is

parallel to the edge of pavement, every sixth post in the line of guide rail shall be reflectorized (96 foot spacing for reflectors) except those posts in the approach terminal and intermediate anchorage area , which curve away from the shoulder, or used in a median barrier. The reflector and method of attachment shall be as indicated on the standard sheet.

A.Anchorage Unit Assemblies. After the posts are driven to the specified line and grade, anchor angles and anchor posts shall be adjusted in the field to provide a full and even bearing on the underlying surface.

B.Cable Tensioning. . The Contractor shall install and tension each cable of guide railing and median barrier to the tensions specified for the temperature range prevailing at the time.: For installations requiring spring compensators, properly seat the spring compensation d evice and then permanently mark the unloaded position. Complete the assembly of the guide railing and set the compensating devices to a spring compression of 3 1/2 inches. Leave the springs at this setting for at least 2 weeks, then se t them to the proper setting according to temperature from the data in the table on the standard sheets.

606-3 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 For mid -tension cable guide rail, install a turnbuckle on one end of the cable, pull the cable to remove slack, and place a second turnbuckle on the other end. Once the assembly of the run is complete, tension each cable according to temperature from the data in the table on the standard sheets. Measure the tension using a three -point cable tension meter. For high -tension cable systems, follow the manufacturer’s directions.

C.Cable Splicing. The Contractor shall install cable splices in the following manner: Place a splice end over the cable. Twist the cable to separate the three strands. Insert the wedge into the center of the strands, leaving at least one inch of excess cable, and pull the cable back until the wedge is snug to the splice. Pound the wedge into the splice. Crimp at least one wire of the cable over the wedg e. Repeat the procedure for the other cable. Connect the two splice ends together.

606-3.03 Box Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier. Rail sections for tangent runs shall be at least

18 feet long. Rail splices shall be a minimum of 18 inches from the centerline of any post which is to be bolted to the rail.

606-3.04 Weak Post and HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier In the

erection procedures, the free end of the rail element shall not be allowed to swing free and cantilever around the mounting bolt. The free end shall be supported in a manner approved by the Engineer while the splice bolts a nd mounting bolts are fastened. Rail splicing shall be as shown on the Standard Sheets.

A.Weak Post Corrugated Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier. The rail elements shall be installed so the weight of the beam rests on the double nutted support bolt before the 5/16 inch mounting bolts are torqued. Before the final torquing, six of the 5/16 inch mounting bolts in the installation shall be selected at random and with a suitable torque wrench tightened to failure. The six readings shall be averaged, the six failed bolts replaced and all the mounting bolts in the installation torqued to 50% of the average value. Support bolts shall be installed on all the guide rail posts except the three posts adjacent to the anchors.

B.HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier. HPBO (Mod.) guide railing shall be erected from the approach -end anchorage unit and downstream along the flow of traffic. HPBO (Mod.) median barrier shall be erected from one of the anchorage sections and shall be completed as the work progresses. HPBO (Mod.) guide railing and median barrier connections to walls or Concrete Barriers shall be as specified on the plans or the Standard Sheets. During non -working hours, no uncompleted anchorage units or heavy posts without rail will bepermitted to be exposed to traffic on either guide railing or median barrier.

606-3.05 Concrete Barrier. Unless specified otherwise in the contract documents the Contractor shall

have the option of providing precast concrete barrier, cast -in-place concrete barrier, or machine formed barrier. No intermixing in any run of barrier will be permitted unless show n otherwise in the contract documents except that precast transition sections and ends may be used with cast -in-place or machine formed concrete barriers. Unless otherwise specified, excavation shall be performed in accordance with §206 -3. Granular back fill shall conform to Section 304 and shall match the subbase course type used on the adjacent roadway. Half section concrete barrier shall be erected with the appropriate back -up posts and continuity plates as shown on the Standard Sheets and plans.

606-3 05

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 A. Precast Concrete Barrier

1.Placement. Immediately prior to installation, the Engineer shall inspect the sections for manufacturing defects or shipment damage. Damaged or defective sections shall be rejected or repaired in accordance with §704 -05. Precast Concrete Barrier, Repair. The sections shall be placed in accordance with the contract plans and proposals.

2.Vertical Expansion Joint. Sections shall be separated by 1/2 inch nominal joint openings. The joint opening, at any point in the plane of the joint, shall not va ry by more than 1/4 inch. Premo lded Resilient Joint Filler conforming to the requirements of §705 -07 or Joint Filler conforming to the requirements of ASTM D1056 class 2B1 or 2B2 shall be placed in the joint as shown on the plans, standard sheet or as directed by the Engineer.

3.Dimensional Tolerance.

a.Cross -sectional dimensions shall not vary from the dimensions shown by more than 1/4 inch.

b.The barrier shall not be out of plumb by more than 1/4 inch.

c.Longitudinal dimensions shall not vary from the dimensions shown by more than 1/4 inch per 10 foot of the barrier.

d.When checked with a 10 foot straight edge, irregularities shall not exceed 1/4 inch.

4.Placement Adjacent to Cement Concrete. The barrier shall be separated from cement concrete pavement or shoul ders by a ½” thick (± ⅛”) premo lded resilient joint filler meeting §705 -07. The joint filler shall cover the entire pavement/shoulder face. A joint sealant reservoir ¼” - ½” deep shall be formed or routed in the joint filler. The Contractor shall abrasive blast the barrier and paveme nt/shoulder in the reservoir, and seal the joint using material meeting §705 -02, Highway Joint Sealant, Type IV. Sealing shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, a copy of which shall be provided to the Engineer prior to commencement of work.

B.Cast -in-Place Concrete Barrier

1.Placing. Cast-in-place concrete barriers and footings shall not extend more than 200 feet without an expansion joint. The Contractor shall have the option of placing the cast -in-place concrete barrier with a monolithic cross -section or with a horizontal construc tion joint at the top of the footing. When the Contractor elects to cast a separate footing, the horizontal joint details must conform to those on the Standard Sheets or in the plans, or the Contractor must prepare joint details and submit them to the Regional Director for approval.

2.Joints

a.Contraction Joints . Cast -in-place concrete barrier shall have contraction joints every 20 feet in both the footing and the stem. When cast separately, the joints in the stem shall line up with the joints in the footing. Contraction joints shall be formed in or saw cut no rmal to the pavement. The joints shall conform to the dimensions as shown on the plans or Standard Sheets. If the joints are saw cut, they shall be saw cut as soon as no damage to the concrete will result, with a maximum time of 2 hours after the forms a re removed to avoid early

606-3 05

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 formation of uncontrolled shrinkage cracks. Clear curing compound shall be promptly applied to the saw cut.

b.Expansion Joints . Expansion joints shall be formed no rmal to the pavement with Premo lded Resilient Joint Filler meeting the requirements of §705 -07 and shall provide for expansion of ½ inch. The filler material shall be cut to fully cover and conform to the cross section of the barrier, or to the footer and stem separately if they are ca st separately. In addition to the maximum separation of 200 feet, expansion joints shall be located at all immovable objects (bridge substructures, etc.), where shown on the plans, and/or as directed by the Engineer.

c.Construction Joints. When the Contractor’s operations require the use of a construction joint, one of the two following procedures may be used. However, if operations will not resume within 24 hours, only method A may be used.

1.Method A. Construct an expansion joint as detailed in the preceding section.

2.Method B . After initial set has taken place, remove the end form to expose the concrete. Roughen the surface to achieve a good interlock and increased bond area when the concrete operations are resumed. A one -inch strip around the periphery of the end surface s hould remain undisturbed to serve as a neat, linear contraction joint. The end surface shall be covered with several layers of wetted burlap to prevent drying. All reinforcing steel shall extend beyond the face to provide adequate lapping.

3.Forms. Forms shall be metal and of such construction that there will be minimum interference to inspection for grade and alignment. Forms shall be braced and secured adequately so that no discernible displacement from alignment or grade will occur during placemen t of concrete.

4.Concrete Placing and Vibrating. Concrete shall be placed in the barrier forms in accordance with the requirements of §555 -3.04 Handling and Placing Concrete. Concrete shall be compacted by means of immersion type mechanical vibrators approved by the Engineer. The vibrator shall be inse rted into the concrete at one foot intervals. The vibrators shall be of size and weight sufficient to thoroughly vibrate the entire concrete mass without damaging or misaligning the forms or reinforcement.

5.Removal of Forms and Finishing Surfaces. Forms shall be left in place for 24 hours or until, in the judgment of the Engineer, the concrete has sufficiently set so that the forms may be removed without injury to the barrier. Immediately after the forms have been removed, surfaces exposed to view shall have all projections and irregularities carefully removed and all cavities neatly filled with mortar of the proportion used in the concrete. The same brand of cement and the same kind of fine aggregate shall be used for filling cavities as was used in the original concrete mix. Surfaces repaired by plastering will not be allowed.

6.Curing . The median barrier shall be cured using a clear curing compound meeting the requirements of §711 -05. The compound shall be sprayed on the concrete surfaces at a rate of 1 gal/ 150 sf within one hour of form removal.

7.Reinforcement. The Contractor shall incorporate reinforcement as indicated on the standard sheets and plans. All reinforcing steel shall be epoxy coated meeting the requirements of §709 -04.

606-3 05

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 8. Placement Adjacent to Cement Concrete Pavement or Shoulders. The barrier shall be separated from the cement concrete pavement or shoulder by a 1/2 inch wide vertical joint extending down to the bottom of the pavement or shoulder. The joint shall b e formed with and contain Premo lded Resilient Joint Filler conforming to the requirements of §705 -07. A recess of approximately one inch shall be provided at the top of the joint for installation of a backer rod and joint sealant. The joint sealant shall be a silicone sealant appearin g on the Department’s Approved List and shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

9.Dimensional Tolerance

a.Cross -sectional dimensions shall not vary from the dimensions shown by more than 1/4 inch.

b.The barrier shall not be out of plumb by more than 1/4 inch.

c.Longitudinal dimensions shall not vary from the dimensions shown by more than 1/4 inch per 10 foot of the barrier.

d.When checked with a 10 foot straight edge, irregularities shall not exceed 1/4 inch.

C.Machine Formed Concrete Barrier

1.Weather Limitations. The requirements of §502 -3.01 shall apply.

2.Equipment. The slipforming equipment shall be self -propelled and shall be capable of placing, consolidating and finishing concrete to the proper line and grade. The Engineer may require the Contractor to demonstrate that the specific equipment proposed for use is ca pable of satisfactorily placing the concrete mix. The Contractor shall furnish the manufacturer's data regarding machine operation to the Engineer.

3.Preparation of the Subbase Course. Before any concrete may be placed, the subbase course shall be compacted and fine graded to a tolerance of 1/2 inch of the true grade at any location under the barrier. Whenever possible, as determined by the Engineer, concrete placing operations shall not begin until the subbase course has been fine graded ahead at least 1000 feet.

4.Reinforcement. The Contractor shall incorporate reinforcement as indicated on the standard sheets and plans. All reinforcing steel shall be epoxy coated meeting the requirements of §709 -04.

5.Placing Operations

a.Central and Transit Mixed Concrete. The provisions of §501 -3.03 C and D shall apply for Central Mixed and Transit Mixed Concrete respectively, except that water may be added at the point of deposition to maintain the desired slump. The water addition may be made at any time after the beginn ing of the discharge until approximately two -thirds (2/3) of the load, as determined by the Engineer, has been discharged. After the water addition the concrete shall be mixed at least 30 revolutions in the mixing range. When the water additions made after discharge the total number of revolutions shall not be more than 190.

b.Truck Mixed Concrete. The provisions of §501 -3.03 E shall apply except that after the initial slump has been achieved, water may be added to the mixture one additional time to maintain the desired slump. The water addition may be made anytime after the beginning of

606-3 05

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 discharge until approximately two -thirds (2/3) of the load, as determined by the Engineer, has been discharged. After the water addition, the concrete shall be mixed at least 30 revolutions in the mixing range. The slipforming equipment shall have as nearly a continuous forward movement as possible to provide uniform progress with stopping and starting of the equipment held to a minimum. Any edge slump resulting from slipforming operations in excess of 1/4 inch, as measured from the top surface of the median barrier, exclusive of edge rounding, shall be corrected before the concrete has hardened. Concrete supply shall be sufficient to produce a continuous, completely shaped barrier. If concrete placement is interrupted for a period of time where the delay will affect the quality and structural integrity of the barrier, the contractor shall termina te his operations by one of the following procedures. The Engineer shall determine when the slipform operation is to be terminated.

c.Method A. Construct a cast in place expansion joint system as detailed on the standard sheets.

d.Method B. Remove existing unset concrete to a vertical score line with hand tools. The vertical surface resulting from the removed concrete shall remain reasonably rough and unfinished to facilitate interlock and increased bond area when concrete operations are to be resumed. The vertical surface shall be touched up with hand tools, as directed by the Engineer, to correct unacceptable voids, tears and lack of consolidation resulting from the concrete removal. The surface shall be covered with several lay ers of wet burlap to prevent drying. All reinforcing steel shall extend beyond the face to provide adequate lapping. Concreting operations may resume at the terminated face when the terminated portion has achieved enough rigidity to withstand the sequence of operations it will be subjected to without sustaining damage. All loose or unacceptable concrete and material sha ll be removed from the terminated face as directed by the Engineer. Concrete barrier damaged as a result of the contractor's operations shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Termination of slipform operations at the end of the day for an uncompleted run shall be by method A or B above.

6.Curing. The median barrier shall be cured using a clear curing compound meeting the requirements of §711 -05. The compound shall be sprayed on the concrete surface immediately following the placing operation at a rate of 1 gal/ 150 sf.

7.Placement Adjacent to Cement Concrete Pavement or Shoulders. The barrier shall be separated from the cement concrete pavement or shoulder by a 1/2 inch wide vertical joint extending down to the bottom of the pavement or shoulder. The joint shall b e formed with and contain Premo lded Resilient Joint Filler conforming to the requirements of §705 -07. A recess of approximately one inch shall be provided at the top of the joint for installation of a backer rod and joint sealant. The joint sealant shall be a silicone sealant appearing on the Department's Approved List and shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

8.Contraction Joints. Contraction joints shall be formed or saw cut normal to the pavement. The spacing shall be every 20 feet, as shown on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer. The joints shall conform to the dimensions as shown on the plans or standard sheets. If the join ts are saw cut, they shall be saw cut as soon as no damage to the concrete will result, with a maximum time of 8 hours. The clear curing compound shall be reapplied at the saw cut.

606-3 05

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 9. Expansion Joints. Machine formed concrete barriers shall not extend more than 400 feet without an expansion joint. Expansion joints shall be formed no rmal to the pavement with Premo lded Resilient Joint Filler meeting the requirements of §705 -07 and shall provide for expansion of 1/2 inch. The filler material shall be cut to conform to the cross section of the barrier. The expansion joints shall be located at all immovable objects (bridge substructures, etc.), where shown on the plans, and/or as directed by the Engineer. Expansion joints shall not be required at regular intervals unless shown on the plans.

10.Tolerances. All concrete barrier produced by this method shall conform to the following tolerances:

a.Placing Tolerances

1.Bar Reinforcement Cover 0 to + 1/2 inch.

2.Width (top) 0 to + 1/4 inch.

3.Width (base) 0 to + 1/2 inch.

b.Dimensional Tolerance

1.Cross -sectional dimensions shall not vary from the dimensions shown by more than 1/4 inch .

2.The barrier shall not be out of plumb by more than 1/4 inch .

3.Longitudinal dimensions shall not vary from the dimensions shown by more than 1/4 inch per 10 foot of the barrier.

4.When checked with a 10 foot straight edge, irregularities shall not exceed 1/4 inch .

11.Defects. Defects are divided into two categories Minor defects and major defects. Minor defects in the barrier may be repaired in the field. Major defects shall be cause for rejection of the section, or the section shall be repaired in the manner directed by the E ngineer.

a.Minor Defects. Minor defects are defined as holes, honeycombing or spalls which are 6 inches or less, in diameter, and which do not expose the outermost surface of the steel reinforcement. Surface voids 5/8 inch, or less, in diameter and 1/4 inch, or less, in depth are not considered defects and they do not require repair.

b.Major Defects. Major defects are defined as:

1.Any defect which does not meet the definition of a minor defect.

2.Minor defects which, in aggregate, comprise more than five percent (5%) of the surface area of the barrier section.

12.Repair. Repair of hardened concrete shall be as follows:

a.Minor Defect Repair. Repair shall be made with a material meeting the requirements of §701 -04 or §701 -12. Methods of repair shall be acceptable to the Engineer. The color of the repaired portion shall match as nearly as practicable, the color of the surrounding concrete.

606-3 06

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Repaired portions shall exactly match shape requirements. The repaired portion shall withstand a moderate blow from a 16 ounce hammer.

b.Major Defect Repair. Major defect repair shall be preapproved by the Engineer.

13.Hand Finishing. The Contractor shall make provisions to allow hand finishing, when directed by the Engineer, on all surfaces. Hand finishing, if done shall be done immediately after the passage of the slipforming equipment. Curing compound shall be applied only after hand finishing has been completed at any particular location.

14.Transitions and Tapered End Sections. Transitions and tapered end sections shall be either cast-in-place or precast, at the Contractor’s option.”

606-3.06 Resetting Guide Railing, Median Barrier and Precast Concrete Barrier. The Contractor

shall remove, store, clean and reset railing, posts, and precast concrete barrier as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall remove designated existing guide railing, median barrier and precast concrete barr ier and neatly store them at locations approved by the Engineer. The work shall be done in a workmanlike manner so as to salvage all usable parts. The reset guide railing and/o r median barrier shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of §606 -3.01 General and the subsection for each specific system. Unless otherwise specified by the designer, all existing hardware, i.e., post bolts, J - bolts, splice bolts, etc., shall be replaced with new hardware. Cable systems shall be retensioned and all existing splice couplings and wedges shall be replaced. HPBO guide railing and median barrier (pre -2013 design) shall be reset as detailed in the current standard sheets, including 12 inch block -outs. The existing block -outs shall become the property of the Contractor.

606-3.07 Resetting Guide Railing and Median Barrier (New Posts). The construction details of §606 -

3.06 shall apply, except that the Contractor shall furnish and install new posts and remove the old posts from the site.

606-3.08 Removing and Storing Guide Railing, Median Barrier, and Precast Concrete Barrier. The

Contractor shall remove designated existing guide railing, median barrier and precast concrete barrier and neatly store the component parts in separate piles at locations designated for future pick up by Department forces, or its designee. The work s hall be done in a workmanlike manner so as to salvage all usable parts. Unusable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor.

606-3.09 Removing and Disposing of Guide Railing, Median Barrier, Concrete Barrier, Guide

Posts, Guide Rail Posts, and Median Barrier Posts. The Contractor shall remove designated existing guide railing, median barrier, concrete barrier, guide posts, guide rail posts, and median barrier posts and remove them from the site of work. Holes shall be backfilled with a suitable material and compact ed in a manner approved by the Engineer.

606-3.10 I-Beam Posts for Existing Highway Barrier. I-beam posts for existing highway barrier shall

be installed at the locations indicated in the contract documents or where directed by the Engineer. The driving shall be in accordance with the requirements of §606 -3.01 and the applicable standard sheet(s ). All hardware necessary for mounting the rail elements or cable to the post shall be supplied by the Contractor. New heavy post block -outs shall be supplied to replace damaged or unusable block -outs. S3x5.7 posts installed as intermediate posts to reduce post spacing on weak post corrugated beam guide railing and median barrier and on box beam guide railing shall not be attached to the rail element. All reflectors, delineators, reference markers, or other items, which are to remain in place, that are damaged by or during the Contractor's operations shall be replaced by the Contractor unless indicated otherwise on the Standard Sheets or project plans .

606-3 11

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 606-3.11 Retensioning Existing Cable Guide Railing and Median Barrier. Cable guide rail and median barrier shall be retensioned in accordance with the cable tensioning requirements of §606 -3.02.

606-3.12 Resetting Anchorage Unit Assemblies and End Assemblies for Guide Rail and Median

Barrier. The Contractor shall remove, store, clean and reset existing anchorage units and terminals for Guide Railing and Median Barrier as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The anchorage units and terminals shall be reset and placed in accordance with the requirements of §606 -3.01 General. Any anchor blocks that will not remain in use in their existing location are to be removed and the holes backfilled as detailed in §606 -3.13 The Contractor shall take care so reusable parts are not damaged by their operations. Any parts damaged in handling and placing shall be replaced by the Contractor. Unusable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Surface areas disturbed during the removal operations shall be reestablished, as nearly as possible, to match the adjacent surfaces to remain.

606-3.13 Removing and Storing Anchorage Unit Assemblies and End Assemblies for Guide Railing

and Median Barriers The construction details of §606 -3.08 shall apply. However, concrete anchor blocks shall be completely removed, and the resulting holes backfilled. If the center of the anchor block is inboard from a line six feet beyond the theoretical shoulder break, the Contractor shall backfill with material meeting the requirements of §733 -04 compacted in 6 -inch lifts. If the center of the anchor block is more than six feet past the shoulder break, the backfill material and compaction shall be replaced in kind, character and condition, compacted in 6 -inch lifts. Other excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements outlined in §606 -3.01E. Roadway edge drains damaged due to the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the State.

606-3.14 Removing and Disposing Anchorage Unit Assemblies and End Assemblies for Guide

Railing and Median Barriers. The construction details of §606 -3.13 shall apply except the anchor blocks and terminals become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the project.

606-3.15 Box Beam Guide Rail Transition to Concrete Barrier. The contractor shall construct a guide

rail transition from concrete barrier to box beam guide rail at the locations indicated and as detailed on the contract plans. The work shall conform to the requirements of §606 -3.01.

606-3.16 Corrugated Beam Guide Rail T ransition to Bridge Rail, Concrete Barrier and Concrete

Parapets. The contractor shall construct corrugated beam guide transitions to bridge rail, concrete barrier and/or concrete parapets at the locations and as detailed on the contract plans. The requirements of §606 - 3.01 shall apply together with the following: Railing shall be erected so that the rails are parallel to the roadway, except in those sections where it is necessary to vertically transition the highway barrier to the bridge railing, or barri er. Bending or curving of rail elements in order to fit alignment requirements in the field shall not be permitted. The Engineer may order some bending or curving to allow for necessary minor adjustments. The Contractor shall exercise care in attaching the guide rail to the bridge rail so as not to damage the rails, posts, or joints, or splices. Any damage to the material attributable to the Contractor's operation shall require that the material be repaired, or replaced. The decision to repair, or replace, shall rest solely with the Engineer.

606-3.17 Vacant.

606-3.18 Vacant

606-3 19

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 606-3.19 Transitions Constructed of, or with, Concrete. Transitions constructed of concrete and the concrete elements of transitions constructed of metal components and concrete elements shall be constructed at the locations indicated in the contract documents, or those indicated by the Engineer, in accordanc e with these specifications, the contract documents, and the directions of the Engineer. The shapes indicated on the Standard Sheets are standard. The Deputy Chief Engineer (Design) will consider other shapes for approval. §606 -3.05 Concrete Barrier, A. Precast Concrete Barrier and B. Cast -in-Place Concrete Barrier shall apply.

606-4 Method of Measurement

606-4.01 Cable, Corrugated Beam or Box Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier. The quantity to

be measured for payment will be in feet to the nearest foot of guide railing or median barrier installed, measured along the axis of the railing and between its pay limits as shown on the plans and/or standard sheets. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in feet to the nearest foot of shop bent or shop mitered guide railin g or median barrier installed. If the guide railing does not terminate at an anchorage unit, end assembly, or transition to another type of barrier, but is anchored to a structure, the railing will be measured up to the structure. When installing new or replacement runs containing stretches with or consisting entirely of reduced post spacings, the following payment factors shall be applied to the prices bid per foot for the normally spaced guide rail. TABLE 606 -2 PAYMENT FACTORS FOR GUIDE RAIL AND MEDIAN BARRIER POST SPACING Payment Factor s >> 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 1.9 Rail Type s ↓↓ Post Spacing Center to Center in Feet & Inches 3-Cable 16’ 12’ -- 8’ -- -- 4’ Mid-Tension Cable 10’ -- -- 5’ -- -- -- Box Beam 6’ -- 3’ -- -- -- -- Weak -Post Corrugated 12’-6” -- -- 6’-3” 4’-2” -- 3’-1½” HPBO 6’-3” -- -- -- -- 3’-1½”

606-4.02 Anchorage Units, End Assemblies and Transitions for Guide Railing or Median Barrier.

Anchorage units, end assembly units and transitions between various highway guide railing and median barrier systems will be measured by the actual number of units installed in accordance with the plans, standard sheets, manufacturer’s drawings, manufact urer's directions and/or as directed by the Engineer. The payment limits for the Box Beam Guide Rail End Assembly Type III and Box Beam Median Barrier End Assembly, Type C will be separated by a distance of 50 feet extending along the end assembly from the front of the Nose Assembly to a point 50 feet remov ed. These payment limits apply regardless of whether the Type III End Assembly or Type C End Assembly employs crushable fiberglass elements or beam bursting type mandrels to absorb the energy of the impacting vehicle. The limits of payment for the Corrugated Beam Guide Railing End Terminal (Energy -Absorbing) will extend a distance of 100 feet from the outer end of the terminal. At that point, payment will begin for corrugated beam guide railing. The limits of payment for HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing End Terminal (Energy - Absorbing) will extend a distance of 50 feet from the outer end of the terminal. At that point, payment will begin for heavy post blocked -out corrugated beam guide railing. The limits of payment for HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier End Terminal (Energy - Absorbing) will extend a distance of 50 feet from the outer end of the terminal. At that point, payment will begin for heavy post blocked -out corrugated beam median barrier.

606-4 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 606-4.03 Concrete Barrier and Terminal Sections. The quantity of concrete barrier sections measured for payment will be the number of feet placed in accordance with the plans and specifications, measured along the axis of the barrier . The quantity of concrete barrier terminals will be measured by the actual number of units installed in accordance with the plans, standard sheets, and/or as directed by the Engineer

606-4.04 Resetting Guide Railing, Median Barrier and Precast Concrete Barrier. The quantity of

reset guide railing or median barrier measured for payment will be the number of feet reset in accordance with the specifications, plans and as directed by the Engineer, exclusive of anchorage units and end assemblies. If the guide railin g is anchored to a structure instead of an anchorage unit or end assembly, measurement will be made up to the structure. The quantity of reset precast concrete barrier measured for payment will be the number of feet placed in accordance with the plans and specifications measured along the axis of the barrier between its extreme outer limits.

606-4.05 Resetting Guide Railing and Median Barrier (New Posts). The Method of Measurement of

§606 -4.04 will apply.

606-4.06 Removing and Storing Guide Railing, Median Barrier and Precast Concrete Barrier. The

quantity of removed and stored guide rail and median barrier measured for payment will be the number of feet removed in accordance with the specifications, plans, and as directed by the Engineer, exclusive of anchorage units and end assemblies. If th e guide rail or median barrier is anchored to a structure, measurement will be made up to the structure. The quantity of removed and stored precast concrete barrier measured f or payment will be the number of feet removed in accordance with the specifications and plans, measured along the axis of the barrier between its extreme outer limits.

606-4.07 Removing and Disposing of Guide Railing, Median Barrier and Concrete Barrier. The

quantity of guide rail and median barrier measured for payment will be the number of feet of railing and posts removed and disposed of in accordance with the specifications and plans, exclusive of anchorage units and end assembly components that would not be used in the middle of a continuous run. The quantity of concrete barrier measured for payment will be the number of feet removed and disposed of in accordance wit h the specifications and plans measured along the axis of the barrier between its extreme outer limits and including any backup posts.

606-4.08 Removing and Disposing of Guide Posts, Guide Rail Posts, and Median Barrier Posts. The

quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of posts removed and disposed of in accordance with the specifications and plans and as directed by the Engineer.

606-4.09 Resetting Anchorage Unit Assemblies and End Assemblies for Guide Railing and Median

Barrier This work shall be measured by the number of anchorage units and/or terminals reset in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents.

606-4.10 Removing and Storing or Disposing of Anchorage Unit Assemblies and End Assemblies

for Guide Railing and Median Barrier. This work shall be measured by the number of Anchorage Units or End Assemblies properly removed and stored for pick up by others or removed and disposed of in accordance with the contract documents and to the satisfaction of the Engineer

606-4.11 Retensioning Existing Cable Guide Railing and Median Barrier . Quantity measured for

payment will be the number of sections retensioned. A section shall consist of the length of cable guide rail or median barrier running between two concrete anchorage units.

606-4.12 Vacant .

606-4 13

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 606-4.13 Corrugated Beam Guide Rail Transition to Bridge Rail, Concrete Barrier and Concrete Parapets. Measurement will be taken as the actual number of transition units installed in accordance with the plans and specifications.

606-4.14 Box Beam Guide Rail Transition to Concrete Barrier. Measurement will be taken as the actual

number of transition units installed in accordance with the specifications, plans and standard sheets.

606-4.15 Vacant

606-4.16 I-Beam Posts for Existing Highway Barrier. I-beam posts for existing highway barrier will

be measured by the actual number of posts installed in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

606-4.17 Transition between Concrete Sections. Transitions will be measured by the actual number of

units installed in accordance with the plans, standard sheets and/or as directed by the Engineer.

606-5 Basis of Payment

606-5.01 Guide Railing, Median Barrier, Concrete Barrier and Terminal Sections; Various Types.

The unit price bid for the above work shall include the cost of all labor, equipment and material necessary to complete the work, including the cost of any repairs required, and the costs of bending any rail element to the required curvature. Payment for corrugated guide rail and median barrier, or bent box beam guide rail, will be determined using the payment factors for the various typical post spacings listed in Table 606 -2. Payment will be the sum of the products obtained by multiplying t he unit price bid for a rail or median barrier by the payment factors listed in Table 606 -2 for the relevant post spacings and multiplying each of those products by the length of rail having that given post spacing. Payment for mitered box beam and median barrier with 6 foot post spacings will be made at the unit prices bid. If a reduced post spacing of 3 feet is used for mitered box beam guide rail, the payment will be determined by multiplying the unit price bid b y a payment factor of 1.1for the length installed. When posts are driven through asphalt concrete or bituminous treated material, any repairs to damage paved or treated areas shall be at the Contractor's expense. Progress payments will be made when the metal railing and/or metal barrier is erected in the position and manner indicated on the standard sheets and in a manner approved by the Engineer, exclusive of bituminous repair and final alignment. Payment will be made, at the unit price bid, for 90% of th e measured quantity erected. The balance of the quantity erected will be paid for upon proper repair to the bituminous surfaces and alignment of the metal railing and/or metal barrier to the specified tolerances.

606-5.02 End Assembly, End Anchorage Units and Transitions for Guide Railing and Median

Barrier. The unit price bid for each end assembly, end anchorage unit or transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work, including the necessary concrete, excavation, backfill, reflectorization, o bject markers when required at driveways and vehicle openings, and spring cable assembly (compensating device) and/or steel turnbuckle cable end assembly required for c able guide rail.

606-5.03 Resetting; Removing and Storing; Removing and Disposing; of Guide Railing, Median

Barrier and Concrete Barrier. The unit price bid per foot for the above work items shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the work and restore the system to full operating capacity. Any materials damaged due to Contractor's operation shall be replaced by him and the cost shall be included in the price bid for this item.

606-5 04

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Payment for resetting guide rail and median barrier shall include the unit price bid multiplied by the measured quantity multiplied by the payment factor for the various typical pos t spacings listed in Table 606-2, except that posts required to reduce the post spacing from the original post spacing shall be paid for under the appropriate I -beam post for existing highway barrier item.

A.Progress payments for resetting guide rail, median barrier and precast concrete barrier will be made as follows:

1.25% of the unit price bid for the quantity of guide rail, median barrier or precast concrete barrier removed and stored in accordance with the provisions of §606.3 -06 Resetting Guide Railing, Median Barrier and Precast Concrete Barrier.

2.65% of the unit price bid for the measured quantity of guide railing, median barrier or precast concrete barrier cleaned and reset in accordance with the provisions of §606 -3.06.

3.The balance of the unit price bid for the quantity of the guide railing, median barrier or concrete barrier will be paid upon repair to the bituminous surfaces damaged by the resetting operations.

B.Progress payments for removing and disposing or storing of guide railing, median barrier or concrete barrier will be made as follows:

1.75% of the unit price bid for the measured quantity of guide railing, median barrier or concrete barrier removed and stored or disposed of as specified.

2.The balance of the unit price bid for the measured quantity of guide railing and/or median barrier removed and stored or disposed of as specified will be paid when any voids have been backfilled and disturbed areas are reestablished to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

606-5.04 Removing and Disposing of Guide Posts, Guide Rail Posts and Median Barrier Posts. The

unit price bid per post for the above work items shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, equipment and material necessary to complete the work.

606-5.05 Resetting; Removing and Storing; Removing and Disposing; of Anchorage Unit

Assemblies and End Assemblies for Guide Railing and Median Barrier. The unit price bid for each of these items shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, equipment and material necessary to complete the work including excavation and backfill. If the Contractor elects to install new concrete anchors, in lieu of removing and resetting the existing ones, the cost of furnishing and installing the new anchor as well as the cost for necessary adjustments to the existing one shall be included in the p rice bid for these items.

A.Progress payments for resetting anchorage unit s and terminals for guide rail and median barrier will be made as follows:

1.25% of the unit price bid for the quantity of anchorage unit s and/or terminals removed and stored in accordance with the provisions of §606 -3.12 Resetting Anchorage Unit s and Terminals for Guide Rail and Median Barrier.

2.65% of the unit price bid for the quantity of anchorage unit s and/or terminals cleaned and reset in accordance with the provisions of §606 -3.12 Resetting Anchorage Unit s and Terminals for Guide Rail and Median Barrier.

606-5 06

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 3. The balance of the unit bid price for the quantity of anchorage units reset upon the reestablishment of surface areas disturbed.

B.Progress payments for removing and storing or removing and disposing of anchorage unit s and/or terminals for guide railing and/or median barriers will be made as follows:

1.75% of the unit price bid for the quantity of anchorage unit s and/or terminals removed and stored or disposed of as specified.

2.The balance of the unit price bid for the quantity of anchorage unit s and/or terminals removed and stored or disposed of as specified will be paid upon the establishment of surface areas disturbed.

606-5.06 Vacant

606-5.07 Corrugated Beam Guide Rail Transition to Bridge Rail, Concrete Barrier and Concrete

Parapets. The unit price bid per guide rail transition shall include the cost of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including back -up posts, connections and hardware.

606-5.08 Box Beam Guide Rail Transition to Concrete Barrier. The unit price bid per guide rail

transition shall include the cost of all labor, equipment, and material necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including back -up posts, necessary rail curvature, splices, connections and hardware.

606-5.09 Vacant

606-5.10 I-Beam Posts for Existing Highway Barrier. The unit price bid for I -beam posts for existing

highway barrier shall include the cost of furnishing all labor equipment and material necessary to complete the work. Removal of damaged posts and hardware is included in other items of work. When posts are driven through asphalt concrete or bituminous treated material, any repairs to damaged paved or treated areas shall be at the Contractor's expense.

606-5.11 Retensioning Existing Gable Guide Railing and Median Barrier . The unit price bid for

retensioning a section of cable guide railing or median barrier shall include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work.

606-5.12 Transition between Concrete Sections. The unit price bid per concrete transition shall include

the cost of all labor, equipment, and material necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including back -up posts, connections and hardware. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 606.01 Cable Guide Railing Foot 606.0101 Cable Guide Railing With Extra Long Posts Foot 606.010605 Mid-Tension Cable Guide Rail – 5-foot Post Spacing Foot 606.010610 Mid-Tension Cable Guide Rail – 10-foot Post Spacing Foot 606.0201 Anchorage Units for Cable Guide Railing Each 606.020101 Mid-Tension Trailing End Cable Terminal Each 606.03 Cable Median Barrier Foot 606.0310 Anchorage Units for Cable Median Barrier Each 606.10 Box Beam Guide Railing Foot

606-5 12

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 606.100002 Box Beam Guide Railing (Shop Bent or Shop Mitered) Foot 606.100003 Box Beam Guide Railing (Shop Mitered) Foot 606.1001 Box Beam Guide Railing With Extra Long Posts Foot 606.100102 Box Beam Guide Railing with Extra Long Posts (Shop Bent or Shop Mitered)Foot 606.100103 Box Beam Guide Railing with Extra Long Posts (Shop Mitered) Foot 606.11 Box Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.110002 Box Beam Median Barrier (Shop Bent or Shop Mitered) Foot 606.110003 Box Beam Median Barrier (Shop Mitered) Foot 606.120101 Box Beam End Piece Each 606.120102 Box Beam Guide Railing End Assembly Type I Each 606.120103 Box Beam Guide Railing End Assembly Type I with 18 ft Extension Each 606.120201 Box Beam Guide Railing End Assembly Type IIA Each 606.1203 Box Beam End Assembly Type III Each 606.1401 Box Beam Median Barrier End Assembly, Type A Each 606.1402 Box Beam Median Barrier End Assembly, Type B Each 606.1403 Box Beam Median Barrier End Assembly, Type C Each 606.17 Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.170001 Corrugated Beam Median Barrier (Shop Curved) Foot 606.18 Weak -Post, Corrugated Beam Guide Rail Foot 606.180001 Weak -Post, Corrugated Beam Guide Rail (Shop Curved) Foot 606.1801 Weak -Post, Corrugated Beam Guide Rail With Extra Long Posts Foot 606.180101 Weak -Post, Corrugated Beam Guide Rail With Extra Long Posts (Shop Curved) Foot 606.22 Anchorage Units for Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Each 606.2201 Anchorage Units for Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Buried In Back Slope Each 606.23 Anchorage Units for Corrugated Beam Guide Railing (Driveways, Walkways, and Other Openings) Each 606.24 Anchorage Units for Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Each 606.26 Corrugated Beam Guide Railing End Terminal (Energy -Absorbing) Each 606.27 HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing End Terminal (Energy -Absorbing) Each 606.2701 HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Foot 606.270101 HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing (Shop Curved) Foot 606.2702 HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing with Extra Long Posts Foot 606.270201 HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing with Extra Long Posts (Shop Curved) Foot 606.2703 Anchorage Units for HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Each 606.2704 Anchorage Units for HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Buried in Back Slope Each 606.28 HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier End Terminal (Energy -Absorbing) Each 606.2801 HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.280101 HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier (Shop Curved) Foot 606.2802 Anchorage Units for HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Each 606.3001 Concrete Barrier Type A (Optional) Foot 606.3002 Concrete Barrier Type B (Optional) Foot 606.3003 Concrete Barrier Type C (Optional) Foot 606.3004 Half Section Concrete Barrier (Optional) Foot

606-5 12

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 606.3005 Concrete Barrier - Mounting Block Section Each 606.3011 Concrete Barrier Type A (Precast) Foot 606.3012 Concrete Barrier Type B (Precast) Foot 606.3013 Concrete Barrier Type C (Precast) Foot 606.3014 Half Section Concrete Barrier (Precast) Foot 606.3021 Concrete Barrier Type A (Cast -in-Place) Foot 606.3022 Concrete Barrier Type B (Cast -in Place) Foot 606.3023 Concrete Barrier Type C (Cast -in Place) Foot 606.3024 Half Section Concrete Barrier (Cast -in Place) Foot 606.3031 Concrete Barrier Type A (Machine Formed) Foot 606.3032 Concrete Barrier Type B (Machine Formed) Foot 606.3033 Concrete Barrier Type C (Machine Formed) Foot 606.3034 Half Section Barrier (Machined Formed) Foot 606.3041 Single -Slope Concrete Median Barrier (Optional) Foot 606.3042 Single -Slope Concrete Median Barrier (Precast) Foot 606.3043 Single -Slope Concrete Median Barrier (Cast -in-Place) Foot 606.3044 Single -Slope Concrete Median Barrier (Machine Formed) Foot 606.3051 Single -Slope Concrete Median Barrier - Wide (Optional) Foot 606.3052 Single -Slope Concrete Median Barrier - Wide (Precast) Foot 606.3053 Single -Slope Concrete Median Barrier - Wide (Cast -in-Place) Foot 606.3054 Single -Slope Concrete Median Barrier - Wide (Machine Formed) Foot 606.3061 Single -Slope Concrete Half Section Barrier (Optional) Foot 606.3062 Single -Slope Concrete Half Section Barrier (Precast) Foot 606.3063 Single -Slope Concrete Half Section Barrier (Cast -in-Place) Foot 606.3064 Single -Slope Concrete Half Section Barrier (Machine Formed) Foot 606.3110 Embedded Low-Profile Concrete Barrier , TL-2 Feet 606.3111 Embedded Low -Profile Concrete Barrier, TL -2 – Left Terminal Each 606.3112 Embedded Low -Profile Concrete Barrier, TL -2 – Right Terminal Each 606.311 3 Free-standing Low-Profile Concrete Barrier , TL-2 Feet 606.3114 Free -standing Low -Profile Concrete Barrier, TL -2 – Terminal Each 606.4701 I-Beam Posts for Existing Cable Median Barrier Each 606.48 Retensioning Existing Cable Guide railing or Median Barrier Each 606.4801 I-Beam Posts for Existing Cable Guide Railing Each 606.4803 Extra Long I -Beam Posts for Existing Cable Guide Railing Each 606.4805 I-Beam Posts for Existing Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Each 606.4807 Extra Long I -Beam Posts for Existing Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Each 606.4809 I-Beam Posts for Existing Box Beam Guide Railing Each 606.4811 Extra Long I -Beam Posts for Existing Box Beam Guide Railing Each 606.4813 I-Beam Posts for Existing Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Each 606.4815 I-Beam Posts for Existing Box Beam Median Barrier Each 606.4818 I-Beam posts for Existing HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Each 606.4820 Extra Long I -Beam Posts for Existing HPBO (Mod.)Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Each 606.4822 I-Beam Posts for Existing HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Each 606.4824 Extra Long I -Beam Posts for Existing HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Each 606.50 Resetting Cable Guide Railing Foot 606.5010 Resetting Cable Median Barrier Foot 606.5048 Resetting Cable Guide Railing (New Posts) Foot 606.5049 Resetting Cable Median Barrier (New Posts) Foot 606.51 Resetting Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Foot

606-5 12

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 606.5148 Resetting Corrugated Beam Guide Railing (New Posts) Foot 606.52 Resetting Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.5248 Resetting Corrugated Beam Median Barrier (New Posts) Foot 606.53 Resetting Box Beam Guide Railing Foot 606.5348 Resetting Box Beam Guide Railing (New Posts) Foot 606.54 Resetting Box Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.5448 Resetting Box Beam Median Barrier (New Posts) Foot 606.5501 Resetting HPBO Corrugated Beam Guide Railing (New 12 in. Blockouts) Foot 606.5601 Resetting HPBO Corrugated Beam Median Barrier (New 12 in. Blockouts) Foot 606.57 Resetting Precast Concrete Barrier Foot 606.5710 Resetting Precast Concrete Barrier - Half Section Foot 606.58 Resetting HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Foot 606.5801 Resetting HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing (New Posts) Foot 606.5810 Resetting HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.581001 Resetting HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier (New Posts) Foot 606.5901 Resetting Anchorage Units for Cable Guide railing or Median Barrier Each 606.5910 Resetting Anchorage Units for Corrugated Beam Guide Railing or Median Barrier Each 606.5920 Resetting Box Beam Guide Rail Turned -Down Terminal Each 606.5921 Resetting Box Beam Guide Rail Energy -Absorbing Terminal Each 606.5930 Resetting Box Beam Median Barrier End Assembly --Type A Each 606.5931 Resetting Box Beam Median Barrier End Assembly --Type B Each 606.5941 Resetting Anchorage Units for HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Each 606.5946 Resetting Anchorage Units for HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Each 606.60 Removing and Storing Cable Guide Railing Foot 606.6010 Removing and Storing Cable Median Barrier Foot 606.61 Removing and Storing Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Foot 606.62 Removing and Storing Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.63 Removing and Storing Box Beam Guide Railing Foot 606.64 Removing and Storing Box Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.65 Removing and Storing Precast Concrete Barrier Foot 606.6510 Removing and Storing Precast Concrete Barrier -Half Section Foot 606.66 Removing and Storing HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Foot 606.67 Removing and Storing HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.6910 Removing and Storing Anchorage Units for Corrugated Beam Guide Railing and Median Barriers Each 606.6911 Removing and Storing Weak - and Heavy -Post Corrugated Beam Terminals Each 606.6920 Removing and Storing Box Beam Guide Railing End Assembly Each 606.6932 Removing and Storing Box Beam Median Barrier End Assembly -Type C Each 606.6941 Removing and Storing Anchorage Units for HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Each 606.6946 Removing and Storing Anchorage Units for HPBO(Mod) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Each 606.70 Removing and Disposing Cable Guide Railing Foot 606.7010 Removing and Disposing Cable Median Barrier Foot 606.71 Removing and Disposing Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Foot 606.7101 Removing and Disposing HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Foot

606-5 12

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 606.72 Removing and Disposing Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.7201 Removing and Disposing HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.73 Removing and Disposing Box Beam Guide Railing Foot 606.74 Removing and Disposing Box Beam Median Barrier Foot 606.75 Removing and Disposing Concrete Barrier Foot 606.7510 Removing and Disposing Concrete Barrier -Half Section Foot 606.76 Removing and Disposing of Guide Posts, Guide Rail Posts, and Median Barrier Posts Each 606.79 Removing and Disposing Anchorage Units for Cable Guide railing or Median Barrier Each 606.7910 Removing and Disposing Anchorage Units for Corrugated Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier Each 606.7911 Removing and Disposing Weak - and Heavy -Post Corrugated Beam Energy -Absorbing Terminals Each 606.7920 Removing and Disposing Box Beam Guide Rail Turned -Down Terminal Each 606.7921 Removing and Disposing Box Beam Energy -Absorbing Terminal Each 606.7930 Removing and Disposing Box Beam Median Barrier End Assembly -Type A Each 606.7931 Removing and Disposing Box Beam Median Barrier End Assembly --Type B Each 606.7932 Removing and Disposing Box Beam Median Barrier End Assembly -Type C Each 606.7941 Removing and Disposing Anchorage Units for HPBO(Mod) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Each 606.7946 Removing and Disposing Anchorage Units for HPBO(Mod) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Each 606.8101 Guide Rail Transition Weak -Post Corrugated Beam to Box Beam Guide Rail (One or Two Way Operation) Each 606.8201 Guide Rail Transition Box Beam to Weak -Post Corrugated Beam Guide Rail (One Way Only) Each 606.83 Guide Rail Transition Cable to Box Beam (One or Two Way Operation) Each 606.84 Guide Rail Transition Box Beam to Cable (One Way Only) Each 606.8401 Guide Rail Transition Box Beam to Mid -Tension Cable (One Way Only) Each 606.8501 Median Barrier Transition Weak -Post Corrugated Beam to Box Beam Each 606.86 Guide Rail Transition Corrugated Beam to Thrie Beam Each 606.8701 Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Transition Assembly Two Rail Steel Bridge Railing Each 606.8702 Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Transition Assembly Four Rail Steel Bridge Railing Each 606.8703 Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Transition Assembly Discontinuous Steel Bridge Railing Each 606.8704 Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Transition Assembly Concrete Parapets, or Concrete Barrier Each 606.8801 Transition from Box Beam Guide Rail to Jersey -shaped Concrete Barrier (One - or Two -Way Operation) Each 606.8802 Transition from Jersey -shaped Concrete Barrier to Box Beam Guide Rail (One Way - Trailing End of Barrier) Each 606.8803 Transition Between Box Beam Guide Rail and Single Slope Half Section Concrete Barrier (One or Two Way Operation) Each 606.8804 Transition Between Single Slope Half Section Concrete Barrier and Box Beam Guide Rail (One Way - Trailing End of Barrier) Each 606.8805 Transition Between Box Beam Median Barrier and

607-1 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Single Slope Concrete Median Barrier Each 606.880 6 Transition from Box Beam Guide Rail to Full -Section Single -Slope Concrete Barrier (One - or Two -Way Operation) Each 606.880 7 Transition from Full -Section Single -Slope Concrete Barrier to Box Beam Guide Rail (One Way - Trailing End of Barrier) Each 606.8901 Transition: HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Guide Railing to Beam Box Beam Guide Railing Each 606.8902 Transition: HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing to Weak Post Corrugated Beam Guide Railing Each 606.8903 Transition: HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Guide Railing to Single Slope Concrete Half Section Barrier Each 606.8904 Transition: HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier to Beam Box Beam Median Barrier Each 606.8905 Transition: HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier to Weak Post Corrugated Beam Median Barrier Each 606.8906 Transition: HPBO (Mod.) Corrugated Beam Median Barrier to Single Slope Concrete Median Barrier Each 606.9001 Transition between Standard (NJ) Concrete Barrier and Single -Slope Concrete Barrier Each 606.9002 Transition between Wide and Normal Single Slope Concrete Median Barrier Each 606.9003 Transition between Half -Section and Full -Section Single Each Slope Concrete Barrier (Left Pocket) 606.9004 Transition between Half -Section and Full -Section Single Each Slope Concrete Barrier (Right Pocket) SECTION 607 - FENCES

607-1 DESCRIPTION. This work shall consist of furnishing and erecting fencing and metal fence gates

of the type and size, and at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Construction of fencing and gates shall be done in accordance with the specifications, the standard sheets, and the plans, and in reasonable close conformity with the lines and grades shown o n the plans or established by the Engineer.

607-1.01 Fence Types. The fence shall be designated as follows:

Optional Chain Link Fence Type I Optional Chain Link Fence Type II Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fence on Plastic Coated Frame Right -of-Way Fencing The options for Type I and Type II chain link fences shall be as follows: TYPE I Fabric Options Frame Options Coated Steel Fence Fabric Mischmetal Alloy Coating (95% Zinc 5% Aluminum - Mischmetal Alloy) (95% Zinc 5% Aluminum) Galvanized Steel Galvanized Steel Aluminum Combined Coating on Steel

607-2 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Aluminum Coated Steel Aluminum Aluminum Coated Steel TYPE II Fabric Options Frame Options Coated Steel Fence Fabric Mischmetal Alloy Coating (95% Zinc 5% Aluminum - Mischmetal Alloy) (95% Zinc 5% Aluminum) Galvanized Steel Galvanized Steel Vinyl Coated Steel Combined Coating on Steel Aluminum Plastic on Steel Aluminum Coated Steel Aluminum Aluminum Coated Steel Fence gates for Type I and Type II optional fences shall be consistent with the fabric and frame option selected for the contract. Fence frame and fabric selected shall be consistent throughout the contract except where intermixing is permitted by the Engineer.

607-2 MATERIALS. Materials shall conform to the requirements specified in the following subsections

of Section 700 - Materials and Manufacturing : Zinc Chromate Primer 708-04 Aluminum Fence Fabric 710-01 Galvanized Steel Fence Fabric 710-02 Vinyl Coated Steel Fence Fabric 710-03 Aluminum Coated Steel Fence Fabric 710-04 Coated Steel Fence Fabric (95% Zinc 5% Aluminum -Mischmetal Alloy) 710-05 Steel and Iron Posts, Rails, Braces and Fittings for Chain -Link Fence 710-10 Aluminum Posts, Rails, Braces and Fittings for Chain -Link Fence 710-11 Plastic Coated Posts, Rails, Braces and Fittings for Chain -Link Fence 710-12 Right -of-Way Fencing 710-30

607-2.01 Portland Cement Concrete for Bases. Portland Cement concrete used for bases shall be Class

A or C conforming to the requirements of Section 501 Portland Cement Concrete --General except that requirements for automated batching shall not apply.

607-2.02 Right -of-Way Fencing. The Contractor has the option of using posts and braces fabricated

from either high carbon shapes of steel or pressure treated wood meeting the requirements of §710 -30 Right -of-Way Fencing.

607-2.03 Fence Gates. Fence gates for Right -of-Way Fencing shall Conform to the requirements for

Right -of-Way Fence Gates of §710 -30. Fence gates for Chain -Link Fence shall conform to the following:

A.Gate Frames. Frames shall be constructed of tubular members welded at all corners or assembled with corner fittings. Where corner fittings are used gates shall have 3/8 inch nominal diameter truss rods to prevent sag or twist. Gate leaves shall have vertical intermedia te bracing so that no vertical members are more than 8 feet apart. Gate leaves over 10 feet long shall have a horizontal brace or a

607-3 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 3/8 inch nominal diameter diagonal truss rod. Gate leaves over 16 feet shall have both a horizontal brace and a 3/8 inch nominal diameter truss rod.

B.Gate Fabric. Gate fabric shall conform to the requirements of the fabric used in the fence construction.

C.Gate Hinges. Hinges shall be weldable steel, cast steel or malleable iron 180° offset industrial type. The hinges shall not twist or turn under the action of the gate. The gates shall be capable of being opened and closed easily by one person. Hinges shall be galvani zed in accordance with §719 - 01 Type I.

D.Gate Latches. Latches, stops and keepers shall be provided for all gates. Latches shall have a plungerbar arranged to engage the center stop, except that single left gate openings with an opening of less than 10 feet may use a forked latch. Latches shall be arranged f or locking and the Contractor shall provide a lock with triplicate keys for each gate. Center stops shall consist of a device arranged to be set in concrete and to engage a plunger -bar of the latch of double leaf gates. No stop is required for single leaf gates. Keepers shall consist of a mechanical device for securing the free end of the gate when in the full open position.

607-3 Construction Details

607-3.01 General. The Contractor shall perform such clearing and grubbing as may be necessary to

construct the fence to the required grade and alignment. At locations where breaks in a run of fencing are required, or at intersections with existing fences, appropriate adjustment in post spacing shall be made to conform to the requirements for the type of closure indicated. When the plans require that the posts, braces, or anchors be embedded in concrete, the Contractor shall install temporary guys or braces as may be required to hold the posts in proper position until such time as the concrete has set sufficiently to hold t he posts. Unless otherwise permitted, no materials shall be installed on posts or strain placed on guys and bracing set in concrete until seven days have elapsed from the time of placing the concrete. All posts shall be set vertically and to the required grade and alignment. Cutting of the tops of the posts will be allowed only with the approval of the Engineer and under the Engineer's specified conditions. Wire or fencing of the size and type required shall be firmly attached to the posts and braces in the manner indicated. All wire shall be stretched taut and be installed to the required elevations. At each location where an electric transmission, distribution or secondary line crosses any of the types of fences covered by these specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and install a ground conforming to the requirements of Subsection 9 of the Nat ional Electric Safety Code. Fence shall generally follow the contour of the ground, with the bottom of fence fabric no less than 1 inchnor more than 6 inch from the ground surface. Grading shall be performed where necessary to provide a neat appearance. Line posts shall be spaced equidistant in the fence line at the spacing shown on the plans, standard sheets or as directed by the Engineer. End, corner, and intermediate posts shall be placed at the locations indicated on the plans, standard sheets or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be braced as shown on the plans or standard sheets. When chain link fence is on a long curve intermediate posts shall be evenly spaced so that the strain of the fence will not bend the line posts. All end, corner, and intermediate posts shall be set plumb in concrete bases of the depth and diameter shown on the plans or standard sheets. The Contractor shall have the option of setting the line posts in concrete bases or using methods of driving and anchoring specified by the fence manufacturer and approved by the Engineer.

607-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 The concrete bases shall be rough cast in the ground around the posts. The top surfaces shall be domed to shed water and provide a neat workmanlike appearance when completed. Extensions of up 45 minutes for the allowed time for pouring the concrete will b e permitted.

607-3.02 Chain -Link Fencing with Top Rail. Posts shall be set so they are equidistant with a maximum

of 10 foot centers. All top rails shall pass through the base of the post caps and shall form a continuous brace from end to end of each stretch of fence. Top rail lengths shall be joined with sleeve couplings with expansion sleeves provided at 100 foot intervals. Top rails shall be securely fastened to end posts by means of approved rail end connectors. Horizontal braces shall be provided at all intermediate posts, midway between the top rail and ground as shown on the plans or standard sheets. Diagonal truss rods shall be installed with the horizontal braces as indicated on the plans or standard sheets. Fence fabric shall be installed approximately 2 inch above the ground level and securely fastened along the bottom, and to all braces, top rails, line and pull posts, at the intervals indicated on the standard sheets by approved methods. The fabric shall be secured to all end, corner and gate posts with stretcher bars fastened to the posts, with stretcher bands spaced at a maximum of 14 inches and in a manner permitting adjustment of the fabric tension. If the Contractor elects the option of using one piece roll -formed sections, the fence fabric shall be integrally woven into the fabric loops on the end, corner, pull and gate posts. The fabric shall be attached to the top braces and line posts as shown o n the standard sheets.

607-3.03 Chain -Link Fencing with Top Tension Wire. The construction details specified in §607 -3.02

Chain Link Fencing with Top Rail shall apply with the following modifications:

A.Top tension wire shall be installed as shown on the plans, standard sheets, or as directed by the Engineer.

B.All posts shall be spaced equidistant in the fence line on a maximum of 8 foot centers.

C.Additional pull posts shall be placed at locations indicated on the plans or standard sheets. Brace assemblies shall be installed at each intermediate post as indicated on the plans or standard sheets.

607-3.04 Vinyl Coated Chain -Link Fencing on Plastic Coated Frame. The construction details

specified in §607 -3.02 Chain -Link Fencing with Top Rail or §607 -3.03 Chain -Link Fencing with Top Tension Wire shall apply with the following addition: If any of the resin clad material specified under this item has the protective resin coating damaged so its effectiveness to prevent corrosion of the base material is impaired, the Contractor shall repair such parts by applying one coat of an approved com pound of a color to match original material.

607-3.05 Aluminum Posts. Aluminum posts shall be set in accordance with requirements pertaining to

fence posts of §607 -3.01 General, and §607 -3.02 Chain -Link Fencing with Top Rail or §607 -3.03 Chain - Link Fencing with Top Tension Wire and with the following additional requirement : The portions of aluminum posts that will be in contact with the concrete bases shall be coated with Zinc Chromate Primer conforming to the requirements of §708 -04. The primer shall be thoroughly dry before setting of the post in the concrete.

607-3.06 Right -of-Way . Fencing posts shall be set plumb and firm to the satisfaction of the Engineer in

properly prepared post holes, as indicated on the plans or standard sheet. The concrete for post holes where required shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of §6 07-3.01 General.

607-3 07

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 All line posts of the type and size shown on the plans or standard sheets shall be placed equidistant in the fence line. Wood line posts shall be placed on a maximum of 15 foot centers and metal line posts shall be placed on a maximum of 10 foot centers. Intermediate posts and post assemblies, end posts, corner posts, approach spans, and bracing shall be as shown on the plans or standard sheets. The woven wire fencing shall be fastened to all steel line posts with at least 5 galvanized wire fasteners or clamps and to all steel end, intermediate and corner posts with aluminum wire not less than 5/32 inch diameter. The woven wire fencing shall be fastened to all wood posts with either 1 1/2 inch galvanized or aluminum staples. The top and bottom wires and every other in -between wires shall be stapled, alternating the stapling of the in -between wires on successive po sts.

607-3.07 Fence Gates. The Contractor shall construct metal fence gates of the type and size as indicated

on the plans or standard sheets, and in the location shown or ordered by the Engineer.

607-4 Method of Measurement

607-4.01 General. The quantity to be paid for all fencing exclusive of fence gates and fencing of the

types listed in subsequent subsections, will be the number of linear feet of chain -link fencing measured along the top of fencing, center to center of end posts, properly furnished and installed in accordance with the plans, specifications, standard sheets and directions of the Engineer. An allowance of 10 feet will be added for each end post, corner post and pull post installed in accordance with the plan s, specifications, standard sheets and directions of the Engineer.

607-4.02 Right -of-Way Fencing. Right -of-Way Fencing shall be measured as the number of feet along

the top of the fencing from center to center of the end posts, properly furnished and installed in accordance with the plans, specifications, standard sheets and directions of the Enginee r. An allowance of 20 feet will be added for each end post, corner post, intermediate post, and approach post installed in accordance with the plans, specifications, standard sheets and directions of the Engineer.

607-4.03 Fence Gates. Fence gates shall be measured as the number of complete gates furnished and

erected in accordance with the specifications, plans, standard sheets and directions of the Engineer.

607-5 Basis of Payment

607-5.01 General. The unit price bid per linear foot of fencing shall include the cost of furnishing all

labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

607-5.02 Fence Gates. The unit price bid for each size gate shall cover the cost of furnishing all labor,

materials, tools and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work and shall include all necessary clearing, grubbing, excavation and disposal, fill, concrete, gates, gate posts, lock, bracing and all other necessary materials. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 607.051X Vinyl Coated Steel Chain -Link Fencing on Plastic Coated Frame with Top Rail Foot 607.052X Vinyl Coated Steel Chain -Link Fencing on Plastic Coated Frame with Top Tension Wire Foot 607.16xx Fence Gate with Vinyl Coated Steel Chain -Link Fencing on Plastic Coated Frame Each

608-2 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 607.19 Right -of Way Fencing Foot 607.20xx Right -of Way Fence Gates Each 607.30xx Optional Chain -Link Fence, Type I, with Top Rail Foot 607.31xx Optional Chain -Link Fence, Type I, with Top Tension Wire Foot 607.32xx Optional Chain -Link Fence, Type II, with Top Rail Foot 607.33xx Optional Chain -Link Fence, Type II with Top Tension Wire Foot 607.40xx Optional Fence Gates Each Refer to the Standard Contract Pay Item Catalog for full Item Number and full Description. SECTION 608 - SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, BICYCLE PATHS, AND VEGETATION CONTROL STRIPS (Last Revised January , 2023)

608-1 DESCRIPTION. This work shall consist of the construction of portland cement concrete or asphalt

sidewalks and driveways; asphalt bicycle paths and vegetation control strips; precast concrete paving, brick paving, grouted stone block paving, and detectable warnings on pedestrian facilities in accordance the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

608-2 MATERIALS. Provide materials meeting the requirements specified in the following subsections

of Section 700 - Materials and Manufacturing : Portland Cement 701-01 Bituminous Materials 702-00 Fine Aggregates 703-01 Coarse Aggregates 703-02 Mortar Sand 703-03 Cushion Sand 703-06 Concrete Sand 703-07 Mineral Filler 703-08 Brick Sidewalk and Driveway Pavers 704-08 Stone Blocks 704-09 Precast Concrete Driveway and Sidewalk Pavers 704-13 Caulking Compound for Structures 705-06 Premo lded Resilient Joint Filler 705-07 Masonry Mortar 705-21 Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement 709-02 Fibers for Concrete Reinforcement 711-01 Membrane Curing Compound 711-05 Form Insulating Materials for Winter Concrete 711-07 Admixtures 711-08 Water 712-01 Surface -applied Detectable Warning Units 726-01 Embedded Detectable Warning Units 726-02

608-2.01 Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways.

A.Conventionally Formed Sidewalks and Driveways . Provide concrete meeting the requirements for Class D in accordance with Section 501 Portland Cement Concrete -General . Provide concrete that contains an ASTM Type A water -reducing admixture meeting the requirements of §711 -08 Admixtures and provides a minimum of 10% reduction of the design water content from the target mix design for Class D.

608-2 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 B. Machine Formed Sidewalks. Provide concrete meeting the requirements for Class J in accordance with Section 501 Portland Cement Concrete -General with the exception that the mix incorporates fibers for concrete reinforcement meeting the requirements of §711 -01 Fibers for Concrete Reinforcement .

C.Accelerated Cure Sidewalks and Driveways. Submit a concrete mix design that achieves a compressive strength of 2,000 psi in less than 24 hours to the Materials Bureau for approval a minimum of 14 days prior to starting the work. Supply test data indicating that the concrete mix will have a scaling rating of one or less when tested in accordance with ASTM C672.

D.Reinforcement. Provide welded wire fabric reinforcement made of W2.9 or W3 wire at 6 inch centers transversely and longitudinally meeting the requirements of §709 -02 Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement . Provide fiber reinforcement meeting the requirements of §711 -01 Fibers for Concrete Reinforcement . Add fiber reinforcement during batching at a rate of 1.5 pounds of fibers per cubic yard of concrete, using a method approved by the Regional Materials Engineer. Batch a volume of concrete such that w hole standard size bags or packages of fibers are used. Indicate on each delivery ticket the amount of fibers added to the concrete.

608-2.02 Asphalt Sidewalks, Driveways, Bicycle Paths, and Vegetation Control Strips. Provide a 9.5

mixture for surface course or 19.0 mixture for any course below the surface designed for < 0.3 million ESALs and produced in accordance with Section 401 using coarse aggregate Type F9. Use a PG 64S -22 binder to produce the asphalt mixture . Alternate PG binder grades may be allowed with the approval of the Regional Materials Engineer. Do not use polyphosphoric acid (PPA) downstate to modify the PG binder properties for mixtures containing limestone, limestone as an aggregate blend component, limestone as a constituent in crushed gravel aggregate, or recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) that includes any limestone. Do not use PPA downstate as a cross -linking agent for polymer modification of mixtures containing limestone, limestone as an aggregate blend component, limestone as a constituent in crushed gravel aggregate, or recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) that includes any limestone. Downstate, as it relates to PG binder is defined as Orange, Putnam, Rockland, Westchester, Nassau, Suffolk Counties and the City of New York. Do not use polyphosphoric acid (PPA) upstate to modify the PG binder properties or as a cross -linking agent for polymer modification, regardless of the type of aggregate. Upstate is defined as all counties not designated as downstate.

608-2.03 Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. Provide brick pavers meeting the requirements of §704 -

08 Brick Pavers , of the size, shape and color specified in the contract documents.

A.Sand Setting Bed. Provide sand for setting bed meet the requirements of §703 -06 Cushion Sand .

B.Mortar Setting Bed. Provide mortar for setting bed meeting the requirements of §705 -21 Masonry Mortar .

C.Bituminous Setting Bed. Provide asphalt mixture for bituminous setting bed consisting of PG 64S - 22 binder mixed with fine aggregate. Use PG binder meeting the requirements of Section 702 Bituminous Materials , Table 702 -1 Performance -Graded Binders for Paving . Use a minimum of 7.0% PGB by batch weight. Alternate PG binder grades may be allowed with the approval of the Regional Materials Engineer. Heat the mix in accordance with Standard Specification 404 . Provide neoprene -modified asphalt adhesive consisting of 2% neoprene, grade WM1, oxidized asphalt with an R & B softening point of 155°F minimum and a penetration of 80, and 10% asbestos - free fibers.

608-2 04

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 D. Sand -Cement Setting Bed. Provide sand -cement mixture for setting bed consisting of 1 part Portland Cement Type 2 and 6 parts Fine Aggregate, by volume.

608-2.04 Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. Provide stone blocks meeting the

requirements of §704 -09 Stone Blocks of the size, shape and color specified in the contract documents.

A.Sand Setting Bed. Provide sand for setting bed meet the requirements of §703 -06 Cushion Sand .

B.Mortar Setting Bed. Provide mortar for setting bed meeting the requirements of §705 -21 Masonry Mortar .

C.Sand -Cement Setting Bed. Provide sand -cement mixture for setting bed consisting of 1 part Portland Cement Type 2 and 6 parts Fine Aggregate, by volume.

608-2.05 Precast Concrete Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. Provide precast concrete driveway

and sidewalk pavers meeting the requirements of §704 -13 Precast Concrete Driveway and Sidewalk Pavers of the size, shape and color specified in the contract documents. Provide granular setting bed material consisting of hard, durable; uncoated particles of soil or rock, free from lumps of clay and all deleterious substances in accordance with Table 608 -1 Granular Material Setting Bed Gradation . TABLE 608 -1 GRANULAR MATERIAL SETTING BED GRADATION Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 1/4 inch 100 # 10 50-85 # 40 20-45 # 200 3-10

608-2.06 Surface -Applied Detectable Warning Units. Provide surface -applied detectable warning units

meeting the requirements of §726 -01 Surface -applied Detectable Warning Units of the color specified in the contract documents. If no color is specified, the color must be an approximate visual match to the Red color of SAE Standard AMS -STD -595 #31350. Provide setting bed material and/or surface preparation materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

608-2.07 Embedded Detectable Warning Units. Provide embedded detectable warning units meeting the

requirements of §726 -02 Embedded Detectable Warning Units of the color specified in the contract documents. If no color is specified, the color must be an approximate visual match to the Red color of SA E Standard AMS -STD -595 #31350. Provide setting bed material and/or surface preparation materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide embedded detectable warning units meeting the requi rements of §726 -02 Embedded Detectable Warning Units of the color specified in the contract documents. Provide setting bed material and/or surface preparation materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

608-3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. Construct all pedestrian facilities in accordance with the

requirements of the Proposed Accessibility Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities in the Public Right Of Way (PROWAG). Not all facilities can be designed to meet the current PROWAG design standards. Features that do not meet PROWAG requirements must be approved by the Department and noted as non standard features in the contract documents. Chapter 2 of the NYS DOT Highway Design Manual provides direction. For facilities that cannot meet the current PROWAG design standards, construct facilities to meet the standards to the greatest extent practicable. Install all work in accordance with the Standard Sheets and the lines and grades shown in the contract documents. Dimension s shown on the Standard Sheets are the

608-3 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 minimum values in order to be compliant with the PROWAG requirements and for acceptance of the work. Slopes shown on the Standard Sheets are maximum values for design and layout. Ensure constructed facilities do not have construction tolerances that result in work that does not meet the PROWAG requirements.

608-3.01 Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways. Install concrete sidewalks and

driveways in accordance with Section 501 Portland Cement Concrete - General and the contract documents. Start concrete placement operations when the ambient air temperature is 40°F or higher, when measured in the shade, within an accuracy of ± 2°F. Discontinue placement if the ambient air temperature falls below 40°F. Ensure th e surface temperature of the base material is 40°F or higher and that the surface does not have any snow, ice, frost, or standing water on it. Do not place concrete in the rain. Use insulating materials or heating equipment if necessary to prepare base material before placement begins. Form sidewalks and driveways conventionally or by machin e. Install a pr emolded resilient joint filler at all joints between sidewalk and curb, pavement, buildings, or other vertical surfaces, and at all transverse construction joints. Fill any transverse gaps from ½ inch to 1 inch in width with Caulking Compo und for Structures. Ensure workers installing pedestrian facilities are familiar with the requirements for those facilities under the Americans with Disabilities Act . Provide an American Concrete Institute (ACI) Certified Concrete Flatwork Technician to perform all finishing. When the contract includes 10 cubic yards or more of sidewalk and driveway concrete, provide an ACI Certified Concrete Flatwork Finisher to dir ectly supervise all finishing. Provide proof of ACI flatwork certification to the Engineer prior to concrete placement.

A.Conventionally Formed Sidewalks and Driveways. Use concrete forms free from warp and that extend to the full depth of the sidewalk or driveway. Ensure forms are secured so no displacement will occur during the placement of concrete. Use welded wire fabric or fiber reinforcement. At commercial driveways, use welded wire fabric for both the sidewalk and the driveway, additional fiber reinforcement will be allowed at the Contractor’s option. When using wire fabric for concrete reinforc ement, embed it at mid -depth in the slab. Place the concrete in one course to the full depth shown in the contract documents. Immediately after placement of the concrete, thoroughly compact the concrete with internal mechanical vibrating equipment. Use internal mechanical vibrators that are ade quately powered, capable of transmitting vibration to the concrete in frequencies of not less than 5,000 vibrations per minute while inserted in concrete and produce a vibration of sufficient intensity to consolidate the concrete into place without separat ion of the ingredients. Insert the vibrating element vertically into the concrete mass at a depth sufficient to vibrate the entire depth, and then withdraw it completely from the concrete before advancing to the next point of application. Vibrate at even ly spaced intervals not farther apart than the radius over which the vibration is visibly effective and at a distance close enough to the forms to effectively vibrate the surface concrete. Vibrate for a sufficient time duration to accomplish thorough consolidation and produce dense, smooth surfaces free from aggregate pockets, honeycombing, and air bubbles. Work the concrete into all angles and corners of the forms, however, avoid over -vibration. Continue vibration in one place until the concrete has bec ome uniformly plastic, but not to the extent that pools of laitance are formed. Supplement vibration by working or spading by hand in the corners and angles of forms and along form surfaces while the concrete is plastic. Do not use vibrators to push or distribute the concrete laterally. Use only hand screeding and finishing, do not use mechanical screeding or finishing equipment.

B.Machine Formed Sidewalks. Provide machine forming equipment consisting of a single self - propelled paver capable of placing, spreading, consolidating, screeding, and finishing the concrete such that hand finishing is kept to a minimum. Provide equipment guided by a reference syste m that ensures the pavement is placed to the specified line, grade, and cross section. Provide a paver equipped with

608-3 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 rigid side forms that laterally support the concrete and minimize edge slumping, a full -width finishing pan, and attached internal vibrators capable of consolidating the entire concrete placement. Apply the provisions of §569 -3.05 E. Central and Transit Mixed Concrete to maintain desired slump during the concrete placement. Use fiber reinforcement only, do not use welded wire fabric reinforcement. Make water additions at the point of deposition in accordance with §569 -3.05 E.

C.Accelerated Cure Sidewalks and Driveways. Use concrete forms free from warp and that extend to the full depth of the sidewalk or driveway. Ensure forms are secured so no displacement will occur during the placement of concrete. Use only conventional forming with welded wire fabric reinforcemen t embedded at mid -depth in the slab. Place the concrete in one course to the full depth shown in the contract documents. Immediately after placement of the concrete, thoroughly compact the concrete with internal mechanical vibrating equipment. Use internal mechanical vibrators that are ade quately powered, capable of transmitting vibration to the concrete in frequencies of not less than 5,000 vibrations per minute while inserted in concrete and produce a vibration of sufficient intensity to consolidate the concrete into place without separat ion of the ingredients. Insert the vibrating element vertically into the concrete mass at a depth sufficient to vibrate the entire depth, and then withdraw it completely from the concrete before advancing to the next point of application. Vibrate at even ly spaced intervals not farther apart than the radius over which the vibration is visibly effective and at a distance close enough to the forms to effectively vibrate the surface concrete. Vibrate for a sufficient time duration to accomplish thorough consolidation and produce dense, smooth surfaces free from aggregate pockets, honeycombing, and air bubbles. Work the concrete into all angles and corners of the forms, however, avoid over -vibration. Continue vibration in one place until the concrete has bec ome uniformly plastic, but not to the extent that pools of laitance are formed. Supplement vibration by working or spading by hand in the corners and angles of forms and along form surfaces while the concrete is plastic. Do not use vibrators to push or distribute the concrete laterally. Use only hand screeding and finishing, do not use mechanical screeding or finishing equipment. To reduce the time needed to reach the required opening compressive strength, cover the concrete with form insulating materials such that the concrete curing temperature reaches a minimum of 25°F above ambient air temperature. Secure the insulation tight to the concrete surface to prevent air intrusion beneath the insulation. Extend these materials a minimum of 12 inches beyond t he edge of the concrete to prevent air intrusion beneath the insulation. Apply external heat meeting the requirements of §555 -3.08C.2. Provision of External Heat to the concrete at the Contractor's option. Cast compressive strength cylinders for determining strength gain at the time of placement. Keep these cylinders insulated with the placement. Break cylinders at times requested by the Contractor until the minimum compressive strength of 2,000 psi is re ached. Submit requests for alternate means to determine concrete maturity by coordinating cylinder compressive strengths to concrete curing temperature a minimum of 60 days prior to placement for approval by the Director, Materials Bureau.

D.Finishing. Use only magnesium floats and finishing tools, do not use aluminum or steel. Finish the concrete to produce a smooth surface and then broom the surface to a uniform slip -resistant texture. Tool the edges and scored joints of all sidewalk slabs with an edging tool having a 1/4 inch radius. Score and tool the concrete surface at intervals of 5 feet, a minimum 1/8 inch to a maximum 1/4 inch in width, and to a minimum depth of one -third the total thickness.

E.Curing. Immediately after finishing, and not more than 30 minutes after concrete placement, apply a clear membrane curing compound that includes a fugitive dye at a rate of 1 gallon per 150 square feet. Do not apply curing compound in the rain. If rain damages the curing compound before it sets, reapply curing compound promptly after the concrete surface dries. Submit requests for alternate means to determine concrete maturity by coordinating cylinder compressive strengths to concrete curing temperature a minimum of 60 days prior to placement for

608-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 approval by the Director, Materials Bureau. If the ambient air temperature is expected to fall below 40°F anytime during the curing period, provide a supply of form insulating materials capable of maintaining a surface temperature of 55°F at the work site sufficient to cover all concrete placed. Cure all driveways and sidewalks at driveways for a minimum of 3 days prior to opening to vehicle traffic. Place form insulating materials as necessary to prevent the newly placed concrete from being exposed to ambient air temperatures at the concrete su rface below 36°F during the curing period. Secure and overlap the form insulating materials tight to the concrete surface extending a minimum of 12 inches beyond the edge of the concrete to prevent air intrusion beneath the insulation. Maintain form insu lating materials in place for the curing period. If the ambient air temperature falls below 40°F anytime during the curing period, cure conventionally formed sidewalks and driveways and machine formed sidewalks for a minimum of 6 days. If the concrete temperature falls b elow 32°F or the concrete is damaged by cold weather, remove and replace it at no additional cost to the State. Place 4 equally spaced recording surface thermometers between the concrete surface and the insulating material and 12 inch from the outside edge of concrete for each day’s placement. Do not subject the concrete to a temperature drop in excess of 50°F dur ing the first 24 hours after removing the insulation. If saw cutting is necessary, use diamond blade saws equipped with cutting guides, blade guards, water cooling systems, dust controls, and cut depth control capable of making straight cuts to the dimensions required.

608-3.02 Asphalt Sidewalks, Driveways, Bicycle Paths, and Vegetation Control Strips. Install asphalt

sidewalks, driveways, bicycle paths and vegetation control strips in accordance with the provisions Section 404 Asphalt Pavements , the Standard Sheets, and the contract documents. Place the number of courses and course thicknesses in accordance with Table 608 -2 Asphalt Pavement Course Thicknesses . Place vegetation control strips using a 9.5 mix with a minimum thickness of 3 inches in one course. Compact the asphalt mixture in accordance with the requirements of §40 4-3.07D. 80 Series Compaction Method . TABLE 608 -2 ASPHALT PAVEMENT COURSE THICKNESSES Thickness 9.5 Mix 12.5 Mix 19.0 Mix Minimum 1 ½ inches 2 inches 2 ½ inches Maximum 2 inches 2 ½ inches 4 inches NOTES:

1.For the 19.0 mixture, place a maximum thickness of 3 inches in one pass.

2.A course consists of one or more separate lifts of a asphalt mixture to attain the indicated thickness.

608-3.03 Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. Install brick pavers to the lines and grades and in the

pattern shown in the contract documents to provide a uniform, even surface. Ensure joints between bricks are hand tight. Do not install or grout brick pavers in freezing weather. After installation, sweep a dry mixture of masonry mortar over the brick pavers until the joints are completely filled, and then lightly wet the joints with water. Clean brick pavers of excess mortar, and finish joints prior to th e mortar setting up. Keep brick paving moist for 4 days after filling the joints with mortar. After the 4 day curing period, remove remaining mortar film using a light acid wash (10% solution of hydrochloric or muriatic acid) followed by flushing clean wit h water or as approved by the Engineer. Avoid the use of acid in areas where runoff could damage trees or other vegetation.

A.Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Sand Setting Bed). Lay brick pavers in a properly compacted 2 inch bed of cushion sand over the subbase or subgrade. When used over tree pits, install bricks pavers in a 3 inch bed of cushion sand. After installation, sweep dry cushion sand over the brick pavers until the joints are completely filled. Do not use mortar to seal brick paver joints in tree pits.

608-3 04

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 B. Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Mortar Setting Bed). Lay brick pavers in a mortar setting bed, a minimum of 1 inch thick over the concrete or bituminous subbase.

C.Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Bituminous Setting Bed). Lay brick pavers in a 3/4 inch thick bituminous setting bed, over a concrete or bituminous subbase. Apply a coating of neoprene - modified asphalt adhesive by mopping, squeegeeing or troweling over the top surface of the bituminous setting bed to bond the bricks to the setting bed.

D.Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Sand -Cement Setting Bed). Lay brick pavers on a 2 inch thick setting bed of sand -cement over the subbase. Place the sand -cement setting bed not more than 4 hours prior to installing the brick pavers.

E.Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Optional Concrete Setting Bed). Install brick paver sidewalks and driveways using one of the following methods, at the Contractor's option:

1.Lay bricks on a setting bed of portland cement concrete while it is still fresh and firmly position bricks to provide a solid bedding under each brick.

2.Lay bricks in accordance with B. Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Mortar Setting Bed) .

608-3.04 Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. Install grouted stone blocks in the

pattern shown in the contract documents to provide a uniform, even surface. Ensure joints between blocks are a maximum of 1 -1/4 inch. Do not lay or grout blocks in freezing weather. After installation, sweep a dry mi xture of masonry mortar over the stone blocks until the joints are completely filled and then lightly wet the joints with water. Clean stone blocks of excess mortar, and finish joints prior to the mortar setting up. Keep grouted stone block paving moist fo r 4 days after filling the joints with mortar. After the four day curing period, remove remaining mortar film using a light acid wash (10% ± solution of hydrochloric or muriatic acid) followed by flushing clean with water, or as approved by the Engineer. Avoid the use of acid in areas where runoff could damage trees or other vegetation.

A.Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Sand Setting Bed). Lay blocks in a bed of cushion sand, 3 inch thick over the subbase or subgrade. When used over tree pits, install stone blocks in a 1 inch bed of cushion sand. After placement of blocks, sweep dry cushion sand over the stone blocks until the joints are completely filled. Do not use mortar to seal stone block joints in tree pits.

B.Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Mortar Setting Bed). Lay stone blocks in a mortar setting bed, a minimum of 1 inch thick over the concrete or bituminous subbase.

C.Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Sand -Cement Setting Bed). Lay stone blocks on a 2 inch thick setting bed of sand -cement over the subbase. Place the sand -cement setting bed not more than 4 hours prior to installing the block paving.

D.Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Optional Concrete Setting Bed). Install grouted stone block paved sidewalks and driveways using one of the following methods, at the Contractor's option:

1.Lay stone blocks on a bed of portland cement concrete as specified in the contract documents while it is still fresh and firmly position blocks to provide a solid bedding under each block.

608-3 05

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 2. Lay stone blocks in accordance with B. Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Mortar Setting Bed) .

608-3.05 Precast Concrete Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. Install precast concrete driveway

and sidewalk pavers, in the pattern shown in the contract documents to provide a uniform, even surface. Lay blocks on a setting bed not to exceed 2 inches of uniformly compacted material placed over the specified subbas e. Install the pavers in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedures. Ensure joints are hand tight unless otherwise specified. Do not lay pavers in freezing weather. After the pavers are in place, sweep sand joint filler over the pavers until the joints are completely filled.

608-3.06 Surface -Applied Detectable Warning Units. Install surface -applied detectable warning units

on existing curb ramps in accordance with the contract documents and the manufacturer’s recommendations for environmental conditions, surface preparation, installation procedures, curing procedures, and mate rials compatibility. If no color is specified in the contract documents, the color must be an approximate visual match to the Red color of SAE Standard AMS -STD -595 #31350. Ensure the detectable warning un its provide the required contrast, light -on-dark or dark -on-light, with the adjacent sidewalk or ramp.

608-3.07 Embedded Detectable Warning Units. Install embedded detectable warning units in plastic

concrete, directly on existing subbase prior to placing concrete, or inlaid on prepared concrete surfaces in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the manufacturer. If no color is specified in the contract documents, the color must be an approximate visual m atch to the Red color of SAE Standard AMS - STD -595 #31350. Ensure the detectable warning units provide the required contrast, light -on-dark or dark - on-light, with the adjacent sidewalk or ramp. Follow all applicable manufacturers' recommendations for enviro nmental conditions, surface preparation, installation procedures, curing procedures, and materials compatibility.

608-4 Method of Measurement

608-4.01 Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways. The quantity to be measured for

payment will be in cubic yards to the nearest 0.1 cubic yard of concrete installed.

608-4.02 Asphalt Sidewalks, Driveways, Bicycle Paths, and Vegetation Control Strips. The quantity to

be measured for payment will be in tons to the nearest 0.01 tons of asphalt installed. The asphalt produced for these types of applications is considered certified material in accordance with Materials Procedure (MP) 401. A Quality Adjustment Factor (QAF) of 1.00 will be assigned to Material meeting the specification requirement as certified by the Qua lity Control Technician (QCT). A QAF of 0.85 will be assi gned to material that fails to meet the specification as tested by the Quality Assurance Technician (QAT). Quality Units will be determined when there is a disincentive and will be calculated as per §40 4-4, Method of Measurement.

608-4.03 Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in

square yards to the nearest 0.1 square yard of brick paving installed.

608-4.04 Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. The quantity to be measured for

payment will be in square yards to the nearest 0.1 square yard of stone block paving installed.

608-4.05 Precast Concrete Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. The quantity to be measured for

payment will be in square yards to the nearest 0.1 square yard of precast concrete paving installed.

608-4.06 Surface -Applied Detectable Warning Units. The quantity to be measured for payment will be

in square yards to the nearest 0.1 square yard of surface -applied detectable warning units installed.

608-4 07

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 608-4.07 Embedded Detectable Warning Units. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in square yards to the nearest 0.1 square yard of embedded detectable warning units installed.

608-5 Basis of Payment

608-5.01 Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways. The unit price bid for concrete

sidewalks and driveways shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including preparing the subgrade, saw cutting and wire fabric reinforcement. Excavation and subbase course will be paid for separately.

608-5.02 Asphalt Sidewalks, Driveways, Bicycle Paths, and Vegetation Control Strips. The unit price

bid for asphalt sidewalks, driveways and paths shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including preparing the subgrade, milling, cleaning surfaces, tack coat, saw cut, truing and leveling co urses. Excavation and subbase course will be paid for separately. Payment adjustments will be made when there is a disincentive based on the Quality Units multiplied by the fixed index price for asphalt items listed in the contract documents for the quantit y placed on the day the Quality Adjustment Factor represent.

608-5.03 Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. The price bid for brick paved sidewalks and driveways

shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including setting bed material. Excavation and subbase course will be paid for s eparately.

608-5.04 Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. The unit bid for grouted stone block

paved sidewalks and driveways shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including setting bed material. Excavation and subbase course will be paid for separately.

608-5.05 Precast Concrete Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways. The unit price bid for precast

concrete block paved sidewalks and driveways shall include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including setting bed material. Excavation and subbase course will be paid for separately.

608-5.06 Surface -Applied Detectable Warning Units. The unit price bid for surface -applied detectable

warning units shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including surface preparation.

608-5.07 Embedded Detectable Warning Units. The unit price bid for embedded detectable warning units

shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including bedding material. No adjustment will be made for concrete removed t o accommodate embedded units. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 608.0101 Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways Cubic Yard 608.0102 Accelerated Cure Sidewalks and Driveways Cubic Yard 608.020102 Asphalt Sidewalks, Driveways, Bicycle Paths, and Vegetation Control Strips Ton 608.000013 Plant Production Quality Adjustment to Asphalt Sidewalks, Driveways, Bicycle Paths, and Vegetation Control Strips Quality Unit 608.03 Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Sand Setting Bed) Square Yard 608.04 Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Mortar Setting Bed) Square Yard

609-2 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 608.05 Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Bituminous Setting Bed) Square Yard 608.06 Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Sand -Cement Setting Bed) Square Yard 608.07 Brick Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Optional Concrete Setting Bed) Square Yard 608.08 Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Sand Setting Bed) Square Yard 608.09 Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Mortar Setting Bed) Square Yard 608.10 Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Sand -Cement Setting Bed) Square Yard 608.11 Grouted Stone Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Optional Concrete Setting Bed) Square Yard 608.12 Precast Concrete Block Paved Sidewalks and Driveways (Granular Material Setting Bed) Square Yard 608.20 Surface -Applied Detectable Warning Units Square Yard 608.21 Embedded Detectable Warning Units Square Yard SECTION 609 - CURB AND CURB & GUTTER (Last Revised January , 2022)

609-1 DESCRIPTION. Construct and place curb, and curb & gutter, and/or reset curb as indicated in

the Contract Documents or established by the Engineer.

609-2 MATERIALS. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of Section

700 - Materials and Manufacturing. Portland Cement, Type II 701-01 Concrete Repair Material 701-04 Concrete Grouting Material 701-05 Anchoring Material - Chemically Curing 701-07 Concrete Repair Material - High Early Strength 701-12 Coarse Aggregate 703-02 Concrete Sand 703-07 Premolded Resilient Joint Filler 705-07 Masonry Mortar 705-21 Stone Curb Anchor Bars 709-07 Quilted Covers (for Curing) 711-02 Plastic Coated Fiber Blankets (for Curing) 711-03 Polyethylene Curing Covers (White Opaque) 711-04 Membrane Curing Compound 711-05 Stone Curb 714-01 Precast Concrete Curb 714-04

609-2.01 (Vacant)

609-2.02 Concrete for Cast -in-Place Concrete Curb and Curb & Gutter.

A.Conventionally Formed Curb and Curb & Gutter. Provide concrete meeting the requirements for Class D in accordance with Section 501 Portland Cement Concrete -General . Provide concrete that contains an ASTM Type A water -reducing admixture meeting the requirements of §711 -08

609-2 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Admixtures and provides a minimum of 10% reduction of the design water content from the target mix design for Class D.

B.Machine -Formed Concrete Curb and Curb & Gutter. Use Class J Concrete as specified in Section 501, Portland Cement Concrete - General.

609-2.03 Stone Curb. Stone curb shall conform to the requirements for Stone under §714 -01.

609-2.04 Curb Anchors. Curb anchors for cast -in-place concrete curb, and curb & gutter shall be

fabricated from material conforming to the requirements for Longitudinal Joint Ties §705 -14 and to the details shown on the Standard Sheet for concrete curb or as indicated in the Con tract Documents.

609-2.05 Concrete for Backing and Bedding Precast Concrete Curb and Stone Curb . The

Contractor shall use any Class Concrete, or a concrete mix as specified in Section 501 proportioned as follows: TABLE 609 -1 POUNDS OF AGGREGATE PER BAG OF CEMENT Specific Gravity of Aggregate 2.60 2.70 2.80 2.90 Concrete Sand 326 337 350 364 Coarse Aggregate, CA 2 Gradation 536 556 558 597

609-3 Construction Details

609-3.01 General. Curb or curb & gutter found to be dirty, damaged , or out of alignment shall be

cleaned, repaired, or replaced as necessary by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to final acceptance of the work. When the Contract Documents have no reference to placing curb across driveway entrances, no curb shall be placed across driveway entrances.

609-3.02 Setting Precast Concrete Curb or Stone Curb. All precast concrete curb and stone curb,

excluding stone traversable sloped (TRS) curb, shall be set on a 3 -inch thick continuous bed of dry concrete mix, or on a 3 inch thick dry concrete mix bed at the joints as shown on the Standard Sheets and wet concrete mix between the joints, or on a 3 -inch minimum thick ness continuous bed of compacted granular material, at the Contractor's option. Precast concrete curb and stone curb, excluding stone traversable sloped curb and Lean Back curb , shall be backed up with concrete using one of the following methods depending on the type of pavement:

A.Portland Cement Concrete (Rigid) Pavement. The Contractor shall place concrete backing behind the curb at each joint. The backing shall extend a minimum of 12 inch on both sides of the joint. The minimum height of the concrete backing shall be 6 inches and shall be measured from the bottom of the curb.

B.Asphalt (Flexible) Pavement. The Contractor shall place a continuous concrete backing behind the curb. The minimum height of the concrete backing shall be 10 inches or to the top of the asphalt pavement, whichever is greater, measured from the bottom of the curb. Lean Back (LB) curbs are not allowed for installation with Portland Cement Concrete (Rigid) Pavement and shall be backed up as shown on the standard sheets for Asphalt (Flexible) Pavement. Precast curb and stone curb, excluding stone traversable sloped curb, with and without sawed ends, not on a structure, shall be butted together with no mortar between the joints.

609-3 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 When the curb is set next to a concrete (rigid) pavement, grout conforming to §701 -04 Concrete Repair Material, §701 -12 Concrete Repair Material - High Early Strength, or §705 -21 Masonry Mortar shall be placed in the joint formed between the curb and the pavement. The grout shall extend from the bottom to the top of the pavement slab. Before proceeding with any further work adjacent to the curb, the curb shall be backfilled with material approved by the Engineer and the backfill material shall be thoroughly tamped as per contract documents .

609-3.03 Stone Curb - Bridge Type. The requirements of §609 -3.02 shall apply with the following

modifications:

A.Unless special construction details are called for in the Contract Documents, Type A bridge curbs, when on a structures approach, shall be set true to line and grade on a concrete bedding.

B.Type F1 bridge curbs shall be set in full mortar beds on structures. Excess mortar which extrudes around the curb shall be struck off flush with the front face of the curb and the top surface of the roadway.

C.Anchor bars for stone bridge curb shall be installed where and as indicated in the Contract Documents. All curb on structures shall be fitted together allowing ¼-inch full mortared joints finished flush with exposed curb surfaces. Curb surfaces shall be cleaned of excess mortar to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Mortar used for bedding and filling of joints shall conform to §705 -21 Masonry Mortar, §701 -04 Concrete Repair Material or §701 -12 Concrete Repair Material - High Early Strength.

609-3.04 Cast -In-Place Concrete Curb and Curb & Gutter. Cast-in-place concrete curb and curb &

gutter shall either be conventionally formed or machine formed to the size and shape shown on the Standard Sheets or as indicated in the Contract Documents. If no width is indicated in the Contract Documents, the w idth shall be the minimum shown on the Standard Sheet. Curb anchors, as required on the Standard Sheets or the Contract Documents, shall not be coated with materials which impair bonding. Curb anchors shall be installed a minimum of 12 inches from the ends of a pavement slab. Curb anchors for new concrete pa vement, when placed simultaneously with pavement concrete, shall be placed by equipment which can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer placement of the anchors in accordance with these specifications. Curb anchors, when not placed simultaneousl y with pavement concrete, shall be placed rigidly secured by chairs or other supports to prevent displacement of the anchors when pavement concrete is placed. Curb anchors for existing concrete pavement shall be inserted into holes drilled in the side of the existing concrete pavement. The holes shall be thoroughly cleaned and filled with Concrete Grouting Material §701 -05 or Anchoring Materials - Chemically Curing §701 -07 immediately before placing the curb anchor. The curb anchor shall be securely suppo rted in position until the grout has hardened. Curing of the curb and curb & gutter shall comply with the requirements of §502 -3.11 Curing, except that a clear membrane curing compound with fugitive dye conforming to the requirements of Membrane Curing Compound §711 -05 may be used in lieu of the white pigmented membrane curing compound.

A.Conventionally Formed Curb and Curb & Gutter

1.Forms. Forms shall be free from warp and of such construction that there will be no interference to inspection for grade and alignment. All forms shall extend to the full curb depth and be secured so no displacement will occur during the placement of concrete.

609-3 04

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 2. Casting Segments. Curb and curb & gutter shall be cast in segments having a uniform length of approximately 10 feet. The joints between segments shall not exceed 1/4 inch in width. When curb and curb & gutter is constructed next to concrete pavement, the curb and curb & g utter joints shall line up with the pavement joints or additional joints shall be provided in the curb and curb & gutter which line up with the pavement joints.

3.Expansion Joints. Expansion joints shall be 3/4 inches wide and contain Premolded Resilient Joint Filler §705 -07. The filler shall be cut to conform to the cross section of the curb and curb & gutter. Expansion joints shall be located at all immovable objects (bridge structures, etc.), adjacent to expansion joints in the pavement, and where shown in the Contract Documents or directed by the Engineer. Expansion joints will not be required at regular in tervals unless otherwise shown in the Contract Documents.

4.Concrete Placing and Vibrating. Concrete shall be placed in the forms in accordance with the applicable requirements of §555 -3.04 and shall be compacted with an immersion type mechanical vibrator. The vibrator shall be of a size and weight capable of thoroughly vibrating the concrete without damaging or misaligning the forms. The forms shall be left in place until the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit removal without damage to the curb and curb & gutter. The front form may be removed before t he other forms to facilitate finishing the curb and removal of the joint dividers. After removal of the forms, the exposed faces of the curb and curb & gutter shall be immediately rubbed to a uniform surface. No plastering will be permitted.

B.Machine Formed Concrete Curb and Curb & Gutter. The equipment proposed for use by the Contractor shall demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the capability of placing the concrete in accordance with these specifications. When machine forming, the Contractor may provide additional width of curb above the minimum on the Standard Sheets or above the width indicated in the Contract Documents without any other change in shape or dimension. If additional width is provided by t he Contractor, there shall be no additional cost to the State for the additional width. If the Contract Documents or the Engineer do not require curb be placed across driveway entrances or there is no reference in the Contract Documents to placing curb ac ross driveway entrances, the Contractor may continue placing curb across driveway entrances but the curb placed, excluding transitions, must be cut out and the concrete disposed in a manner approved by the Engineer. Any curb and curb & gutter placed outside the tolerance of 1/2 inch of the established line or 1/4 inch of the established grade shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor.

1.Crack Control Joints. Crack control joints shall be formed or saw cut to a width of 1/8 inch minimum, 1/4 inch maximum and to a depth of 1 1/2 inch. The cut or formed joints shall extend slightly below the surface of the adjacent pavement and shall be spaced at 10 feet inter vals. When the curb, and curb & gutter is constructed next to concrete pavement, the curb and curb & gutter joints shall line up with the pavement joints or additional joints shall be provided in the curb and curb & gutter which line up with the pa vement joints. The saw cut or formed joints shall be left unfilled.

2.Expansion Joints. Expansion joints shall be 11/16 inches wide and contain Premolded Resilient Joint Filler §705 -07. The filler shall be cut to conform to the cross section of the curb and curb & gutter. The expansion joints shall be located at all immovable objects (bridge structures, etc.), adjacent to expansion joints in the pavement, where shown in the Contract Documents, or

609-3 05

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 directed by the Engineer. Expansion joints shall not be required at regular intervals unless otherwise shown in the Contract Documents.

609-3.05 Setting Stone Traversable Sloped Curb. Stone traversable sloped curb (TRS) shall be set on

a continuous trapezoidal shaped wedge bed of dry concrete mix, with 12 inches of wet concrete mix at the front base and 6 inches at the back top as shown on the Standard Sheets. Stone traversable curb shall be set such that the front bottom arris line is at the top of pavement and is on a 1 on 3 slope.

A.Portland Cement Concrete (Rigid) Pavement.

1.Existing Pavement. The Contractor shall place the stone traversable sloped curb on a wedge bed of dry concrete mix, as above, on the edge of the existing pavement. The wet concrete mix backing shall be continuous. The minimum height of the concrete backing shall be 2 inches below top of curb, top front arris l ine, to allow topsoil and seeding or as shown on the plans. There shall be no wet concrete mix base.

2.New Pavement. The Contractor shall place the stone traversable sloped curb after paving. The stone traversable sloped curb shall be placed on a wedge bed of dry concrete mix, as above, on the edge of the new pavement. The wet concrete mix backing shall be continuous. The minimum height of the concrete backing shall be 2 inches below top of curb, top fr ont arris line, to allow topsoil and seeding or as shown on the plans. There shall be no wet concrete mix base.

B.Asphalt (Flexible) Pavement.

1.Existing Pavement. The Contractor shall sawcut 12 inches of the pavement and place the stone traversable sloped curb. The wet concrete mix backing shall be continuous. The minimum height of the concrete backing shall be 2 inches below top of curb, top front arris line, to allow topsoil and seeding or as shown on the plans. The wet concrete mix ba se shall be placed on the subbase course and finished flush with the top of the binder allowing the top course to be place over the concrete base. The wet concrete mix base shall be c ured before placing of top course.

2.New Pavement. The Contractor shall place the stone traversable sloped curb after paving, decreasing the paving width, excluding the top course, by one foot where the stone traversable sloped curb is to be placed. The wet concrete mix backing shall be continuous. The minimum height of the concrete backing shall be 2 inches below top of curb, top front arris line, to allow topsoil and seeding or as shown on the plans. The wet concrete mix base shall be placed on the subbase course and finished flush with the top of the binder course allowing the top course to be place d over the concrete base. The wet concrete mix base shall be cured before placing of top course. Stone traversable sloped curb, with and without sawed ends, not on structure, shall be placed with joints of 1/4 inch to 3/4 inch but with a consistent joint width throughout. Grout conforming to §701 -04 Concrete Repair Material or §705 -21 Type M Masonry Mortar shall be placed in the joint formed between the curb lengths. The grout shall extend from the bottom to the top of the curb section completely filling the joint and struck flush with curb surface. Curb surfaces shall be cleaned of excess mortar to t he satisfaction of the Engineer. Before proceeding with any further work adjacent to the curb, the curb shall be backfilled with material approved by the Engineer and the backfill material shall be thoroughly tamped.

609-3.06 Optional Curb. Under Optional Curb, the Contractor shall have the option of placing precast

concrete curb, or cast -in-place concrete curb, or stone curb. Precast concrete curb or stone curb shall be

609-3 07

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 placed in accordance with the requirements of §609 -3.02. Cast -in-place curb shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of §609 -3.04. No intermixing of curb will be allowed without the Engineer's written permission. Optional Lean Back Stone Curb shall be at the contractor’s option.

609-3.07 Resetting Curb. Care shall be taken in removing the curb to be reset so that there will be no

unnecessary breakage. All curb damaged in removing, hauling, storing, or resetting shall be replaced by the Contractor. The curb shall be reset, in accordance with the requirements of §609 -3.02 or §609 -3.03 for resetting bridge type curbs, to the lines and grades specified in the Contract Documents.

609-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. All curb and curb & gutter placed , and curb reset under these

specifications will be measured by the number of linear feet, rounded to the nearest foot. The measurement will be taken along the top front arris line of full height, transition and terminal sections. The measurement will be t aken along the top front arris line of curb reveals across driveway entrances only when placed and not removed.

609-5 Basis of Payment

609-5.01 Concrete Curb, Curb & Gutter, Stone Curb, Optional Curb. The unit price bid per foot

shall include the cost of all labor, materials, equipment, curb anchors , saw-cutting and excavation to place, backfill, concrete, grout ing and caulk ing, curb & gutter in accordance with these specifications. When select backfill is specified, the select backfill will be paid under its respective item. No additional payment will be made to the Contractor when more than the minimum width of curb is placed. No additional payment will be made to the Contractor when curb (including bedding) is removed and replaced across driveway entrance s to facilitate concrete machine forming operations .

609-5.02 Stone Curb - Bridge Type. The unit price bid per foot shall include the cost of furnishing all

labor, equipment, and materials including concrete bedding, mortar for stone curbs, chemically curing anchoring materials, and stone curb anchors required to bed and place stone bridge curb, in accordance with these specifications.

609-5.03 Resetting Curb. The unit price bid per foot shall include the cost of furnishing all labor,

equipment, and materials to remove, haul, store and reset curb, in accordance with these specifications. In addition, the unit price shall also include any re -dressing of tops a nd joints of bridge type curb, as directed by the Engineer, and replacement of curb damaged by the Contractor's operations. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 609.0212 Stone Curb – Near Vertical Face (NVF) Foot 609.0213 Stone Curb - Optional Lean Back (LB) for HMA pavement Foot 609.0214 Stone Curb – Mountable (MT) Foot 609.0215 Stone Curb – Light Duty (LD) Foot 609.0216 Stone Curb – Traversable Sloped (TRS) Foot 609.021 7 Stone Curb – Traversable (TR) Foot 609.0218 Stone Curb – Roundabout (RD) Foot 609.03 01 Stone Curb – Bridge (Type A ) Foot 609.0302 Stone Curb – Bridge (Type F1) Foot 609.035 0 Stone Bridge Curb (As Detailed) Foot 609.04 Cast-in-Place Concrete Curb (As Detailed) Foot 609.04XX Cast-in-Place Concrete Curb (Various Types as indicated) Foot

610-1 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 609.05 Cast-in-Place Concrete Curb & Gutter (As Detailed) Foot 609.05XX Cast-in-Place Concrete Curb & Gutter (Various Types as indicated) Foot 609.08XX Precast Concrete Curb (Various Types as indicated) Foot 609.0901 Optional Curb (Precast Concrete Type PVF 6 or Cast -In-Place Concrete Type VF 6 or Stone Type NVF ) Foot 609.0902 Optional Curb (Precast Concrete Type PM 4 or Cast -In-Place Concrete Type M 4 or Stone Type MT) Foot 609.0903 Optional Curb (Precast Concrete Type PT 4 or Cast -In-Place Concrete Type T 4) Foot 609.0904 Optional Curb (Precast Type Pm6 Or Cast -In-Place Type M6 ) Foot 609.15 Resetting Existing Curb Foot SECTION 610 - GROUND VEGETATION - PREPARATION, ESTABLISHMENT AND MANAGEMENT

610-1 Description.

610-1.01 Topsoil. This work shall consist of furnishing, screening, storing, stockpiling and placing

topsoil in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-1.02 Preparation of Subsoil for Turf Establishment. This work shall consist of ground preparation

when topsoil is not included in the work prior to establishment of turf in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-1.03 Turf Establishment. The work shall consist of establishing turf, including sowing seeds,

applying initial watering, mulch and mulch anchorage, and initial mowing (as indicated to meet performance criteria) in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engin eer.The work shall consist of ground preparation and establishing turf in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-1.04 Wildflower Seeding. The work shall consist of ground preparation, furnishing and placing

wildflower seeding materials and caring for wildflower areas in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-1.05 Sod. The work shall consist of ground preparation, furnishing, installing and caring for sod in

accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-1.06 Soil Amendments. The work consists of furnishing and placing soil amendments in accordance

with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-1.07 Compost. The work consists of furnishing, placing and incorporating compost in accordance

with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-1.08 Mulch for Planting. The work consists of furnishing and placing mulch, in accordance with

the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-1.09 Permeable Weed Control Landscape Fabric. The work consists of furnishing and placing

permeable landscape fabric for weed control, in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-1 10

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

610-1.10 Watering Vegetation. This work shall include watering turf, sod, wildflower seeding, trees,

shrubs, ground covers, vines, other plants, and filling portable drip irrigation systems in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-1.11 Weed Removal. This work shall consist of removal and disposal of all native and non -native

weeds including roots from newly established turf and sod areas, wildflower seeded areas, tree and shrub pits and plant beds in accordance with the contract documents and as dire cted by the Engineer.

610-1.12 Mowing. This work shall consist of mowing newly established seeded or sodded areas

including the removal and disposal of any debris and litter which has accumulated prior to or between mowings, in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Eng ineer.

610-1.13 Mowing Limits Markers. This work consists of furnishing and installing mowing limit

markers in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-1.14 Turf Establishment - Performance. This work consists of turf establishment – performance,

including: soil preparation, topsoil, applying soil amendments, sowing seeds, watering, and mowing in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

610-2 Materials

610-2.01 Topsoil. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of Section 700

Materials and Manufacturing . Excavated material from earthwork operations defined in Section 203 Excavation and Embankment that is unsuitable for embankments but conforms to §713 -01 Topsoil is acceptable. Topsoil 713-01

610-2.02 Preparation of Subsoil for Turf Establishment. None specified.

610-2.03 Turf Establishment. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of

Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Water 712-01 Seeds 713-04 Mulch For Turf Establishment and Erosion Control 713-11 Mulch anchorage 713-12 Straw 713-19

610-2.04 Wildflower Seeding. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of

Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Water 712-01 Seeds 713-04 Mulch For Turf Establishment and Erosion Control 713-11 Mulch anchorage 713-12 Straw 713-19

610-2.05 Sod. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of Section 700

Materials and Manufacturing .

610-2 06

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Water 712-01 Topsoil 713-01 Sod 713-14

610-2.06 Soil Amendment. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of

Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Water 712-01 Limestone 713-02 Fertilizer 713-03 Mycorrhizal Fungi 713-09 Moisture Retention Additive 713-10 Sulfur 713-17

610-2.07 Compost. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of Section

700 Materials and Manufacturing . Compost 713-15

610-2.08 Mulch for Planting. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of

Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Mulch for Planting 713-05

610-2.09 Permeable Weed Control Landscape Fabric. The materials shall meet the requirements of the

following subsections of Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Weed Control Barriers 713-18

610-2.10 Watering Vegetation. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections

of Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Water 712-01

610-2.11 Weed Removal. None specified.

610-2.12 Mowing. None specified.

610-2.13 Mowing Limits Markers. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following

subsections of Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Materials for the Protection of Plants 713-08

610-2.14 Turf Establishment – Performance. The materials shall meet the requirements of the

following subsections of Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing. Water 712-01 Topsoil 713-01 Limestone 713-02 Seeds 713-04 Mulch for Turf Establishment and Erosion Control 713-11

610-3 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Mulch Anchorage 713-12 Sulfur 713-17 Straw 713-19 With the following exceptions: Topsoil (§713 -01) excludes the following: • B.2. Topsoil – Lawns • B.3. Topsoil – Special Planting Mix • B.4. Topsoil – Acidic • C. Topsoil – Wetlands The seed mix used shall be one of the standard seed mixes described under §713 -04 (A, B, C, or D) . If a desired standard mix is not specified in the contract documents, the Contractor may select which standard mix to use.

610-3 Construction Details

610-3.01 Topsoil.

A.General . The subsoil within the areas to be covered by topsoil shall be graded so that the completed work after the topsoil is placed shall conform to the specified lines and grades. The Contractor shall scarify or till the surface of the subsoil to a depth of 6 i nches before the topsoil is placed to permit bonding the topsoil with the subsoil. Tillage by disking, harrowing, raking or other approved methods shall be accomplished in such a manner that depressions and ridges formed by tillage shall be parallel to the contours. Topsoil in an unworkable condition due to excessive moisture, frost, or other conditions shall not be placed until its consistency is workable for spreading. Topsoil shall be placed on the designated area and spread to the depth specified in the contract documents or a minimum of 4 inches for turf areas and 3 inches for sod areas. The finished surface shall be maintained for subsequent contract work such as seeding, sodding, mulching or planting. The sites of all stockpiles shall be graded and maintained for subsequent contract work. Surplus topsoil will become the property of the Contractor. Roots and top growth of non -native weeds or invasive species that emerge from topsoil stockpiles or after placement of the topsoil shall be eradicated and disposed of in accordance with §610 -3.11 Weed Removal immediately upon emergence. Weed removal, treatment and disposal of invasive species will be paid for separately.

B.Topsoil – Reuse On -Site Materials. Topsoil stripping shall be completed prior to starting the general excavation in an area. The Contractor shall take reasonable care that the topsoil is not contaminated during the stripping and other handling operations. Topsoil identified for reuse that has a known, established population of invasive species shall be treated to eliminate the presence of invasive species per §610 -3.11 Weed Removal . The invasive species material shall be disposed appropriately and then the resulting topsoil may be used within the limits. Treatment and disposal of invasive species will be paid for separately.

C.Topsoil – Roadside, Lawn, Special Planting Mix and Acidic. The Contractor shall place topsoil only from approved stockpiles.

610-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 D. Topsoil – On-Site Wetland and Wetland Off -Site or Manufactured. The Contractor shall not use topsoil wetlands materials which exhibit the presence of invasive species. Care shall be taken not to impact wetland areas remaining. On-site wetland topsoil stripping shall be completed prior to starting the general excavation in an area. After stripping, on -site wetland topsoil shall be placed within 24 hours or stored within the contract limits at a location approved by the Engineer.

610-3.02 Preparation of Subsoil for Turf Establishment. Prior to establishment of turf in areas that are

not to receive topsoil or other permanent erosion control measures, the Contractor shall remove all loose stones and other objects over 2 inches in size to a 4 inch depth. The Contractor shall mix compost w ith subsoil in accordance with §610 -3.07 B. Turf Establishment With No Topsoil/ On Subsoil within the areas to be seeded and grade the surface so that the completed work shall conform to the specified finished lines and grades. Compost will be paid for separately.

610-3.03 Turf Establishment. The Contractor shall coordinate establishment of turf with other site and

construction activities.

A.Equipment Cleaning for Turf Establishment. The Contractor shall clean all equipment involved in turf establishment to remove plants, seeds, and propagules prior to commencement of work. Any work to clean equipment shall be at no additional cost to the State.

B.Seed Mix for Turf Establishment. Unless specified otherwise in the contract documents, the following seed mixes shall be used with the following Turf Establishment payment items: Payment Item Seed Mix 610.1601 – Turf Establishment – Roadside §713 -04 A. General Roadside Seed Mix 610.1602 – Turf Establishment – Lawns §713 -04 C. Lawn Seed Mix 610.1603 – Turf Establishment – Restoration/High Traffic Seed Mix §713 -04 B. Restoration/High Traffic Seed Mix 610.1604 – Turf Establishment – Salt Tolerant Seed Mix §713 -04 D. Salt-Tolerant Seed Mix 610.1605 – Turf Establishment – Performance §713 -04 A. General Roadside Seed Mix unless specified otherwise in the contract documents.

C.Application Rate for Turf Establishment. The Contractor shall apply the seed mix (§713 -04 or as indicated in the contract documents) at one and one -half to two times the Manufacturer’s recommended rate.

D.Seed Sowing for Turf Establishment. Any method of sowing that does not injure the seeds and achieves even coverage in the process of spreading will be acceptable. Optimal soil temperatures for germination of Kentucky bluegrass, perennial ryegrass and fescues are between 59°F - 77°F. Accurate soil temperatures can be obtained through the New York State Mesonet website ( http://nysmesonet.org/ ). If soil temperatures are not optimal for the germination of standard seed mixes (§713 -04 A -D), the Contractor may use temporary/cover crop mix (§713 -04 F) to stabilize the soils until soil temperatures become favorable for the germination of standard (permanent) mixes.

E.Nurse Crops for Turf Establishment. Nurse crops (§713 -04 E.) may be specified for areas where other turf establishment payment items are being applied. Refer to the contract documents to see which nurse crop species is being specified and the proportion of each species if more than one nu rse

610-3 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 crop type is indicated. §610 -3.03 A1, D4, F6, and G7 shall apply to nurse crops. Nurse crops are paid for separately and do not have establishment criteria.

F.Initial Watering, Mulch Application, and Initial Mowing for Turf Establishment. The Contractor shall perform the:

1.initial watering (§712 -01) immediately after sowing - regardless of rainfall - by applying water evenly over all seeded areas at a minimum rate of 5.6 gallons per square yard (equivalent to 1” of rainfall). Areas being hydroseeded shall receive initial wa tering the day following application.

2.mulch application of straw (§713 -19) by spreading the straw uniformly in a continuous blanket to hide the soil from view. Alternatively, §713 -11 Mulch for Turf Establishment and Erosion Control , Types I -V may be specified in lieu of straw (refer to the contract documents).

3.initial mowing (§610 -3.12) to meet the acceptance criteria for turf establishment (refer to §610 - 3.03 10. Acceptance Criteria for Turf Establishment). Initial watering, mulch application and initial mowing shall be included in the cost of the turf establishment payment item (610.16XX).

G.Rolled Erosion Control Products for Turf Establishment. If specified in the contract documents for areas where turf will be established, §713 -07 Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECPs) shall be installed according to manufacturer’s recommendations and paid for separately.

H.Repair of Areas indicated for Turf Establishment. Any work required to correct initial seeding (installation) shall be done at no additional cost to the State.

I.Watering, Mowing and Weeding for Turf Establishment. The Contractor shall water (§610 -3.10), weed (§610 -3.11), and mow (§610 -3.12) the turf establishment areas for the duration of the contract or until turf areas are accepted for final payment. Watering, mowing, and weeding shall be paid for under the sep arate watering, weeding and mowing payment items.

J.Acceptance Criteria for Turf Establishment. The following acceptance criteria shall be applied to areas indicated in the contract documents for turf establishment.

1.Turf Establishment – Roadside. Areas indicated in the contract documents for Turf Establishment – Roadside or other payment items – as indicated in the contract documents - will be accepted for final payment when the specified, established, permanent turf grass species are:

a.not thinly or sparsely established, resulting in bare ground greater than one foot in diameter.

b.at a uniform density and cover a minimum of eighty percent (80%) of the ground surface.

c.able to have one mowing cycle in accordance with §610 -3.12 A., unless conditions prevent mowing, in which case shall be an average minimum height of five inches (5”).

d.exhibiting a heathy green color.

610-3 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 2. Turf Establishment – Lawns. Areas indicated in the contract documents for Turf Establishment – Lawns or other payment items – as indicated in the contract documents - will be accepted for final payment when the specified, established, permanent turf grass species are:

a.not thinly or sparsely established, resulting in bare spots greater than six inches (6”) in diameter.

b.at a uniform density and cover a minimum of ninety percent (90%) of the ground surface.

c.able to have one mowing cycle in accordance with §610 -3.12 B., unless conditions prevent mowing, in which case shall be an average minimum height of three inches (3”).

d.exhibiting a heathy green color.

3.Turf Establishment – Mowing Not Included. Areas indicated in the contract documents for turf establishment payment item where mowing is either not possible or not desired will be accepted for final payment when the specified, established, permanent turf grass species are:

a.not thinly or sparsely established, resulting in bare ground greater than one foot in diameter.

b.at a uniform density and cover a minimum of eighty percent (80%) of the ground surface.

c.an average minimum height of eight inches (8”).

d.exhibit a heathy green color.

4.Turf Establishment – Permit Requirements. Areas indicated in the contract documents for turf establishment payment items associated with permits containing establishment criteria will be accepted for final payment when the specified, established, permanent turf grass species are:

a.not thinly or sparsely established, resulting in bare ground greater than one foot in diameter.

b.at a uniform density and cover a minimum of eighty percent (80%) of the ground surface, or compliant with permit requirements.

c.compliant with permit requirements as indicated in the contract documents.

d.determined to be healthy (visual inspection) as indicated by color and vigorous growth.

5.Turf Establishment - Restoration/High Traffic, and Salt Tolerant turf establishment item numbers shall use the Turf Establishment – Roadside establishment criteria, UNLESS otherwise specified in the contract documents.

6.Nurse crops – No acceptance criteria.

7.Temporary/Cover Crops - Refer to §209 -3.03 for the acceptance criteria for temporary/cover crops.

610-3 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Payment Item Recommended Acceptance Criteria 610.1601 – Turf Establishment – Roadside §610 -3.03 J10. 1A, 3C, or 4D 610.1602 – Turf Establishment – Lawns §610 -3.03 J10. 2B. 610.1603 – Turf Establishment – Restoration/High Traffic Seed Mix §610 -3.03 J10. 1A, 3C, or 4D 610.1604 – Turf Establishment – Salt Tolerant Seed Mix §610 -3.03 J10. 1A, 3C, or 4D 610.1605 – Turf Establishment – Performance §610 -3.14 J10. 8H.

610-3.03 Turf Establishment. The Contractor shall coordinate establishment of turf with other site and

construction activities. The Contractor shall clean all equipment involved in turf establishment to remove plants, seeds and propagules prior to commencement of work. Any work to clean equipment shall be at no additional cost to the State. The Contractor shall apply the seed mix at one and one half to two times the manufacturer’s recommended rate. Any method of sowing that does not injure the seeds and achieves even coverage in the process of spreading will be acceptable. The Contractor shall perform the initial watering and shall spread straw uniformly in a continuous blanket to hide the soil from view or mulch Types I – V as specified in the contract documents. Rolled Erosion Control products shall be installed according to manufacturer’s recommendations and paid for separately. Mulch anchorage shall be applied. The Contractor shall water, mow, and weed the turf establishment areas for the duration of the contract or until turf areas are accepted. Watering, mowing, and weeding to care for the turf will be paid for separately. Any work required to correct initial seeding (installation) shall be done at no additional cost to the State.

A.Turf Establishment – Roadside. Areas will be accepted when:

1.free from thin or bare ground greater than one foot in diameter;

2.at least 80 percent of the ground surface is covered with established specified permanent turf grass species;

3.they have had one mowing cycle in accordance with §610 -3.12 unless conditions prevent mowing, in which case turf grass shall be an average minimum height of 5 inches; and

4.they exhibit healthy green color.

B.Turf Establishment - Lawns. Areas will be accepted when:

1.free from thin or bare spots greater than six inches in diameter;

2.at least 90 percent of the ground surface is covered with established specified permanent turf grass species;

3.they have had one mowing cycle in accordance with §610 -3.12 unless conditions prevent mowing, in which case turf grass shall be an average minimum height of 3 inches; and

4.they exhibit healthy green color.

610-3.04 Wildflower Seeding. The Contractor shall clean all equipment involved in wildflower seeding

to remove plants, seeds and propagules prior to commencement of work at no additional cost to the State.

610-3 05

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 The Contractor shall install wildflower seeding materials in accordance with the contract documents. Any method of sowing that does not injure the seeds and provides soil contact in the process of spreading will be acceptable. The Contractor shall apply the seed mix at twice the seed supplier’s recommended rate. The Contractor shall perform the initial watering and spread straw or mulch Types I – V as specified in the contract documents, uniformly at a rate consistent with seed supplier recommendations. Mulch anchorage is required unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. Wildflower seeding areas will be accepted after the seeding operation is complete. Any work required to correct initial seeding (installation) shall be do ne at no additional cost to the State. The Contractor shall water the wildflower seeding areas for the duration of the contract. Watering to care for the wildflower seeding areas will be paid for separately.

610-3.05 Sod. The Contractor shall generally place sod during the seasons identified in Table 610 -1

Sodding Seasons . The Contractor may request extension of seasons, provided the other conditions are met. TABLE 610 -1 SODDING SEASONS Geographic locations Spring Fall R1-Essex, Warren (north of towns of Bolton & Warrensburg), R2-Hamilton, Herkimer (towns of Ohio and Webb) R7-Lewis, St. Lawrence, Franklin, Clinton, Jefferson (east of Rte 81) 4/15-6/30 8/15-10/15 R1– Greene, Rensselaer, Schenectady, Saratoga, Washington, Albany, Warren (towns of Bolton & Warrensburg & south) R2- Montgomery, Fulton, Oneida, Madison, Herkimer (south of town of Ohio) R3,6,9 – All counties R7- Jefferson (west of Route 81) 4/1-6/15 8/15-10/31 R4, 5 & 8 - All counties 4/1 – 5/31 8/15 – 10/31 R10, 11 - All counties 3/1-4/30 8/21-11/15 The subgrade of areas to be sodded shall be excavated and firmed to a sufficient depth below the finished grade of the sod to accommodate the tamped or rolled thickness of topsoil and sod. No frozen sod shall be placed nor shall sod be placed on frozen gro und surface. The Contractor shall exercise care to retain the soil existing on the roots of the sod during transporting, handling and transplanting operations. Sod shall be placed on a minimum of 3 inches of moist topsoil. The topsoil will be paid for separately. The finished sod soil surface shall be flush with surface of the adjacent soil and adjacent structures. It shall meet the finished grades as shown in the contract documents. Sod will be accepted when:

A.It has been in place a minimum of 60 days after installation,

B.It is 95 percent covered with permanent grass species,

C.It has had one mowing cycle in accordance with §610 -3.12 Mowing ,

D.It exhibits healthy green color,

E.It is free from thin, bare or brown spots greater than 6 inches in diameter, and

610-3 06

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

F.It is firmly rooted in the soil. Sod not meeting the standards for acceptance, shall be re -sodded until a satisfactory turf has been established, at no additional expense to the State. The Contractor shall water, mow and weed the sodded areas as necessary until contract final acceptance. These items will be paid for separately.

610-3.06 Soil Amendments. The Contractor shall place, apply or incorporate fertilizer, limestone,

mycorrhizal fungi, sulfur and/or moisture retention additive where shown in the contract documents. When mycorrhizal fungi are specified, application rates for turf shall ensure an even distribution of 100,000 propagules minimum per acre for drill seeding and 1,000,000 propagules minimum per acre for hydroseeding. Application rates for planting and Tree Root Zone Treatment, as well as any other aspects of distributing and/or incorporating mycorrhizal fungi, shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. All other amendments shall be mixed with topsoil prior to placing, spread evenly over the surface of turf, wildflower or sod areas, applied within shrub saucers or applied over the plant beds as appropriate, at the rates recommended by the manufacturer or as specified in the contract documents. The method of application shall ensure an even distribution. When hydraulic application is used, the minimum rate of water application shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation. Trees shall be fertilized using Method No. 1, No. 2 or No. 3 in accordance with the contract documents.

A.Method No. 1. Holes shall be made in the earth about 18 inches deep and 18 inches apart, and located in the outer two -thirds (as measured on the radius) of the circular area lying under the limits of the tree branches. The holes shall be made with a crowbar, soil auge r, pneumatic equipment or other approved tools and care shall be taken to avoid injury to the roots. Fertilizer shall be applied at the rate specified; placing equal amounts of fertilizer in the lower 12 inches of each hole.

B.Method No. 2. Fertilizer shall be applied to soil’s surface hydraulically at the rate specified with sufficient water to saturate the soil for the area and depth of the tree roots without creating air pockets.

C.Method No. 3. Fertilizer rate and method of application shall be as specified in the contract documents.

610-3.07 Compost.

A.Existing Soil: The Contractor shall spread 2 inches of Compost Type A or E within the limits shown in the contract documents and tilled into existing soil to a total depth of six inches.

B.Turf Establishment With No Topsoil/ On Subsoil. The Contractor shall spread 2 inches of Compost Type A, D or E within the limits shown in the contract documents and tilled into subsoil to a minimum depth of four inches.

C.Turf Establishment With Topsoil . The Contractor shall mix Compost Type A, D or E with topsoil as specified in the contract documents.

D.Plant Pits or Beds: Compost Type A, D or E shall be applied at a ratio of 1 part compost to 5 parts existing soil.

610-3 08

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 610-3.08 Mulch for Planting. The Contractor shall apply mulch consisting of wood chips, pine nuggets or shredded bark to the surface of the beds and tree pit areas in accordance with the contract documents. The Contractor shall apply mulch to a uniform depth of 3 inches over the sh rub bed and tree pit areas and 2 inches over groundcover beds. The mulch shall be distributed so as to create a smooth, level cover over the exposed soil. Mulch shall not cover plants or be in contact with tree root flare, tre e trunks, and plant stems.

610-3.09 Permeable Weed Control Landscape Fabric. Areas where landscape fabric is to be installed

shall be smooth, firm, stable and free of rocks, clods, foliage, roots, trash, debris or other material that will prevent the matting from lying in direct contact with the soil surface. The landscape fabric shall be placed where shown in the contract documents and as required by the manufacturer.

610-3.10 Watering Vegetation. The Contractor shall provide water without damage to plants, mulch,

stakes, plant saucers, sod, or other areas to be watered. Damage resulting from watering operations shall be repaired at no additional cost to the State. Watering shall be applied in accordance with §610 -3.03 Turf Establishment , §610 -3.04 Wildflower Seeding , §610 -3.05 Sod, or §611 -3.01 General . Watering for existing vegetation shall be as specified in the contract documents. Watering shall be applied at the following rates:

A.Turf, Wildflowers, Sod, Planting Beds. In the absence of 1 inch of rainfall within 5 consecutive calendar days the Contractor shall water all turf, wildflowers, sod, and planting beds evenly over all planted areas at a minimum rate of 5.6 gallons of water per square yard (equivalent to 1” of ra infall) once a week.

B.Tree and Planting Pits. Between April 1st and November 15th, in the absence of 1 inch of rainfall within 5 consecutive calendar days, the Contractor shall apply water to trees and planting pits once per week, except during July and August, when water shall be applied twice per week, with a minimum of 2 days betwee n applications. Soil saucers or portable drip irrigation systems shall be filled once per watering.

C.Watering as Specified. Watering for turf, wildflowers, sod, planting beds, trees and shrub planting pits shall be as specified in the contract documents.

610-3.10 Watering Vegetation. The Contractor shall provide water without damage to plants, mulch,

stakes, plant saucers, sod or other areas to be watered. Damage resulting from watering operations shall be repaired at no additional cost to the State. Watering shall be applied in accordance with §610 -3.03 Turf Establishment , §610 -3.04 Wildflower Seeding , §610 -3.05 Sod or §611 -3.01 General . Watering for existing vegetation shall be as specified in the contract documents. Watering shall be applied at the following rates:

A.Turf, Wildflowers, Sod, Planting Beds. In the absence of 1 inch of rainfall within 5 consecutive calendar days the Contractor shall water all turf, wildflowers, sod and planting beds once a week to a depth of 1 inch.

B.Trees and Planting Pits. Between April 1st and November 15th, in the absence of 1 inch of rainfall within 5 consecutive calendar days, the Contractor shall apply water to trees and planting pits once per week, except during July and August, when water shall be applied twice per week, with a minimum of 2 days betwee n applications. Soil saucers or portable drip irrigation systems shall be filled once per watering.

610-3 11

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

610-3.11 Weed Removal. The Contractor shall perform weed removal in accordance with the contract

documents. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of weeds including roots prior to flowering and seed formation by manual, chemical or mechanical means. Any method of weed remova l that leaves live roots in the soil will not be permitted. An appropriately licensed applicator is required for chemical weed control methods. The Contractor shall ensure the preservation of desirable vegetation. Treatment and remov al of invasive species will be paid for separately.

610-3.12 Mowing. The schedule may be modified to accommodate prevailing or forecast weather

conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible, prior to each mowing, for the removal and disposal of any debris and litter which has accumulated since the last mowing. Care shall be taken to avoid damage to existing plant materials.

A.Roadside. The Contractor shall mow all turf establishment areas to a height of 5 inches whenever growth reaches 8 inches for the duration of the contract. Clippings shall be left in place.

B.Lawns. The Contractor shall mow all turf establishment areas to a height of 3 inches after initial growth reaches 5 inches, and then mowed to a height of 3 inches whenever a 5 inch height is reached thereafter for the duration of the contract. Clippings shall be mulched in place.

C.Sod. The Contractor shall mow all sodded areas to a height of 3 inches after initial growth reaches 5 inches, and then mowed to a height of 3 inches whenever a 5 inch height is reached thereafter for the duration of the contract. Clippings shall be mulched in place.

610-3.13 Mowing Limits Markers. The Contractor shall install mowing limit markers plumb to a depth

in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction.

610-3.14 Turf Establishment – Performance. Shall be §610 -3.03 Turf Establishment, with the

following exceptions.

B.Seed Mix for Turf Establishment - Performance. Unless specified otherwise in the contract documents, the seed mix §713 -04A. General Roadside shall be used.

C.Application Rate for Turf Establishment. The Contractor shall apply the seed mix (§713 -04) at a rate suitable to achieve the required germination and establishment.

E.Nurse Crops for Turf Establishment. If no nurse crop is specified in the contract documents, the Contractor may incorporate a nurse crop (§713 -04 E.) of their choosing, to be included in the Turf Establishment – Performance payment item.

I.Watering, Mowing and Weeding for Turf Establishment – Performance. The Contractor shall water (§610 -3.10), weed (§610 -3.11), and mow (§610 -3.12) the turf establishment – performance areas for the duration of the contract (beyond item acceptance for payment).

J.Acceptance Criteria for Turf Establishment – Performance. The following acceptance criteria shall be applied to the areas indicated in the contract documents for turf establishment – performance.

8.Turf Establishment – Performance . Areas indicated in the contract documents for Turf Establishment – Performance will be accepted for final payment when the specified, established, permanent turf grass species are:

610-4 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 a. not thinly or sparsely establishment, resulting in bare ground greater than one foot in diameter.

b.at a uniform density and cover at least eighty percent (80%) of the ground surface.

c.able to have one mowing cycle in accordance with §610 -3.12 B., unless conditions prevent mowing, in which case shall be an average minimum height of five inches (5”).

d.exhibiting a healthy, green color.

610-4 Method of Measurement

610-4.01 Topsoil. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in cubic yards of each type of topsoil

measured to the nearest whole cubic yard of topsoil placed, from payment lines shown in the contract documents. Cross sectioning, for the purpose of determining quantities for payment, will be employed only where payment lines are not shown on the Plans and cannot be reasonably established by the Engineer.

610-4.02 Preparation of Subsoil for Turf Establishment. The quantity to be measured for payment

will be in square yards on slope to the nearest whole square yard of subsoil area prepared for turf establishment.

610-4.03 Turf Establishment. The work will be measured as the number of square yards on slope to the

nearest whole square yard on slope of turf established. For Turf Establishment – Nurse Crops, the work will be measured as the number of square yards on slope to the nearest whole square yard on slope of nurse crop sown.

610-4.03 Turf Establishment. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in square yards on slope

to the nearest whole square yard of turf established.

610-4.04 Wildflower Seeding. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in square yards on slope

to the nearest whole square yard of wildflower seeding.

610-4.05 Sod. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in square yards on slope to the nearest

whole square yard of sod placed.

610-4.06 Soil Amendments. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in pounds to the nearest

whole pound or in gallons to the nearest whole gallon of soil amendments (fertilizer, limestone, mycorrhizal fungi, sulfur and/or moisture retention additive) applied.

610-4.07 Compost. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in cubic yards to the nearest whole

cubic yard of compost placed or incorporated.

610-4.08 Mulch for Planting. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in cubic yards to the

nearest whole cubic yard of mulch placed.

610-4.09 Permeable Weed Control Landscape Fabric. The quantity to be measured for payment will

be in square yards on slope to the nearest whole square yard.

610-4 10

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 610-4.10 Watering Vegetation. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in 1000 gallons (MGal) to the nearest MGal of water applied, determined from approved measuring devices, or by measurement in tanks or containers of known capacity.

610-4.11 Weed Removal. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in square yards on slope

weeded per occurrence to the nearest whole square yard.

610-4.12 Mowing. The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of square yards on slope

mowed per occurrence to the nearest whole square yard.

610-4.13 Mowing Limits Markers. The quantity to be measured for payment will be by the number of

complete markers satisfactorily installed.

610-4.14 Turf Establishment – Performance. The work will be measured as the number of square

yards on slope to the nearest whole square yard on slope of turf established - performance.

610-5 Basis of Payment

610-5.01 Topsoil. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment

necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including the handling, storing, stockpiling, and placement.

610-5.02 Preparation of Subsoil for Turf Establishment. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all

labor, materials and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work

610-5.03 Turf Establishment.

The unit price bid per square yard on slope for turf establishment shall include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment as necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. Except as noted below, a progress payment – in an amount not to exceed forty percent (40%) of the unit price bid - for work satisfactorily performed may be paid after the seed has been sown, and the initial watering and mulch application have been complete d. The final payment of sixty percent (60%) of the unit price bid may be paid once the acceptance criteria have been met. No progress payments will be assessed for nurse crops, which are paid in full upon acceptance of sowing. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment including initial water, mulch and mulch anchorage as necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

610-5.04 Wildflower Seeding. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials and

equipment including initial water, mulch and mulch anchorage necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

610-5.05 Sod. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment including

initial water, necessary to complete the work. Topsoil bed placed under the sod shall be paid for separately.

610-5.06 Soil Amendments. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials and

equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including water for hydraulic application.

610-5.07 Compost. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment

necessary to satisfactorily complete the work

610-5 08

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 610-5.08 Mulch for Planting. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

610-5.09 Permeable Weed Control Landscape Fabric. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all

labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

610-5.10 Watering Vegetation. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials and

equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

610-5.11 Weed Removal. The unit price bid shall include the cost of labor, materials, and equipment

necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

610-5.12 Mowing. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials, and equipment

necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

610-5.13 Mowing Limits Markers. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials, and

equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

610-5.14 Turf Establishment – Performance. The unit price bid per square yard on slope for turf

establishment – performance shall include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment as necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. A progress payment - in an amount not to exceed forty percent (40%) of the unit price bid - for work satisfactorily performed may be paid after the seed has been sown, and the initial watering and mulch applications have been completed. The final payment of sixty percent (60%) of the unit price bid may be paid once the acceptance criteria have been met. Payment will be made under: Item No Item Pay Unit 610.0501 Fertilizer Pound 610.0502 Fertilizer Gallon 610.06 Limestone Pound 610.0701 Mycorrhizal Fungi Pound 610.0702 Mycorrhizal Fungi Gallon 610.08 Moisture Retention Additive Pound 610.0901 Sulfur Pound 610.0902 Sulfur Gallon 610.10 Compost Cubic Yard 610.1101 Mulch for Planting Type A, B & D Wood Chips and Shredded Bark Cubic Yard 610.1102 Mulch for Planting Type C – USDA -APHIS Protocol Wood Chips Cubic Yard 610.1103 Mulch for Planting Type E – Pine Nugget Cubic Yard 610.1201 Permeable Weed Control Landscape Fabric Squar e Yard 610.1202 Permeable Weed Control Landscape Fabric with Herbicide Square Yard 610.13 Weed Removal Square Yard 610.1401 Topsoil – Reuse On -Site Materials Cubic Yard 610.1402 Topsoil - Roadside Cubic Yard 610.1403 Topsoil - Lawns Cubic Yard 610.1404 Topsoil - Special Planting Mix Cubic Yard 610.1405 Topsoil – Acidic Cubic Yard 610.1406 Topsoil – On-Site Wetland Materials Cubic Yard 610.1407 Topsoil – Wetland Materials Cubic Yard

611-1 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 610.15 Preparation of Subsoil for Turf Establishment Square Yard 610.1601 Turf Establishment - Roadside Square Yard 610.1602 Turf Establishment -Lawns Square Yard 610.1603 Turf Establishment – Restoration/High Traffic Square Yard 610.1604 Turf Establishment – Salt Tolerant Square Yard 610.1605 Turf Establishment – Performance Square Yard 610.1606 Turf Establishment – Nurse Crops Square Yard 610.17 Wildflower Seeding Square Yard 610.18 Sodding Square Yard 610.19 Watering Vegetation 1,000 Gallons 610.1901 Watering Vegetation – As Specified 1,000 Gallons 610.21 Mowing Square Yard 610.22 Mowing Limits Markers Each SECTION 611 - PLANTING, TRANSPLANTING AND POST PLANTING CARE

611-1 Description .

611-1.01 General. Vacant

611-1.02 Planting. This work consists of furnishing, and planting trees, shrubs, vines, groundcovers and

other plants in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

611-1.03 Transplanting. This work consists of transplanting existing plants from existing locations to

new locations in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

611-1.04 Portable Drip Irrigation System. This work shall consist of furnishing, delivering, placing

and removing Portable Drip Irrigation System (PDIS) for watering around newly planted trees and other vegetation in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

611-1.05 Post-Planting Care. This work consists of the care of newly planted and transplanted trees,

shrubs, vines, groundcovers and other plants in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

611-1.06 Rodent Guards. This work shall consist of furnishing, delivering and placing rodent guards

around newly planted trees and other vegetation in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

611-2 Materials

611-2.01 General . Materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of Section 700

Materials and Manufacturing . Water 712-01 Topsoil 713-01 Mulch for Landscape Bedding 713-05 Materials for the Protection of Plants 713-08 Compost 713-15

611-2 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 611-2.02 Planting. Trees, shrubs, vines, groundcovers and other plants shall be as specified under '§713-06 and as further specified in the contract documents.

611-2.03 Transplanting . Plants shall be existing plants in accordance with §'713-06.

611-2.04 Portable Drip Irrigation System. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following

subsections of Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing. Materials may be new or previously used that meet the following material requirements. Materials for the Protection of Plants 713-08

611-2.05 Post Planting Care. Materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of

Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Pesticides 713-13

611-2.06 Rodent Guards. Materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of Section

700 Materials and Manufacturing . Materials for the Protection of Plants 713-08

611-3 Construction

611-3.01 General. Locations for plants shall be as specified in the contract documents. All plants for

planting and transplanting shall be protected from damage and drying out, including during transportation, handling or while in temporary storage. No planting or trans planting shall be done when the soil is frozen, saturated (except in wetland conditions) or otherwise in an unsatisfactory condition for working. Planting seasons represent average times of suitable conditions between weather extremes. In general, planting or transplanting shall occur during these seasons. The Contractor may request an extension of the planting seasons. TABLE 611 -1 PLANTING SEASONS Planting Seasons Spring Fall Geographic locations (NYSDOT Regions and Counties) Deciduous & Evergreen B&B Deciduous & Evergreen Container Grown Evergreen B&B Deciduous B&B Deciduous & Evergreen Container Grown (USDA 3b -4a) R1- Essex, Warren (north of towns of Warrensburg & Bolton) R2-Hamilton, Herkimer (towns of Ohio & Webb) R7-Lewis, St. Lawrence, Franklin, Clinton, Jefferson (east of Route 81) 4/15-5/31 4/15-5/31 8/15-9/30 9/15-10/31 8/15 - 10/31 (USDA 4a -5a) R1–Greene, Rensselaer, Schenectady, Saratoga, Washington, Albany, 4/1-5/15 4/1 – 5/31 8/15-9/30 9/15-11/15 8/15-11/15

611-3 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Warren (towns of Bolton & Warrensburg & south) R2- Montgomery, Fulton, Oneida, Madison, Herkimer (south of town of Ohio) R3,6,9 – All counties R7- Jefferson (west of Route 81) (USDA 5a -6a) R4, 5 & 8 - All counties 3/15-5/15 3/15 – 5/31 8/15-10/15 9/15-11/30 8/15-11/30 (USDA 6b -7a) R10, 11 - All counties 3/1-5/15 3/1 – 5/31 8/15-10/31 10/1-12/15 8/15-12/15 All Locations Bare Root stock shall be planted while dormant Locations for plants and outlines of areas to be planted shall be staked or marked out on the ground by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer before any plant pits or plant beds are dug. Where non - movable underground obstructions are encountered, the plant pits shall be relocated as approved by the Engineer. Existing vegetation shall be removed from all new planting beds. Where an impervious layer of soil (hardpan, fragipan and soils with greater than 20% clay content) is encountered during the excavation of plant pits or beds, all such soil shall be removed up to a depth of one foot beyond required plant pit depth in orde r to provide adequate drainage for the plant. The pits or beds shall be backfilled with topsoil. Any additional excavation required to properly plant or transplant in impervious soils will be considered extra work. Planting soil shall be unamended existing soil excavated from the plant pit unless otherwise specified. Watering shall accompany backfilling of plant. The Contractor shall perform the initial watering for backfilling plant so that no voids occur in the plant pit. No tree shall be staked, guyed or anchored unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. Mulch shall Type A or B unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and shall be placed at the time of planting or transplanting. The Contractor shall water, weed and maintain mulch at no cost to the state until the newly planted or transplanted material is accepted. Plants will be accepted when all specified plants meet the following conditions:

A.Species has been verified and plant is in its designated location

B.Planted or transplanted in accordance with ANSI A 300, Part 1, 2 , 3 and 6 Standard Practices

C.Planted or transplanted in accordance with 611 Standard sheets

D.living, healthy, unimpaired and in an undamaged condition Watering, if specified, shall begin upon acceptance of the planting or transplanting and unless otherwise specified continue for one year or the duration of the contract, which ever is later. Watering after acceptance shall be performed as required in Sec tion 610 -3.09 Watering Vegetation and paid for separately. Installation of rodent guards if specified are paid for separately. Plants that die after acceptance at any time during the contract duration shall be removed and unless otherwise specified, the surface area shall be restored to the condition of the adjacent surface at no additional cost to the state.

611-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 611-3.02 Planting. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least four calendar days before intended delivery of plants or planting materials to the site. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer legible copies of the certificates of inspection of plant materials and do cumentation for each shipment showing point of origin, sizes, scientific names, quantities, and kinds of materials supplied. Planting shall be in accordance with ANSI A300 Part 1, 2 and 3 Standard Practices . Pruning at the time of planting shall be limited to the removal of dead, conflicting and broken branches; and to other pruning consistent with good horticultural practice in accordance with ANSI A300 Part 1 Standard Practices .

611-3.03 Transplanting. Transplanting shall be in accordance with ANSI A300 Part 1, 2, 3 and 6

Standard Practices and accomplished by a digging method intended to preserve the root system intact to the extent practicable. Planting soil shall be unamended existing soil excavated from the plant pit unless otherwise specified. Transplanted stock shall be pruned prior to transplanting in accordance with ANSI A300 Part 1 Standard Practices . The Contractor shall take appropriate measures to avoid damage to plant during the transplanting operation including:

A.Provide trunk and branch Protection.

B.Treat plant with an anti -desiccant prior to being dug up

C.Protect all roots from drying out.

D.Prune damaged plant roots greater than 1 inch in diameter Plants shall be set in a vertical position. Where the contract duration allows plants greater than 6 inch DBH shall be root pruned up to one year prior to transplanting.

611-3.04 Portable Drip Irrigation System (PDIS). After the requirements for planting under Section

611 Planting, Transplanting and Post Planting Care are completed; the Contractor shall supply and install the required number and size of PDIS as recommended by the manufacturer for the trees planted. Watering shall be performed as required in Section 610 -3.09 Watering Vegetation and paid for separately. All PDIS that are damaged and or missing shall be replaced at no added cost to the State. The Contractor shall remove PDIS in the fall prior to the first frost. The PDIS shall remain the property of the Contractor.

611-3.05 Post-Planting Care. If specified, the Contractor shall care for planting as needed for one year

following the satisfactory completion of all of the planting and/or transplanting or for the duration of the contract, which ever is later. The contractor shall prepare and submit a post -planting care work schedule for approval. Post-planting care shall consist of:

A.Mulching – with materials to match those used in initial planting, twice to maintain a depth of 3 inches.

B.Weeding – twice

C.Integrated vegetation and pest management - in the event of threat of serious damage from insects or diseases the plants shall be treated by preventative or remedial measures.

611-3 06

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 D. Pruning (ANSI A300 Part 1) - once to prune dead or damaged branches.

E.Maintenance/Replacement/of tree support system if present – once every six months

F.Removal of tree support system if present at the end of the post -planting care period.

G.Removal of rodent guards if present at the end of the post -planting care period

611-3.06 Rodent Guards. Vacant

611-4 Method of Measurement.

611-4.01 Planting. The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of plants placed.

611-4.02 Transplanting. The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of plants placed.

611-4.03 Portable Drip Irrigation System (PDIS). The quantity of PDIS to be measured for payment

will be the number of PDIS placed. The quantity of Removal of Portable Drip Irrigation System to be measured for payment will be the number of PDIS removed.

611-4.04 Post-Planting Care. The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of plants

cared for or nearest whole square yard on slope of plants cared for.

611-4.05 Rodent Guards. The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of rodent guards

placed.

611-5 Basis of Payment.

611-5.01 Planting. The unit price bid for each plant shall include the cost of all labor, materials, and

equipment, including initial watering and mulch, compost, plants and plant protection materials and topsoil necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

611-5.02 Transplanting. The unit price bid for each plant shall include the cost of all labor, materials,

and equipment, including initial watering, mulch, compost, plant and plant protection materials and topsoil necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

611-5.03 Portable Drip Irrigation System. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor,

materials, and equipment, necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

611-5.04 Post-Planting Care. The unit price bid for each plant shall include the cost of all labor,

materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. Progress payments for work satisfactorily performed may be paid at the mid point of the post -planting care in a mounts not to exceed forty percent (40%) of the unit price bid for the respective work.

611-5.05 Rodent Guards. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials, and equipment,

necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 611.011x Planting - Major Deciduous Trees – size as specified Each 611.012x Planting - Major Deciduous Trees – 1 ¼ inch Caliper Each

611-5 05

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 611.013x Planting - Major Deciduous Trees – 1 ½ inch Caliper Each 611.014x Planting - Major Deciduous Trees – 1 ¾ inch Caliper Each 611.015x Planting - Major Deciduous Trees – 2 inch Caliper Each 611.016x Planting - Major Deciduous Trees – 2 ½ inch Caliper Each 611.017x Planting - Major Deciduous Trees – 3 inch Caliper Each 611.018x Planting - Major Deciduous Trees – 3 ½ inch Caliper Each 611.019x Planting - Major Deciduous Trees – 4 inch Caliper Each 611.021x Planting - Minor Deciduous Trees – size as specified Each 611.022x Planting - Minor Deciduous Trees – 3 foot height Each 611.023x Planting - Minor Deciduous Trees – 4 foot height Each 611.024x Planting - Minor Deciduous Trees – 5 foot height Each 611.025x Planting - Minor Deciduous Trees – ¾ inch Caliper Each 611.026x Planting - Minor Deciduous Trees – 1 inch Caliper Each 611.027x Planting - Minor Deciduous Trees – 1 ¼ inch Caliper Each 611.028x Planting - Minor Deciduous Trees – 1 ½ inch Caliper Each 611.029x Planting - Minor Deciduous Trees – 1 ¾ inch Caliper Each 611.020x Planting - Minor Deciduous Trees – 2 inch Caliper Each 611.031x Planting - Coniferous Trees – size as specified Each 611.032x Planting - Coniferous Trees – 2 ½ foot height Each 611.033x Planting - Coniferous Trees – 3 foot height Each 611.034x Planting - Coniferous Trees – 4 foot height Each 611.035x Planting - Coniferous Trees – 5 foot height Each 611.036x Planting - Coniferous Trees – 6 foot height Each 611.037x Planting - Coniferous Trees – 7 foot height Each 611.038x Planting - Coniferous Trees – 8 foot height Each 611.039x Planting - Coniferous Trees – 9 foot height Each 611.041x Planting - Deciduous Shrubs –As Specified Each 611.042x Planting - Deciduous Shrubs – 15 inch Height/Spread Each 611.043x Planting - Deciduous Shrubs – 18 inch Height/Spread Each 611.044x Planting - Deciduous Shrubs – 2 foot Height/Spread Each 611.045x Planting - Deciduous Shrubs – 3 foot Height/Spread Each 611.046x Planting - Deciduous Shrubs – 4 foot Height/Spread Each 611.047x Planting - Deciduous Shrubs – 5 foot Height/Spread Each 611.048x Planting - Deciduous Shrubs – 6foot Height/Spread Each 611.051x Planting - Evergreen Shrubs – As Specified Each 611.052x Planting - Evergreen Shrubs – 15 inch Height/Spread Each 611.053x Planting - Evergreen Shrubs – 18 inch Height/Spread Each 611.054x Planting - Evergreen Shrubs – 2 foot Height/Spread Each 611.055x Planting - Evergreen Shrubs – 2 ½ foot Height/Spread Each 611.056x Planting - Evergreen Shrubs – 3 foot Height/Spread Each 611.057x Planting - Evergreen Shrubs – 3 ½ foot Height/Spread Each 611.058x Planting - Evergreen Shrubs – 4 foot Height/Spread Each 611.059x Planting - Evergreen Shrubs – 5 foot Height/Spread Each x= Root Specification 1= Ball & Burlap, Field Potted or Field Boxed, 2 = Container or Box Grown, 3 = Bare Root, 4 = In Ground Fabric Bag Grown 611.061y Planting – Vines, Groundcovers – As Specified Each 611.062y Planting – Vines, Groundcovers – Number SP3 Container Each 611.063y Planting – Vines, Groundcovers – Number SP4 Container Each

613-1 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 611.064y Planting – Vines, Groundcovers – Number SP5 Container Each 611.065y Planting – Vines, Groundcovers – Number 1 Container Each 611.066y Planting – Vines, Groundcovers – Number 2 Container Each 611.071y Planting - Herbaceous Plants – As Specified Each 611.072y Planting - Herbaceous Plants – Number SP4 Container Each 611.073y Planting - Herbaceous Plants – Number SP5 Container Each 611.074y Planting - Herbaceous Plants – Number 1 Container Each 611.075y Planting - Herbaceous Plants – Number 2 Container Each y = Type Specification 1 = Container Grown, 2 = Bare Root 3 = Field Potted, 611.10 Transplanting 0 to 48 inch in height Each 611.11 Transplanting over 48 inch to 72 inches in height Each 611.12 Transplanting, over ¾ inch to 3 inches Diameter at Breast Height Each 611.13 Transplanting, over 3 inches to 6 inches Diameter at Breast Height Each 611.14 Transplanting over 6 inches to 12 inches Diameter at Breast Height Each 611.15 Transplanting Vines, Groundcovers, Each 611.16 Transplanting Herbaceous Plants Each 611.17 Portable Drip Irrigation System Each 611.18 Removal of Portable Drip Irrigation System Each 611.19 Post-Planting Care Each 611.20 Post-Planting Care Square yard 611.21 Rodent Guard Each Refer to the Contract Proposal for full item number and full description SECTION 612 (VACANT) SECTION 613 - WILDLIFE AND ECOLOGY

613-1 Description .

613-1.01 Terrestrial Habitat. This w ork shall consist of the protection, preservation, restoration and

management of terrestrial habitat.

613-1.02 Aquatic Habitat. This w ork shall consist of the protection, preservation, restoration and

management of aquatic habitat.

613-1.04 Wetlands. This w ork shall consist of the protection, preservation, restoration and management

of wetlands.

613-1.06 Streams and Riparian Zones. This w ork shall consist of the protection, preservation,

restoration and management of rivers, streams and riparian zones.

613-2 MATERIALS. As specified in the special specifications.

613-3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. As specified in the special specifications.

613-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. As specified in the special specifications.

614-1 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 613-5 BASIS OF PAYMENT. As specified in the special specifications. SECTION 614 - PRUNING, IMPROVING AND REMOVING EXISTING VEGETATION

614-1 Description .

614-1.01 Pruning Existing Trees. This work shall consist of pruning existing trees as shown in the

contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

614-1.02 Improvement of Vegetated Areas. This work shall consist of cutting, disposing of all wood

and debris, stump removal, or mechanical or chemical treatment of specified trees and woody vegetation within the area shown in the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

614-1.03 Tree Removal. The work shall consist of felling trees over 4 inch in diameter at breast height,

disposing of all wood and debris, and may require topping, stump removal and other work as shown in the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

614-1.04 Existing Stump Removal. The work shall consist of removing existing stumps, disposing of all

wood and debris, as shown in the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

614-1.05 Tree Root Zone Treatment (Vertical Mulching/Aeration). This work shall consist of treating

the root zone of trees through aeration and/or mulching of the roots as shown in the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

614-1.06 Tree Root Pruning. This work shall consist of cleanly pruning, existing tree roots severed

during construction operations, typically related to linear excavation, as shown in the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

614-2 Materials

614-2.01 Pruning Existing Trees. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following

subsections of Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Water 712-01

614-2.02 Improvement of Vegetated Areas. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following

subsections of Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Topsoil 713-01 Pesticides 713-13

614-2.03 Tree Removal. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of

Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Topsoil 713-01

614-2.04 Existing Stump Removal. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following

subsections of Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Topsoil 713-01

614-2.05 Tree Root Zone Treatment (Vertical Mulching/Aeration). The materials shall meet the

requirements of the following subsections of Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Mortar Sand 703-03

614-2 06

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Mycorrhizal Fungi 713-09 Compost 713-15

614-2.06 Tree Root Pruning. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of

Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing . Water 712-01

614-3 Construction Details

614-3.01 Pruning Existing Trees

A.Equipment. Workers shall employ accepted tree climbing methods, and shall not climb trees with climbing spurs. All tools used and methods employed in accordance ANSI A300 Part 1 Standard Practices , except that no anvil type pruners will be permitted. The cutting surfaces of all tools, ladders, ropes, soles of workers shoes and other objects coming into contact with the tree shall be disinfected with a 2% bleach solution and dried completely prior to the start of any work on a tree to prevent the spread of plant diseases.

B.Pruning. Pruning shall be in accordance ANSI A300 Part 1 Standard Practices . When specified the quantity of trees as shown in the contract documents shall be pruned so the resulting crown retains the growth habit of the tree species. Any and all branches interfering with or hindering the healthy growth of the tree shall be remove d. All diseased branches and all dead branches 1 inch or more in diameter shall be removed. Any branch which may be partly dead, yet has a healthy lateral branch at least one -third the diameter of the parent branch shall be removed beyond the healthy branch. All stubs or improper cuts resulting from former pruning shall be removed. All cuts shall be cleanly made with sharp tools as close to the parent trunk or limb as possible wi thout disturbing the branch bark ridge or callus collar. All existing nails, spikes, wire, plastic or other materials found driven into or fastened to the trunk or branches shall be removed or if approved they shall be cut flush in a manner to permit compl ete healing over.

614-3.02 Improvement of Vegetated Areas. All trees and shrubs specified for removal will be

designated by the Engineer either by separate marking, marking in sample areas, or otherwise. Unless otherwise specified, all stumps shall be cut to a height of about 6 inches above the ground. Unless otherwise specified, an approved herbicide shall be applied to all live stumps in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. An approved dye shall be added to the herbicide mixture to identify treated stumps a nd stubble. Where stump removal is specified, all stump holes shall be backfilled with topsoil, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, and backfill shall be compacted. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, grass shall be est ablished on stump holes and will be paid for separately. Care shall be taken in the felling of trees and the operation of equipment to prevent injury to trees and shrubs which are to be preserved. All injuries to the limbs, bark and roots of such plants shall be repaired in accordance with ANSI A300 Part 1 Standard Practices Pruning and ANSI Z133.1 Arboricultural Operations Safety. Improvement of vegetated areas shall be completed in any area before any planting, seeding or other landscape work is begun in that area unless otherwise approved. All wood, stumps, brush and other debris resulting from the work shall be disposed of as specified in Section 201 Clearing and Grubbing .

614-3.03 Tree Removal. No tree shown in the contract documents or listed for removal shall be cut until

it is approved by the Engineer. The contractor shall be responsible to coordinate all work involving utilities with the respective utility company. All trees shall be topped and limbed before felling unless

614-3 04

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 otherwise approved. All injuries to the limbs, bark and roots of plants to remain shall be repaired in accordance with ANSI A300 Standard Practices Pruning and ANSI Z133.1 Arboricultural Operations Safety . The Contractor shall field measure all trees at 4 ½ feet above the ground, commonly referred to as Diameter Breast Height (DBH) before they are cut. Stumps of trees removed under this item for removal shall be grubbed, cut, ground to the depth of six inches below grade or as specified in the contract documents. All stump holes shall be backfilled with topsoil, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and backfill shall be compacted. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, grass shall be established on stump holes and will be paid for separately.

614-3.04 Existing Stump Removal. Existing stumps listed for removal in the contract documents shall

be ground to the depth of 6 inches below grade unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. Stumps shall include all visible wood and roots. Backfill to finished grade with topso il, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. The backfill shall be compacted. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, grass shall be established on stump holes and will be paid for separately.

614-3.05 Tree Root Zone Treatment (Vertical Mulching/Aeration). Locations of work shall include

areas within the dripline or wider root zone of existing trees to be preserved as shown on the contract documents . Appropriate drilling tools shall be used for drilling of holes for root zone restoration. Drilling equipment shall be hand held or light weight devices (no heavy machinery) so as to avoid further impact to tree roots through compaction. Holes shall be drilled and existing soil removed within a zone beginning 3 feet from the trunk of the specified tree and extending to its dripline on an approximately 2 foot x 2 foot grid. Dimensions of holes or drill size shall be approximately 2 inches i n diameter and a minimum of 12 inches deep. Efforts should be made to minimize drilling through large tree roots (especially near the trunk). When woody roots are encountered, the drill hole shall be moved to avoid root damage. The hole shall be completely filled to original grade as follows:

A.Method 1: with mortar sand

B.Method 2: with mortar sand amended with Mycorrhizal Fungi.

C.Method 3: with compost.

D.Method 4: with compost amended with Mycorrhizal Fungi. When mycorrhizal fungi are specified, they shall be a dry granular powder specifically designed for vertical mulching applications. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations at a rate of 3 ounces per hole or when pre -mixed in bulk 5 poun ds per cubic yard of sand or compost.

614-3.06 Tree Root Pruning. Existing tree roots greater than 1 inch in diameter, measured at the edge of

excavation, shall be pruned within 24 hours of the time they have been damaged by construction activity. The severed root shall be pruned at the edge of excavation, or 1 inch bey ond the entire damaged portion of the tree root if damaged root extends beyond the edge of excavation into undisturbed soil. Pruning shall be in accordance with ANSI A300 Part 1 Standard Practices Pruning and ANSI Z133.1 Arboricultural Operations Safety . All cuts shall be cleanly made with sharp tools. The cutting surfaces of all tools, ladders, ropes, soles of workers shoes and other objects coming into contact with the tree roots shall be washed with a disinfectant at the start of any work on a tree to pr event the spread of plant diseases.

614-4 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 The excavated area around the existing tree roots shall be backfilled as soon as construction activities permit with the specified or approved materials. If the excavated area around the existing tree roots is not backfilled within 24 hours, all roots sha ll be kept moist, to prevent dessication.

614-4 Method of Measurement

614-4.01 Pruning Existing Trees. The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of trees

pruned.

614-4.02 Improvement of Vegetated Areas. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in square

yards measured to the nearest whole square yard of area improved.

614-4.03 Tree Removal. The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of trees, including

their stumps if specified.

614-4.04 Pre-Existing Stump Removal. The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of

pre-existing stumps removed.

614-4.05 Tree Root Zone Treatment (Vertical Mulching/Aeration). The quantity to be measured for

payment will be in square yards treated within the zone, measured to the nearest square yard.

614-4.06 Tree Root Pruning. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in feet to the nearest

whole foot, along excavation line.

614-5 Basis of Payment

614-5.01 Pruning Existing Trees. The unit price bid shall include the cost of labor, materials, and

equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

614-5.02 Improvement of Vegetated Areas. The unit price bid shall include the cost of labor, materials,

and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

614-5.03 Tree Removal. The unit price bid shall include the cost of labor, materials, and equipment

necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. When trees are specified in the contract documents for removal, payment for each tree removal will include removal of the stump.

614-5.04 Existing Stump Removal. The unit price bid shall include the cost of labor, materials, and

equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work.

614-5.05 Tree Root Zone Treatment. The unit price bid shall include the cost of labor, materials,

equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Mycorrhizal Fungi and mulch will be paid for separately.

614-5.06 Tree Root Pruning. The unit price bid shall include the cost of labor, materials, equipment and

incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 614.0411 Care of Trees up to 12” Diam. at Breast Height – Pruning Each

614-5 06

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 614.0421 Care of Trees Over 12” to 24” Diam. at Breast Height - Pruning Each 614.0431 Care of Trees Over 24” to 36” Diam. at Breast Height - Pruning Each 614.0441 Care of Trees Over 36” to 48” Diam. at Breast Height – Pruning Each 614.0451 Care of Trees Over 48” to 60” Diam. at Breast Height – Pruning Each 614.0461 Care of Trees Over 60” Diam. at Breast Height – Pruning Each 614.05 Improvement of Vegetated Areas Square Yard 614.0601nn Tree Removal Over 4” to 6” Diam. Breast Height Each 614.0602nn Tree Removal Over 6” to 12” at Breast Height Each 614.0603nn Tree Removal Over 12” to 18” at Breast Height Each 614.0604nn Tree Removal Over 18” to 24” at Breast Height Each 614.0605nn Tree Removal Over 24” to 36” at Breast Height Each 614.0606nn Tree Removal Over 36” to 48” at Breast Height Each 614.0607nn Tree Removal Over 48” to 60” at Breast Height Each 614.0608nn Tree Removal Over 60” to 72” at Breast Height Each nn = Stump Treatment 01 = Stumps Cut to Above Grade , 02 = Stumps Cut Flush , 03 = Stumps Cut to Below Grade , 04 = Stumps Grubbed 614.0701 Pre-Existing Stump Removal up to 24” diameter at 6 inches above grade Each 614.0702 Pre-Existing Stump Removal over 24” to 48” diameter at 6 inches above grade Each 614.0703 Pre-Existing Stump Removal over 48” diameter at 6 inches above grade Each 614.08 Tree Root Zone Treatment (Vertical Mulching/Aeration) Square Yard 614.09 Tree Root Pruning Feet SECTION 615 - LANDSCAPE APPURTENANCES

615-1 DESCRIPTION. The work in this section shall include all work required for furnishing, placing,

and/or special construction of landscape appurtenances.

615-2 MATERIALS. As specified in the special specifications.

615-3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. As specified in the special specifications.

615-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. As specified in the special specifications.

615-5 BASIS OF PAYMENT. As specified in the special specifications.

SECTION 616 - SOIL BIOENGINEERING

616-1 DESCRIPTION . This section shall include work required for soil bioengineering

616-2 MATERIALS. As specified in the special specifications.

616-3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. As specified in the special specifications.

616-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. As specified in the special specifications.

616-5 BASIS OF PAYMENT. As specified in the special specifications.

619-1 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 SECTION 617 - INVASIVE SPECIES MANAGEMENT

617-1 DESCRIPTION . This work shall consist of the control, eradication and management of invasive

species.

617-2 MATERIALS. As specified in the special specifications.

617-3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. As specified in the special specifications.

617-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. As specified in the special specifications.

617-5 BASIS OF PAYMENT. As specified in the special specifications.

SECTION 618 (VACANT) SECTION 619 - WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL (Last Revised May , 2023)

619-1 Description

619-1.01 General. Work zone traffic control shall consist of all work necessary to provide for the safe

and efficient movement of traffic through or around work zones, and to protect workers and the public from damage to person and property which may result, directly or indirectly, from any construction work. Work zone traffic control shall be completed under the direction of a trained, competent person, as shown in the contract documents, the MUTCD and as directed by the Engineer. The duration of this work shall be from the date any work is started on the contract site, including mobilization of equipment, signs, offices, and shops until the date of contract final acceptance. Temporary materials and components that are furnished by the Contractor shall remain the property of the Contractor. See Figures 619 -1A and 619 -1B Component Parts of a Typical Highway Work Zone for definitions of terms. Work shall be categorized based on the following work durations:

A.Long Term Operation. Long term is stationary work that occupies a location for more than 3 consecutive days. It includes nighttime work.

B.Intermediate Term Operation. Intermediate term is stationary work that occupies a location for more than 1 daylight period up to 3 consecutive days. It includes nighttime work lasting more than 1 hour.

C.Short Term Operation. Short term is stationary daytime work that occupies a location for more than 1 hour during a single daylight period .

D.Short Duration Operation. Short duration is work that occupies a location for up to 1 hour. It can be performed during the daytime or at night in accordance with §619 -3.19 Nighttime Operations.

E.Mobile Operation. Mobile is work that moves intermittently or continuously where the work at any specific location completes within 15 minutes. It is used for vehicle based operations and does not involve workers on foot. It can be performed during the daytime or at night i n accordance with §619 -3.19 Nighttime Operations.

619-1 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

F.Special Operation. Special Operations are work operations that do not fit under one of the five categories mentioned in §619 -1.01A through §619 -1.01E. Special operations include:

1.Stop and Go Operations. Work that completes within five minutes and allows workers on foot.

2.Other Operations. Including but not limited to Mowing Operations, Mulching and Herbicide Operations, Pavement Marking Operations, Temporary Road/Intersection Closures, etc.

619-1.02 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control. Work shall consist of controlling traffic over a reasonably

smooth traveled way which shall be marked by signs, delineators, channelizing devices, pavement markings, and other devices as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. Work after sunset and before sunrise shall include additional requirements for nighttime operations including, but not limited to, a written plan for nighttime operations, additional worker and equipment protection, additional channelizing devices and contract site patrol. The Contractor shall conduct its operations to ensure the safety and convenience of travelers and abutting property owners as well as the safety of all workers on the contract. Travelers include, but may not be limited to motorists, motorcyclists, bicyclists, and pedestrians. Work shall be scheduled to keep the time and distance that existing pavement is removed or substantially disturbed to a minimum and consistent with the physical requirements of the contract. Unless otherwise indicated in the contract documents, the distance over which traffic is maintained on an unpaved surface shall not exceed 1/2 mile at any one time. During seasonal shutdown periods, no part of the highway shall be closed to traffic unless provided for in the contract documents, or the Contractor has submitted , and the Engineer has approved a detailed schedule of operations reflecting a proposal to close the highway to traffic. Basic work zone traffic control shall include the following:

A.Surface Condition, Debris, Drainage and Dust Control. Work shall consist of maintaining the surface condition of the traveled way, including detours, consistent with the preconstruction posted speed limit; including maintaining positive drainage, dust control and keeping the roadway free from debris and materials spilled from or tracked by vehicles or equipment. Debris a nd dust shall be controlled on all operations.

B.Seasonal Operations and Snow and Ice Control. Work shall consist of maintaining the traveled way to facilitate safe, efficient travel and permit snow and ice control by others during winter months and during any period that work is suspended.

C.Maintain Public Access. Work shall consist of maintaining vehicular, bicycle, and ADA compliant pedestrian public access to intersecting roads, residences, business establishments, adjacent property, bus stops and transportation facilities.

D.Maintain Existing Roadside Signs, Delineators and Markers. Work shall consist of maintaining, in their existing condition, existing highway signs, delineators, and markers within the contract limits.

E.Maintain Existing Guide Rail, Median Barrier and Bridge Rail. Work shall consist of maintaining existing traffic barriers and other safety devices, in their existing condition, within the contract limits.

F.Construction Vehicles and Equipment. Work shall consist of equipping construction vehicles and equipment with warning lights and reflective markings; and maintenance of vehicles and equipment in safe operating condition.

619-1 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

G.Protective Vehicles. Work shall consist of furnishing protective vehicles to guide traffic and to protect workers in stationary or moving temporary traffic control zones as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. Protective Vehicles shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Table 011 -01 Protective Vehicle Requirements on Standard Sheet 619 -011. The specific § 619 Standard Sheets illustrate the minimum number and positioning of Protective Vehicle(s) required. Protect ive Vehicle(s) in addition to those that are required may be utilized in situations where special hazards (ex. work area at the base of grade on a two lane two way road, etc.) exist. When a protective vehicle(s) is used between the work vehicle (crew) or h azard and the traffic in a stationary operation it is referred to as a barrier vehicle(s) and when used in a moving operation it is referred to as a shadow vehicle(s). When a protective vehicle is used in advance of a moving or stationary operation to disp lay sign messages it is referred to as an advance warning vehicle. Protective Vehicles (PVs) exposed to traffic with preconstruction speed limit ≥ 45 mph require Truck / Trailer Mounted Impact Attenuators (TMIAs) as part of any mobile, short -duration, or short -term operation. Protective Vehicles (PVs) exposed to traffic with preconstruction speed limit ≤ 40 mph require Truck / Trailer Mounted Impact Attenuators (TMIAs) in accordance with the requirements of Table 011 -01 of Standard Sheet 619 -011

1.Barrier Vehicles. Work shall consist of furnishing barrier vehicles to guide traffic and protect workers in stationary lane and shoulder closures and other stationary temporary traffic control zones, as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

2.Shadow Vehicles. Work shall consist of furnishing shadow vehicles to guide traffic and to protect workers in work zones not protected by stationary lane or shoulder closures, as shown in the contract documents, or as directed by the Engineer.

3.Advance Warning Vehicles. Work shall consist of furnishing advance warning vehicles to guide traffic and/or to protect workers, as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer .

H.Construction Signs. Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, moving, maintaining, deactivating, and removing construction signs, including warning lights, as shown in the contract documents, or as directed by the Engineer.

I.Arrow Panels. Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing arrow panels as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. Arrow panels are used to warn and guide traffic when travel lanes are temporarily closed by construction activities.

J.Channelizing Devices. Work shall consist of furnishing, placing, maintaining, and removing channelizing devices, with warning lights where required, including drums, vertical panels, construction barricades, cones, and temporary tubular markers. Type III construction barricades and interim tubular markers may be specified under separate pay items.

K.Pavement Edge Drop -Off Protection. Work shall consist of furnishing and maintaining protection for edge drop -offs adjacent to the pavement or shoulder.

619-1 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 L. Flagging and Traffic Control. Work shall consist of furnishing the necessary traffic control equipment and flaggers for adequate traffic control. Portable traffic signal systems authorized by the Engineer may be utilized only on a highway designated as a Restricted Highway.

M.Maintain Existing Mailboxes. Work shall consist of maintaining postal route mailboxes serviced from vehicles, in a useable condition and location consistent with U.S. Postal Service requirements.

N.Contract Site Patrol. Work shall consist of furnishing personnel to patrol the contract area as necessary to ensure conditions on the site are adequate for public safety and convenience at all times.

619-1.03 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control (Daily Operations). Work shall consist of controlling and

protecting traffic during a single work shift as shown in the contract documents, or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor will not be required to repair or maintain the surface of the traveled way and other roadway features not part of the work, except to repair damage resulting from the Contractor’s operations.

619-1.04 Temporary Business Signs. Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, moving, covering,

maintaining, and removing temporary business signs as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.05 Covering or Removal of Pavement Markings. Work shall consist of removing or covering

existing permanent pavement markings, interim pavement markings, and temporary pavement markings including, but not limited to: edge lines, lane lines, center lines, crosswalks, stop bars, arrows, symbols, and dia gonal markings in gores and medians as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.06 Temporary Pavement Markings. Work shall consist of furnishing and applying temporary

pavement markings as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. The work for removable pavement tape, removable wet -night reflective tape, temporary overlay markers and removable raised pavement markers shall include removal. Temporary pavement markings are intended for use on any new pavement or milled surface until the subsequent course is placed or interim pavement markings or final pavement markings are installed .

619-1.07 Interim Pavement Markings. Work shall consist of furnishing, applying, and maintaining,

interim pavement markings as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. Interim pavement markings are intended for use in diversions, temporary pavement realignments and crossovers, lane shifts and closures, and other traf fic patterns associated with construction activities. Interim pavement markings are intended for use for a given phase or season, for a maximum of 1 year.

619-1.08 Temporary Rumble Strips. Work shall consist of installing, maintaining, and removing

temporary rumble strips at the locations shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.09 Interim Tubular Markers. Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, moving, and

maintaining interim tubular markers attached to the pavement as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. Interim tubular markers are typically used for 2 -way, 2 -lane freeway w ork zones and long -term closures where available width is limited.

619-1.10 Portable Variable Message Signs (PVMS) and Truck Mounted Variable Message Signs

(TMVMS).

619-1 11

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 A. Portable Variable Message Signs (PVMS). Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, operating, maintaining, relocating, and removing PVMS as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. PVMS with a pay unit of each shall be provided for the duration of the contract at the general locations specified in the contract documents and in accordance with the Special Note Requirements for Portable Variable Message Signs (PVMS). PVMS with a pay unit of weeks shall be provided at general locat ions and durations in accordance with the Special Note Requirements for Portable Variable Message Signs (PVMS) and the contract documents. PVMS are intended to supplement other traffic control devices by displaying symbolic or word messages but are not to be used alone to replace conventional traffic control devices.

B.Truck Mounted Variable Message Signs (TMVMS). Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, operating, maintaining, and relocating TMVMS as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. TMVMS with a pay unit of each shall be provided for the duration of the contract at the general lo cations specified in the contract documents. TMVMS with a pay unit of weeks shall be provided at general locations and durations in accordance with the Special Note Requirements for Truck Mounted Variable Me ssage Signs and the contract documents. TMVMS are intended to supplement other traffic control devices by displaying symbolic or word messages. They may only be used alone to replace conventional traffic control devices in mobile and short duration work zo nes or situations of limited duration.

619-1.11 Type III Construction Barricades. Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, moving,

maintaining, and removing Type III construction barricades, with warning lights where specified, as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.12 Temporary Positive Barrier. Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, moving, maintaining,

and removing approved temporary positive barrier (concrete or steel), including barrier warning lights and transitions to and from guide rail where specified, as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.13 Temporary Glare Screen. Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, moving, maintaining,

and removing glare screen mounted on a concrete barrier as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.14 Temporary Impact Attenuator. Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining,

repairing, moving, and removing temporary impact attenuators as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.15 Temporary Sand Barrel Arrays. Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining,

relocating, and removing temporary sand barrel arrays as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.16 Vehicle Arresting Barrier. Work shall consist of providing vehicle arresting barriers (net -type)

and their anchorages as shown on the Standard Sheets to prevent errant vehicles from entering a closed work area as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.17 Maintain or Modify Traffic Signal Equipment. Work shall consist of modifying or

maintaining in proper operation, existing, relocated, modified, or newly installed traffic signals as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.18 Temporary Traffic Signals. Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, moving, maintaining,

and removing temporary traffic signals and necessary components as shown in the contract documents or

619-1 19

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 as directed by the Engineer. Temporary signals shall be installed only on a highway designated as a Restricted Highway.

619-1.19 Nighttime Operations. Work shall consist of developing a Nighttime Operations and Lighting

Plan; furnishing, installing, operating, maintaining, moving, and removing lighting equipment for nighttime construction operations; constructing devices and adapting equipment to be comp atible with lighting equipment; and furnishing nighttime safety apparel and devices as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. Balloon lights, or equivalent lighting, shall be used on nighttime moving operations and are defined as a light source inside a translucent material that produces a low-glare, 360 -degree, diffuse light.

619-1.20 Traffic Control Supervisor. Work shall consist of providing a full -time traffic control

supervisor having adequate training, experience, and authority to implement and maintain all traffic control operations, as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.21 Temporary Structures and Approaches. Work shall consist of designing, constructing,

maintaining, inspecting, relocating, and removing temporary structures, their approaches and any required appurtenances at the location(s) shown in the contract documents.

619-1.22 Pavement Patching. Work shall consist of providing and installing pavement patching

materials to maintain pavements open to traffic in acceptable condition as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.23 Mailboxes. Work shall consist of relocating or replacing postal route mailboxes and/or mailbox

supports consistent with U.S. Postal Service requirements, as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.24 Portable Temporary Rumble Strips. Work shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining,

and removing Portable Temporary Rumble Strip (PTRS) Arrays in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

619-1.25 Automated Flagger Assistance Devices (AFAD). Work shall consist of furnishing, installing,

maintaining, and removing Automated Flagger Assistance Devices (AFAD) in accordance with the contract documents and as directed by the Engineer.

619-1 25

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 FIGURE 619-1A COMPONENT PARTS OF A TYPICAL HIGHWAY WORK ZONE WITH PROTECTIVE VEHICLE

619-1 25

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 FIGURE 619 -1B COMPONENT PARTS OF A TYPICAL HIGHWAY WORK ZONE WITHOUT PROTECTIVE VEHICLE

619-2 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 619.2 MATERIALS.

619-2.01 General. All materials used shall comply with the requirements of the following subsections of

Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing , or as established by this section, the applicable Standard Sheets, and the contract documents. Concrete Grouting and Anchoring Material 701-05 Precast Concrete Barrier 704-05 Epoxy Polysulfide Grout 721-03 Traffic Signal Heads 724-04 Removable Raised Pavement Markers 727-02 Epoxy Paint 727-03 Permanent Pavement Tape 727-04 Glass Beads for Pavement Markings 727-05 Removable Pavement Tape 727-06 Removable Wet-Night Reflective Tape 727-07 Permanent Wet-Night Reflective Tape 727-08 Traffic Paint 727-09 Drums 729-01 Cones 729-02 Temporary Tubular Markers 729-03 Vertical Panels 729-04 Stop/Slow Paddles 729-05 Type III Construction Barricades 729-08 Temporary Sign Supports 729-09 Temporary Impact Attenuators - Redirective 729-10 Temporary Impact Attenuators - Gating 729-11 Truck -Mounted and Trailer Mounted Impact Attenuators 729-12 Temporary Sand Barrels 729-13 Vehicle Arresting Systems 729-14 Arrow Panels 729-15 Portable Variable -Message Signs 729-16 Temporary Glare Screens 729-17 Warning Lights 729-18 Automated Flagging Assistance Devices 729-19 Portable Traffic Signals 729-20 Temporary Overlay Markers 729-21 Truck Mounted Variable Message Signs 729-22 Aluminum Sign Panels 730-01 Temporary Plywood Sign Panels 730-02 Temporary Rigid Lightweight Sign Panels 730-03 Retro -Reflective Sign Sheeting 730-05 Temporary Wooden Sign Posts 730-19 Stiffeners, Overhead Brackets and Miscellaneous Hardware 730-22 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Sign Panels 730-23 Type A Sign Supports 730-24 Type B Sign Posts 730-25 Note: Signs and panels supplied before March 1, 2023, may be fabricated with NYSDOT approved ASTM D4956 Type III/IV and/or IX retro -reflective sign sheeting based on the sign type.

619-2 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 619-2.02 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control.

A.Surface Condition, Debris, Drainage and Dust Control. Materials used to repair pavement surfaces shall be compatible with the pavement. In general, plant -mixed asphalt is suitable for all pavement surfaces to be repaired. Material other than plant -mixed asphalt may be used if approved by the Engineer. Environmentally compatible, approved dust palliatives may be used in conformance with any conditions placed on their use.

B.Seasonal Operations and Snow and Ice Control. (None Specified)

C.Maintain Public Access. (None Specified)

D.Maintain Existing Roadside Signs, Delineators and Markers. All materials used to maintain existing roadside appurtenances shall be consistent with the features to be maintained.

E.Maintain Existing Guide Rail, Median Barrier and Bridge Rail. All materials used to maintain existing roadside appurtenances shall be consistent with the features to be maintained.

F.Construction Vehicles and Equipment. All vehicles with a GVWR greater than 10,000 lbs and with restricted visibility to the rear shall be equipped with an operational audible backup alarm. Any vehicle with a non -operational backup alarm shall be taken out of service until the alarm is repaired. All vehicles and equipment within the contract limits and on the roadway shall be equipped with a rotating amber or flashing Light Emitting Diode (LED) beacon visible from all directions for a minimum of 1,000 feet during daylight. Flashing LED beacons sha ll meet the requirements of SAE J845 Class 2. Strobe lights shall not be used. All trucks and trailers with a GVWR greater than 10,000 lbs shall display retro -reflective markings in compliance with Code of Federal Regulations 49 CFR 393.11 - Lamps and Reflective Devices. The markings need not be continuous, but the sum of the length o f the segments shall be at least one -half the length of the body or trailer. The centerline of the sheeting shall be between 15 inches and 60 inches above the ground. All other construction equipment shall display similarly compliant markings on the front and rear (100 square inches per end minimum), as practicable.

G.Protective Vehicles. Protective vehicles are divided into 2 categories based on the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW): Protective Vehicle Light (PVL) shall have a minimum GVW of 9,500 lbs. or greater, and; Protective Vehicle Heavy (PVH) shall have a minimum GVW of 22,000 lbs. or grea ter. Ballast may be used to bring a lighter vehicle up to the indicated weight provided the ballast is securely contained within an enclosed body or otherwise securely fastened to the vehicle pursuant to Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Cargo Securement Rules, such that: 1. the ballast will not separate from the vehicle upon impact, and 2. the ballast weight will not exceed the manufacturer's GVW. Protective vehicles when used as barrier or shadow vehicles always require either a Type B or Type C arrow panel. Protective vehicles when used as advanced warning vehicles may require an arrow panel as shown on the 619 Standard Sheets. A Truck / Trailer mounted Variable Message Sign (TMVMS) meeting the size, legibility and illumination requirements of Type B or Type C Arrow Panels displaying approved messages per NYSDOT VMS GUIDELINES is acceptable. TMVMS may be used, if available, to supplement required work zone traffic control devices. The requirements for use of a protective vehicle depend on the type of closure, work duration, preconstruction posted speed limit, and exposure conditions. Protective vehicles with or without Truck/Trailer Mounted Impact Attenuator (TMIA) shall be used in accordance with the requirements shown on Table 011 -01 Protective Vehicle Requirements as shown on Standard Sheet 619 -011.

619-2 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 1. TMIAs manufactured after December 31, 2019 shall be Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) compliant.

2.Any TMIAs manufactured after December 31, 2019, must have been successfully tested to the 2015 edition of MASH and shall be used as follows:

a.Where the preconstruction posted speed limit is ≤ 45 mph protective vehicles shall be equipped with a MASH Test Level -2 or MASH Test Level -3 truck mounted or trailer mounted impact attenuator.

b.Where the preconstruction posted speed limit is > 45 mph protective vehicles shall be equipped with a MASH Test Level -3 truck mounted or trailer mounted impact attenuator.

3.Any National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP) -350 compliant TMIAs manufactured on or before December 31, 2019, and successfully tested to NCHRP Report 350 or the 2009 edition of MASH, may continue to be used throughout their normal service liv es as follows:

a.Where the preconstruction posted speed, limit is ≤ 45 mph, protective vehicles shall be equipped with a NCHRP 350 Test Level -2 or NCHRP 350 Test Level -3 truck mounted or trailer mounted impact attenuator.

b.Where the preconstruction posted speed, limit is > 45 mph, protective vehicles shall be equipped with a NCHRP 350 Test Level -3 truck mounted or trailer mounted impact attenuator.

4.Damaged TMIAs shall be evaluated in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and instructions and, if deemed repairable, may be repaired, and returned to service.

5.Truck / Trailer Mounted Impact Attenuators shall not be mounted / installed on vehicles with a Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) less than what is minimally required by the manufacturer of the TMIA. Where a barrier vehicle remains stationary for extended periods of time, the Contractor may utilize a barrier trailer in lieu of a barrier vehicle. A barrier trailer is a trailer that may be detached from the tow vehicle and that meets barrier vehicle wei ght, arrow board, attenuator, and placement distance requirements.

H.Construction Signs. Fabrication of all components shall produce a finished sign panel. Holes may be punched or drilled. Edges shall be smooth and true and free from burrs or ragged breaks. Sign panels, including face shape, color, dimensions, and characters shall be fabricate d using colors, character series, character sizes, symbols, route shields and borders as shown in the MUTCD or in the contract documents.

1.Sign Panels. Modification of sign legends by overlaying an existing legend with a revised legend, changing a single word or distance, such as changing LEFT to RIGHT or 1000 to 1500 will be permitted if the overlay is a match to the rest of the sign in terms of legend s ize and type, sheeting color and retro -reflectivity. The overlay shall be firmly adhered to the underlying panel. Any such overlays shall provide a visual match to the rest of the sign when viewed from a distance of 100 feet or greater duri ng all periods in which the sign will be used.

619-2 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 a. Rigid Sign Panels. Rigid sign panels shall be aluminum, fiberglass, plywood, or lightweight plastic. All construction sign faces on rigid panels shall conform to §730 -05 Retro -Reflective Sign Sheeting NYSDOT Class A sheeting. Characters including letters, numerals, route shi elds, symbols, logos, and borders shall conform to §645 -2.02 Sign Panels -

E.Sheeting Sign Characters.

b.Flexible Sign Panels. Flexible sign panels shall be a solid, fluorescent -orange, durable elastomeric material. Flexible panels fabricated from mesh will not be allowed. Flexible sign panels shall be mounted on supports with adequate bracing, so as to minimize flutter and to support the intended shape of the sign.

2.Mounting Temporary Signs. Temporary sign supports, except those located beyond the deflection distances of guide rail or temporary barrier as given in Table 619 -5 Guide Rail & Concrete Barrier Standard Deflection Distances or otherwise protected against impact by errant vehicles, shall meet the following requirements for portable or fixed supports. If rigid diagonal bracing is used, the high end of the bracing shall face away from approaching traffic. All wood supports shall be painted white.

a.Portable Temporary Sign Supports. Ballast used to stabilize supports shall be bagged sand or other suitable material and shall be located at ground level. Portable supports shall be a configuration which is NCHRP 350 approved or be constructed in accordance with a Standard Sheet(s).

b.Fixed Temporary Sign Supports. The Contractor shall provide NCHRP 350 approved Type A, Type B or wooden sign posts in accordance with §730 -19 Temporary Wooden Sign Posts , §730 -24 Type A Sign Supports , or §730 -25 Type B Sign Supports as appropriate .

3.Sign Covers. Covers used to inactivate unneeded construction signs shall be a single dark color, opaque material containing no wording or images. Rigid covers shall match the size and shape of the sign panel(s). Fabric sign covers may require more than one layer of fabric to prevent legibility of the si gn being covered. Rigid Lightweight panels used as covers shall meet the requirements §730 -03 Temporary Rigid Lightweight Sign. Signs hinged on the back side of the sign face to fold at the center and completely cover the sign face may be used.

I.Arrow Panels. Arrow panels shall be in accordance with §729 -15 Arrow Panels .

J.Channelizing Devices. Drums shall be in accordance with §729 -01 Drums. Standard cones, tall cones and extra tall cones shall be in accordance with §729 -02 Cones. Temporary tubular markers shall be in accordance with §729 -03 Temporary Tubular Markers. Standard and oversized vertical panels shall be in accordance with §729 -04 Vertical Panels .

K.Pavement Edge Drop -off Protection. (None Specified)

L.Flagging and Traffic Control. Hand signaling devices used to control traffic shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD. The standard signaling device shall be STOP/SLOW signal paddles in accordance with §729 -05 Stop/Slow Paddles. Red signal flags shall be a minimum of 24 inches x 24 inches. Automated Flagging Assistance Devices shall be in accordance with §729 -19 Automated Flagging Assistance Devices. Portable traffic signals shall be in accordance with §729 -20 Portable Traffic Signals.

M.Maintain Existing Mailboxes . (None Specified)

619-2 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 N. Contract Site Patrol . (None Specified)

619-2.03 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control (Daily Operations). (None Specified)

619-2.04 Temporary Business Signs . Temporary business signs shall conform to the MUTCD. Sign

panels shall be in accordance with 619 -2.02H.1. Sign Panels, except that the panels shall be white on a blue background. Supplemental arrows, as required, shall be white on a blue background (M5 -1 to M6 -2). Temporary business signs shall be mounted on temporary sign supports .

619-2.05 Covering or Removal of Pavement Markings . Tape used to cover existing pavement

markings shall be non -reflective, pavement marking masking tape, substantially similar in color to the pavement surface, in accordance with §727 -06 Removable Pavement Tape.

619-2.06 Temporary Pavement Markings . Temporary pavement markings shall consist of removable

raised pavement markers in accordance with §727 -02 Removable Raised Pavement Markers, or removable pavement tape in accordance with §727 -06 Removable Pavement Tape , or removable wet-night reflective tape in accordance with §727 -07 Removable Wet -Night Reflective Tape , or traffic paint in accordance with §727 -09 Traffic Paint and §727 -05 Glass Beads for Pavement Markings, or temporary overlay markers in accordance with §729 -21 Temporary Overlay Markers.

619-2.07 Interim Pavement Markings . Interim pavement markings shall consist of traffic paint in

accordance with §727 -09 Traffic Paint and §727 -05 Glass Beads for Pavement Markings , epoxy paint in accordance with §727 -03 Epoxy Paint and §727 -05 Glass Beads for Pavement Markings , removable pavement tape in accordance with §727 -06 Removable Pavement Tape , removable wet-night reflective tape in accordance with §727 -07 Removable Wet -Night Reflective Tape. Interim pavement markings shall be supplemented, where specified, with removable raised pavement markers in accordance with §727 -02 Removable Raised Pavement Markers.

619-2.08 Temporary Rumble Strips.

A.Raised Asphalt Rumble Strips. Raised asphalt rumble strips shall be formed from 6.3 or 9.5 asphalt pavement . Asphalt Emulsion Tack Coat shall be used to adhere the rumble strip to the existing pavement.

B.Raised, Removable -Tape Rumble Strips. Removable -tape rumble strips shall be formed from black, non -reflectorized, removable pavement -marking tape. Raised, removable -tape rumble strips shall have a minimum width of 6 inches, measured in the direction of traffic, with sufficient layers of tape such that each finished rumble strip ha s a thickness of 3/8 inches ± 1/8 inch.

C.Raised, Preformed Rumble Strips. Raised, preformed rumble strips shall be manufactured specifically as temporary rumble strips. Raised, preformed rumble strips shall have a minimum width of 4 inches, measured in the direction of traffic, with a thickness of between ¼ inch and ½ inch.

D.Saw-Cut Rumble Strips. Saw-cut rumble strips shall have a width of 4 inches ± ½ inch measured in the direction of traffic. The depressions shall have a rectangular cross section with a depth of 3/8 inches ± 1/8 inch.

E.Milled -in Rumble Strips. Milled -in rumble strips shall have a nominal width of 6 inches measured in the direction of traffic. The depressions shall have a semicircular, concave cross section with a depth of 3/8 inches ± 1/8 inch.

619-2 09

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 F. Removing Temporary Rumble Strips. Rumble strip depressions shall be filled in with a 6.3 or a 9.5 asphalt pavement meeting the requirements of Section 40 4, Asphalt Pavements.

619-2.09 Interim Tubular Markers. Interim tubular markers shall be in accordance with §729 -03

Temporary Tubular Markers .

619-2.10 Portable Variable -Message Signs (PVMS) & Truck Mounted Variable Message Signs

(TMVMS). Portable Variable -Message Signs shall be in accordance with §729 -16 Portable Variable - Message Signs (PVMS) . Truck Mounted Variable Message Signs (TMVMS) shall be in accordance with §729 -22 Truck Mounted Variable Message Signs. When a TMVMS is used as an arrow board, it shall comply with 729-15 Arrow Panels .

619-2.11 Type III Construction Barricades. Type III construction barricades shall be fabricated in

accordance with §729 -08 Type III Construction Barricades . All barricades used at night shall be equipped with warning lights in accordance with §729 -18 Warning Lights .

619-2.12 Temporary Positive Barrier. Temporary positive barrier segments shall be precast concrete

units in accordance with the Standard Sheets or steel or concrete barrier meeting the approved Materials Details of the products on the Department’s Approved List. All temporary positive barrier supplied after January 1, 2015, shall be produced in accordance with the requirements of §704 -05 Precast Concrete Barrier and shall have a legible permanent marking. Temporary positive barrier supplied prior to January 1, 2015, which was not produced in accordance with the requirements of §704 -05 Precast Concrete Barrier, shall be material certified in accordance with specific Standard Sheets or Materials Details used for fabrication. Warning lights for temporary barrier shall be in accordance with §729 -18 Warning Lights. Where warning lights are not required, temporary barrier segments shall be delineated using reflective panels covered with §730 -05 Retro -Reflective Sign Sheeting NYSDO T Class A sheeting, approximately 3 x 6 inch, having a minimum area of 18 square inches. Where warning lights are required, barrier need not be delineated with panels. Reflective pavement marking material applied to the face of the barrier shall not, by itself, be considered acceptable delineation. Where transitions between Temporary Positive Barrier and box beam are required, the box beam shall be in accordance with the requirements of §710 -21 Box Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier. Where required, the Transition End Pieces shall be precast concrete units in accordance with the Standard Sheets and shall be produced in accordance with the requirements of §704 -05 Precast Concrete Barrier with a legible permanent marking. Where transitions between Temporary Concrete Barrier and Corrugated Beam are required, the corrugated beam shall be in accordance with the requirements of §710 -20 Corrugated Beam Guide Railing and Median Barrier

619-2.13 Temporary Glare Screen. Temporary glare screen shall be in accordance with §729 -17

Temporary Glare Screens .

619-2.14 Temporary Impact Attenuator. Temporary impact attenuators shall be in accordance with

§729 -10 Temporary Impact Attenuators - Redirective or §729 -11 Temporary Impact Attenuators - Gating.

619-2.15 Temporary Sand Barrel Arrays. Temporary sand barrels shall meet the requirements of

§729 -13 Temporary Sand Barrels . Sand fill shall meet the material requirements of §703 -06 Cushion Sand or §733 -15 Sand Backfill . Deicing material shall meet the requirements of §712 -03 Sodium Chloride .

619-2.16 Vehicle Arresting Barrier (VAB). Vehicle arresting barriers shall meet the requirements of

§729 -14 Vehicle Arresting Systems . Portland Cement Concrete used for bases shall be Class A or C, in

619-2 17

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 accordance with §501 Portland Cement Concrete – General, except that requirements for automated batching shall not apply.

619-2.17 Maintain or Modify Traffic Signal Equipment. All traffic signal hardware, including but not

limited to wire, cable, conduit, pull boxes, switch packs, modules and relays, detectors, signal heads, poles, and pedestrian push buttons used to maintain proper operation, shall meet the applicable requirements of §680 Traffic Signals . Materials which will be permanently incorporated into the work shall be in accordance with §680 Traffic Signals .

619-2.18 Temporary Traffic Signals. Equipment for temporary traffic signals shall meet the

requirements of Section §680 Traffic Signals , except that used equipment in good operating condition may be furnished, and for which material certifications are not required. All span wire, inductance -loop wire, shielded lead -in cable, traffic signal cable, and other wire used for temporary traffic signals shall be new material. Portable traffic signals shall be in accordance with §729 -20 Portable Traffic Signals . All other equipment for temporary traffic signals shall meet the requirements of §680 Traffic Signals except for the following modifications:

A.Temporary Poles. Temporary timber poles shall be ANSI O5.1, Class 2, treated with an appropriate waterborne wood preservative. Preservative retention shall be appropriate for the species when used in ground -contact application.

B.Signal Controller. The signal controller may be either solid -state or electro - mechanical.

C.Traffic Signal Heads. The materials and painting requirements of §724 -04 Vehicular and Pedestrian Traffic Signal Heads shall not apply except that the signal head housing shall be dark green.

D.Conflict Monitor. Means shall be provided to prevent the signal from displaying indications which will result in two or more conflicting traffic movements being permitted simultaneously.

619-2.19 Nighttime Operations. (None Specified)

619-2.20 Traffic Control Supervisor . (None Specified)

619-2.21 Temporary Structures and Approaches . When specific details and materials are shown in the

contract documents for temporary structures and approaches, substitutions or alterations may be permitted if approved by Deputy Chief Engineer (Structures) (DCES). When specific materials are not shown in the contract documents, the Contractor shall assume all liability and responsibility for certifying that all materials required to complete the work conform to the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges or NYSDOT Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) Bridge Design Specifications or NYSDOT Standard Specification, Construction and Materials, unless otherwise approved by the DCES. If the Contractor proposes to fabricate/construct the temporary structure with used materials, the Contractor shall include with his submittal for the temporary structure, documentation that all primary member material meets the physical properties required by the design. In the absence of record plans, or other valid material certification for the used materials, physical testing shall be performed. The type of physical testing and the results of the testing shall be documented and submitted with the design computations. Excluded from the documentation and testing of physical properties provision are proprietary structures.

619-2 22

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Used material shall not be furnished for fracture -critical members. Mill certifications shall be provided for all fracture critical material. Excluded from these fracture -critical provisions are pedestrian and pre-engineered (fabricated) proprietary structures .

619-2.22 Pavement Patching . In general, asphalt is suitable for all pavement surfaces. During winter

months when asphalt mixture is not available, a bituminous cold-patch material shall be used.

619-2.23 Mailboxes . Materials used shall meet the requirements of the U.S. Postal Service.

619-2.24 Portable Temporary Rumble Strips (PTRS ). PTRS material shall consist of thermoset cast

urethane, engineered polymers, or rubber materials and shall be manufactured for use at temperatures from 0 to 180°F. PTRSs shall be able to withstand vehicles up to 80,000 pounds with minimal dislocation or lateral movement. PTRSs shall be less than one inch in height and consist of a single segment or multiple interlocking sections. Each PTRS shall be capable of being installed without adhesives or bolts. The face of PTRS shall have a non -slip textured surface. PTRS shall be black in color.

619-3 Construction Details

619-3.01 General . The Contractor shall designate a work zone traffic control competent person who has

the primary responsibility and sufficient authority for implementing the work zone traffic control plan and other safety and mobility aspects as necessary. The Contractor’s work zone traffic control competent person shall be appropriately experienced and adequately trained in traffic control operations by recog nized training programs, including the American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) “Traffic Control Supervisor”, the National Safety Council, unions, or construction industry associations, or by an individual instructor from such a program in acco rdance with the level of decisions that the individual will be required to make, reflecting current industry practices and Department requirements. The Contractor shall generally maintain a traveled way suitable for moving traffic, in accordance with the contract documents and ensure construction equipment, vehicles, and materials are safely stored beyond the clear zone or behind protective barrier du ring non -working hours so as not to constitute a hazard to vehicles, bicycles and pedestrians. Construction operations shall be conducted to ensure a minimum of delay to traffic. Stopping traffic for more than 5 minutes shall not be permitted unless specif ically authorized in the contract documents or in writing by the Engineer. All operations shall be carried out in a manner that provides workers with safe access to the worksite and protects workers, pedestrians, and bicyclists from moving traffic. If the work zone affects the movement of pedestrians, pedestrian access and walkways shall be provided. If the work zone affects an accessible and detectable pedestrian facility, the accessibility and detectability shall be maintained along the alternate pedestri an route. The work zone traffic control competent person shall routinely inspect all work zone traffic control equipment and devices to make sure they are in a safe operating condition in accordance with §619 -3.02N Contract Site Patrol . Unless otherwise noted, temporary items supplied in accordance with this section shall remain the property of the Contractor. Where pedestrians are not prohibited from the street or highway, pedestrian traffic shall be maintained to allow their safe passage as shown in the contract documents. Where sidewalks, walkways, or shoulders must be temporarily closed to facilitate constru ction operations, safe pedestrian passage shall be maintained on at least one side of the roadway at all times, unless other temporary pedestrian accommodations are provided in the contract documents or are approved by the Engineer. Where pedestrian access is prohibited, workers shall not cross or enter travel lanes open to traffic . The requirements in this section refer to posted speed limits. If prevailing or operating speeds for a highway exceed the preconstruction posted limits, the contract documents may direct the Contractor to assume that the preconstruction posted speed limits are different than posted.

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 619-3.02 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control . The Contractor shall control traffic so that a person who has no knowledge of conditions may safely and with a minimum of discomfort and inconvenience ride, drive, or walk, day or night, over all or any portion of the highway and/or structure under constru ction where traffic is to be maintained. The Contractor shall cease operations and restore the traveled way to safe operating condition during any specific periods listed in the contract documents, at such times as traffic renders conditions unsafe to continue work, and during periods of darkness (before sunrise or after sunset), fog, snow or rain, high winds, or other inclement weather that renders conditions unsafe to continue work, for either the traveling public or the workers. The Engineer will determine when traffic or weather conditions ren der work operations unsafe.

A.Surface Condition, Debris, Drainage and Dust Control. The traveled way, sidewalks and pedestrian walkways shall be kept reasonably smooth and hard at all times, and shall be well drained and free of potholes, bumps, irregularities, and depressions that hold water. Except when construction operations necessita te disturbance of the normal surface, the Contractor shall maintain the pavement surface in such a condition as to permit the safe, comfortable passage of vehicles at the posted speed limit. A satisf actory riding surface shall be maintained both when work is underway, and when work is inactive. Special attention shall be given to maintenance of the traveled surface during hours of inactivity, including nights, weekends, holidays, and the winter season . Milling operations shall be conducted to prevent pavement runoff from collecting along milled joints. Bumps and transverse irregularities shall be eliminated to the extent practical. Pavement joints and milling rebates resulting in longitudinal or transver se vertical faces exceeding 1 inch in height that would be exposed to traffic during non -work hours shall be sloped or tapered with temporary patches or shims providing a taper rate in accordance with Table 619 -1 Required Treatment for Transverse Bumps . Where longitudinal tapered wedge paving joints are used, temporary pavement markings shall be provided prior to reopening lanes to traffic. The joints may be left open to traffic provided traffic is not expected to frequently change lanes, and UNEVEN LANES (W8-11) signs are posted in advance of the condition, posted at each ramp and roadway intersection, and repeated every ½ mile, supplemented with NEXT [X] MILES (W7 -3aP) auxiliary signs. Transverse bumps or vertical faces, unpaved surfaces, milled or grooved pavement, rough pavement, and other surface irregularities 1 inch or more in height shall be adequately sloped or tapered, or BUMP (W8 -1) or other appropriate warning signs shall be po sted in advance of the condition. A Type 1 Object Marker (OM1 -3) or a drum with a flashing warning light shall be installed on the right side of the roadway at the bump or other condition. On expressways and freeways, an object marker or a drum with a flas hing warning light shall be installed on both sides of the roadway. Where traffic will be riding on milled pavement, the Contractor shall install GROOVED PAVEMENT (W8 -15) signs on the approaches. On multilane highways where only one lane in a direction is milled and multiple lanes are open to traffic, the Contractor shall supplement the GROOVED PAVEMENT sign with a black on orange LEFT LANE (M5 -4), CENTER LANE (M5-5) or RIGHT LANE (M5 -6) panel below the warning sign. Where only an entrance or exit ramp is milled, the Contractor shall sign the mainline with a GROOVED PAVEMENT sign and a supplemental ON RAMP (W13 -4) panel. Where both BUMP and GROOVED PAVEMENT signs are warranted, the GROOVED PAVEMENT sign shall be installed 500 feet upstream of the BUMP sign in non -urban areas, and 300 feet upstream in urban areas. Where the posted speed limit is 45 mph or higher, the Contr actor shallplace a portable variable message sign (PVMS) in advance of pavement that has been milled or grooved and is open to traffic, warning motorcycle riders to use caution. The PVMS will be paid for separately.

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 For expressways where the posted speed limit is 45 mph or higher, the Contractor shall not leave milled or grooved pavement for more than 7 calendar days before placement of the next pavement course. The Contractor shall keep the traveled way, sidewalks, and walkways free of construction materials and foreign objects that fall from vehicles or equipment. Materials spilled by, dropped from, or tracked by traffic or by any vehicle used in the Contractor’s operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately. The Contractor shall keep all surface drainage facilities operative at all times. Positive drainage shall be provided at all times, even during grading operations and periods of accumulated plowed snow, to adequately drain the traveled way and the remainder of the right -of-way areas. Maintaining positive drainage shall include cleaning of drainage grates on roadway pavements. Cleaning of drainage structures and drainage pipes of material not deposited due to the Contractor’s operations will be paid for separately. Repair of drainage structures will be paid for separately. Dust control measures shall be applied to control dust resulting from traffic on unpaved surfaces and from Contractor operations on or adjacent to the roadway. Dust control shall be adequate to prevent dust which hinders driver visibility, or which creates a nuisance condition for property owners and residents adjacent to the contract. Dusty conditions resulting from the Contractor’s operations may be corrected by the use of calcium chloride and/or water. If used, water shall be distributed uniformly using a suitable spray head or spray bar. TABLE 619-1 REQUIRED TREATMENT FOR TRANSVERSE BUMPS Height of Bump (in) Anticipated Exposure Time (Calendar Days) Posted Speed ≤ 45 mph Posted Speed > 45 mph 1 to 6 ≤ 7 6:1 10:1 > 7 15:1 30:1

B.Seasonal Operations and Snow and Ice Control. The Contractor shall maintain the traveled way in such a condition and conduct operations in such a manner that snow, and ice may readily be controlled by others as and when necessary, and in such a manner that proper drainage is provided for the melting of snow banks resulting from normal plowing. The Contractor will not be responsible for snow and ice control on the pavement, shoulder, or sidewalks which are not restricted by construction operations and open to the public During periods of seasonal shutdown, the traveled way shall be maintained in an acceptable manner for travel, and all traffic control devices and safety features maintained in a safe, operable condition. All construction signs and temporary traffic control devices that are not needed during shutdown periods shall be covered or removed.

C.Maintain Public Access. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times safe and adequate ingress and egress for intersecting roads, residences, business establishments, adjacent properties, bus stops and other transportation facilities for vehicles, pedestrians, and bicycles; at existing or at new access points, consistent with the work, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Whenever construction operations disrupt or interfere with normal traffic patterns, intersections, business establis hment access points, and driveways shall be clearly marked using channelizing devices. A ROAD CLOSED (R11 -2) sign on a temporary sign support and Type III construction barricades with warning lights shall be used whenever an entire roadway or ramp is closed to traffic Where pedestrian facilities exist, or where pedestrian traffic is reasonably anticipated, the Contractor shall maintain pedestrian access on at least one side of the highway or street at all times, in accordance with the contract documents and the MUTCD. Where an existing pedestrian facility is disrupted, closed, or relocated, the temporary facility shall include accessibility features consistent with the features in the existing pedestrian facility. Pedestrian access may be provided using existing

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 pedestrian facilities, temporary sidewalks or walkways, or alternate paths. Where a sidewalk is closed, it shall be marked with a Type III construction barricade and a SIDEWALK CLOSED (R9 -9) sign. Advance warning signs and directional guidance shall be provided to direct pedestrians to alternate paths and crosswalks and to alert motorists. Where bus service is maintained, the Contractor shall provide suitable areas or locations for the loading and unloading of passengers. Potentially hazardous areas adjacent to sidewalks, walkways, or other areas used by pedestrians shall be protected to prevent pedestrian intrusion in accordance with §107 -05F. Restricted Areas . Open sidewalks and walkways shall be maintained and kept smooth and free from holes, obstructions, and tripping hazards. Surfaces shall consist of pavement, firmly compacted granular material, or other surfaces noted in the contract documents or approved by the Engineer. The width of the temporary facility shall match that of the existing facility where practicable. When it is not possible to meet the minimum width of 5 ft. for the entire length of the facility, a 5 ft. by 5 ft. passing space should be prov ided every 200 ft. Construction materials, vehicles, equipment, debris, temporary sign supports, or other materials shall not be placed or stored on open sidewalks or walkways unless expressly shown in the contract documents or approved by the Engineer. Where bicycles are not prohibited from the highway, adequate accommodations for bicyclists shall be maintained in the travel lanes, on the shoulder, or on alternate paths or facilities.

D.Maintain Existing Roadside Signs, Delineators and Markers. Existing Department authorized signs, delineators, markers, and their supports within the contract limits shall remain under the control and jurisdiction of the Engineer. Signs not authorized by the Department shall be removed from the right of way, as directed by the Engineer, in accordance with Section 647 Removing, Storing and Relocating Signs .

1.Maintenance. Existing signs, delineators, markers, and their supports shall be maintained by the Contractor. Adequate visibility of route markers and directional signing shall be provided for drivers at all times. If relocation of route markers and directional signing is necessary to accommodate construction operations, the temporary or new locations shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Existing roadside delineators shall be removed or relocated only to the minimum extent necessary to accommodate the work under the contract. Where contract operations require the temporary removal of existing delineators to facilitate work operations, temporary roadside delineation consisting of the existing delineators, temporary delineators, or channelizing devices shall be in place each night and at any time work operations at that location are suspended. Temporary devices shall be placed at the outer edge of the shoulder at a spacing similar to the existing delineator spacing.

2.Storage. Existing signs, delineators, markers, and their supports which directly interfere with the construction operations shall be removed, stored, protected, cleaned, and replaced in accordance with the contract documents and the provisions of Section 647 Removing, Storing and Relocating Signs and will be paid for separately. Existing signs, delineators and markers removed for the Contractor’s convenience shall be stored, cleaned, and replaced at no additional cost to the State. Existing signs, deline ators and markers lost or damaged due to negligence of the Contractor shall be replaced at no additional cost to the State.

E.Maintain Existing Guide Rail, Median Barrier, and Bridge Rail. When construction operations require the temporary removal of existing bridge rail, guide rail or median barrier; or when existing rail will be removed and replaced with new rail, the Contractor shall schedule operations to minimize the time period that rail is not installed. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, guide rail or median barrier shall be replaced, or the location otherwise protected within 14 calendar days. Bridge rail systems shall be maintained in service at all times on any structure on which vehicle or

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 pedestrian traffic is maintained, unless a temporary barrier is installed, or other means are used to ensure that vehicles, bicyclists, and pedestrians are not exposed to the unprotected edge of a bridge. During non -work hours when traffic is being maintained on the facility, all temporary ends (free ends) of guide rail, median barrier and bridge rail shall be temporarily terminated and marked with a channelizing drum or object marker equipped with a Type A flashing warning light. Corrugated beam guide rail and median barrier, and heavy -post, blocked -out, corrugated beam guide rail and median barrier shall be temporarily terminated by having the exposed ends (free ends) dropped to the ground and pinned. The approach ends of box beam guide rail, median barrier and bridge rail shall be temporarily terminated with box beam guide rail end assemblies utilizing two splice plates and the proper number of bolts per connection. No posts for anchorages will be required. Special temporary splice plates are required to adapt box beam guide rail end assemblies to box beam median barriers. During any overnight period when existing guide rail or median barrier is temporarily removed, the Contractor shall install channelizing devices in the location where the guide rail or median barrier was removed in accordance with §619 -3.02J.6. Removed Existing Guide Rail or Median Barrier .

F.Construction Vehicles and Equipment. All construction vehicles and equipment operating within the contract limits, whether in the work space, in the traffic space, in spoil areas, in storage areas, or any other areas under the contract, shall be operated at all times with due consideration for the safety of the public and workers. All vehicles and equipment within the contract limits and on the roadway shall operate a rotating or flashing amber beacon. If visibility of the beacon is blocked by a portion of the vehicle or equipment, additional beacons shall be provided. Beacons shall be mounted in a manner which does not cause glare for the driver or operator. Short -term delivery vehicles not equipped with rotating or flashing amber beacon shall display four -way emergency flashers when in the temporary traffic control zone. Other than vehicles registered and meeting all applicable requirements of the NYS Vehicle and Traffic Law, no construction vehicle or equipment used in the performance of the work shall be permitted to operate in travel lanes or shoulders open to traffic unless proper traffic control devices and other safety measures are in place to warn drivers of the presence of the equipment. On any highway where the posted speed limit is 45 mph or higher, no construction vehicle or equipment shall operate in a travel lane or shoulder open to and unimpeded by traffic at a speed less than 15 mph slower than the posted speed limit unless followed by a vehicle equipped with flashing warning lights and SLOW MOVING VEHICLE (W21 -4) sign on the rear. The Contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicles and equipment are safely stored beyond the clear zone during non -working hours so as not to constitute a hazard to vehicles and pedestrians, unless protected by traffic barrier.

G.Protective Vehicles.

1.Barrier Vehicles (Stationary Operation). The Contractor shall provide barrier vehicles to guide traffic and protect workers at the beginning of stationary shoulder closures, lane closures and other stationary work zones in accordance with the contract documents. Barrier vehicles with or without Truck/Trailer Mounted Impact Attenuator (TMIA) shall be used in accordance with the requirements shown on Table 011 -01 Protective Vehicle Requirements as shown on standard sheet 619 -011. The §619 Standard Sheets illustrate the minimum quantity and positio ning of Barrier Vehicles required. When located in the taper of a lane closure and another arrow panel is not present, arrow panels on barrier vehicles shall be operated in the appropriate flashing arrow mode . For all other applications, arrow panels shall display the four -corner flashing caution mode.

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 a. More Than One Hour Operation. Barrier vehicles used in a stationary operation that occupies a location for more than one hour should be unoccupied . The u noccupied vehicle shall be positioned parallel to traffic, parking brake set, placed in 2nd gear (Manual transmissions /engine off) or Park / Neutral (Automatic transmissions) and have the front wheels aligned with the lane striping and lane to maintain la ne discipline and to stay in lane if struck. ba. One Hour or Less Operation. Barrier vehicles used in a stationary operation that occupies a location for one hour or less shall be occupied . For an occupied vehicle, the operator shall remain in the vehicle with the safety belt and headrest properly adjusted, parking brake set whenever possible, keep the wheels aligned with the lane striping and lane to maintain lane discipline and to stay in lane if struck. cb. Use of Protective Vehicle Light (PVL) as a Barrier Vehicle. The use of a Protective Vehicle Light (PVL) as a Barrier Vehicle(s) is limited to Non -freeway roadways where the posted speed limit is ≤ 40 mph. dc. Use of Protective Vehicle Heavy (PVH) as a Barrier Vehicle. The use of a Protective Vehicle Heavy (PVH) as a Barrier Vehicle(s) is appropriate on all roadway types. A Protective Vehicle Heavy (PVH) shall be used on roadways with a posted speed limit ≥ 45 mph. Barrier vehicles shall be moved, if necessary, as the work progresses. The roll ahead distance (distance a vehicle is located in advance of the first workers or hazard) shall be based on Table

011-04 Roll Ahead Distance for Protective Vehicles as shown on Standard Sheet 619 -011.

2.Shadow Vehicles (Moving Operation). For posted speed limits of ≥30 mph, the Contractor shall provide shadow vehicles to guide traffic and protect workers conducting moving work operations except where the travel lane is closed to traffic by traffic barriers or by channelizing devices in accordance with the contract doc uments or as directed by the Engineer. Shadow vehicles with or without Truck/Trailer Mounted Impact Attenuator (TMIA) shall be used in accordance with the requirements shown on Table 011 -01 Protective Vehicle Requirements as shown on standard sheet 619 -011. The §619 Standard Sheets illustrate the minimum quantity and positioning of Shadow Vehicles required. When located in an open travel lane of a multi -lane roadway, the shadow vehicle shall display the flashing arrow panel in the appropriate mode. When located in a travel lane closed by barrier or channelizing devices, on a shoulder, otherwise not in an open travel lane, or on a two - lane, two -way roadway, th e arrow panel shall display the four -corner flashing caution mode. Shadow vehicles shall be occupied for the entire duration of the work. For an occupied vehicle, the operator shall remain in the vehicle with the safety belt and headrest properly adjusted and keep the wheels aligned with the lane striping. The parking bra ke shall be applied wherever possible. The shadow vehicle shall be moved as necessary to keep pace with the work operations. The roll ahead distance (distance the vehicle is in advance of the first workers or hazard) shall be based on Table 011 -04 Roll Ahead Distance for Protective Vehicles as shown on Standard Sheet 619-011. When mobile or short duration work operations occupy a long distance of a travel lane not closed to traffic by barrier or channelizing devices, such that traffic may reenter the lane between work operations, the Contractor shall provide additional shadow v ehicles for any gaps in the operation of ≥ 500 ft .

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

a.Use of Protective Vehicle Light (PVL) as a Shadow Vehicle. The use of a Protective Vehicle Light (PVL) as a Shadow Vehicle is limited to Non -freeway roadways where the posted speed limit is ≤ 40 mph unless otherwise authorized by the engineer . A Protective Vehicle Light (PVL) shall be equipped with an appropriately rated Truck / Trailer Mounted Impact Attenuator pursuant to Table 011 -01: Protective Vehicle Requirements of Standard Sheet 619 -011.

b.Use of Protective Vehicle Heavy (PVH) as a Shadow Vehicle. The use of a Protective Vehicle Heavy (PVH) as a Shadow Vehicle is appropriate on all roadway types. A Protective Vehicle Heavy (PVH) shall be used on roadways with a posted speed limit ≥ 45 mph.

3.Advance Warning Vehicles (Moving or Stationary Operation). The purpose of the Advance Warning Vehicle is to display sign messages which advise motorists of what to expect ahead in Incident Management, Mobile and Short Duration operations. Advance Warning Vehicles with or without Truck/Trailer Mounted Impact Attenuator (TMIA) shall be used in accordance with the requirements shown on Table 011 -01 Protective Vehicle Requirements as shown on standard sheet 619 -011.The §619 Standard Sheets illustrate the minimum quantity and positioning of Advance Warning Vehicles required. If the vehicle encroaches the travel lane and reduces the traffic space below 10 feet on Non -freeway roads or 11 feet on Freeways it shall be equipped with a TMIA accordingly.

a.More Than One Hour Operation. Advance Warning Vehicles used in a stationary operation that occupies a location for more than one hour should be unoccupied . Unoccupied vehicle shall be positioned parallel to traffic, parking brake set, placed in 2nd gear (Manual transmissions /engine off) or Park / Neutral (Automatic transmissions) and have the front wheels aligned with the lane striping and lane to maintain lane discipline and to stay in lane if struck.

b.One Hour or Less Operation. Advance Warning Vehicles used in a stationary operation that occupies a location for one hour or less shall be occupied . For an occupied vehicle, the operator shall remain in the vehicle with the safety belt and headrest properly adjusted, parking brake set whenever possible, keep the wheels aligned with the lane striping and lane to maintain lane discipline and to stay in lane if struck.

c.Use of Protective Vehicle Light (PVL) as an Advance Warning Vehicle. The use of a Protective Vehicle Light (PVL) as an Advance Warning Vehicle is limited to Non-Freeway roadways where the posted speed limit is ≤ 40 mph. A Protective Vehicle Light (PVL) equipped with an appropriately rated Truck / Trailer Mounted Impact Attenuator may be used as an Advance Warning Vehicle on other roadway types where it is necessary for the Advance Warning Vehicle to remain completely on t he shoulder.

d.Use of Protective Vehicle Heavy (PVH) as an Advance Warning Vehicle. The use of a Protective Vehicle Heavy (PVH) as an Advance Warning Vehicle is appropriate on all roadway types. A Protective Vehicle Heavy (PVH) shall be used on roadways with a posted speed limit ≥ 45 mph.

H.Construction Signs. The Contractor shall install and maintain construction signs in good condition to adequately and safely inform and direct motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians. Existing and construction signs shall indicate actual roadway conditions, and shall be covered, uncovered, changed, relocated, or removed immediately to reflect current conditions. Construction signs shall be

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 covered or removed when they no longer indicate actual conditions. The Contractor shall provide measures to protect workers during placement and removal of construction signs adequate for the prevailing speed, volume of traffic and roadway geometry where the work is to occur. Such protection may include, but is not limited to, the use of flaggers, spotters, and shadow vehicles equipped with truck -mounted or trailer mounted attenuators. Where pedestrian access is prohibited, workers shall not cross or enter travel lanes open to traffic. All signs shall be kept clean, mounted at the required height on acceptable supports, and installed in the proper position, alignment, and orientation so as to give maximum visibility. Construction signs will be evaluated for acceptability in accordance with the American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices . When auxiliary panels are mounted above or below a warning or regulatory sign, they shall not cover any part of the warning or regulatory sign. Signs shall be placed so that each sign is visible at night, at the desired distance, without being obscured b y another sign, existing features on the highway, or foliage. The faces of stored signs shall not be visible to traffic in any direction, regardless of the orientation of the sign.

1.Sign Panels. Panels shall be flat and shall not be bowed or warped. Panel shapes shall not be altered, such as trimming corners of diamond shaped panels. If insufficient clearance exists, rectangular and/or smaller signs shall be used to obtain proper clearance. Panels with any wrinkling, delamination, or lack of adhesion of the reflective sheeting or legend will be evaluated for acceptability in accordance with the American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices. Signs shall not bear any advertising message or any other message. A nonretroreflective logo or identifying information of the owner may be located on the back of the sign. The logo shall not exceed 1 square foot. The owner information shall not exceed 2 inches in height. Flexible, or roll -up, sign panels shall only be used for short -term, daytime use. All flexible sign panels shall be mounted on supports with adequate bracing, so as to minimize flutter and to support the intended shape of the sign. Fluorescent -orange colored flexible sign panels shall be approved by the Engineer prior to and for the duration of their use.

2.Mounting Temporary Signs. Unless otherwise noted in the contract documents or in the MUTCD, construction signs shall be mounted on a separate support. In cases where construction signs on an existing support will replace or supplement existing sign(s), they shall be mounted in accordance with the Standard Sheet(s). The type of temporary sign supports used shall be selected by the Contractor. Signs that are erected and removed or relocated on a daily basis, or that must be frequently relocated to adjust to the location of construction operations, may be mounted on portable temporary sign supports. If rigid diagonal bracing is used, the high end of the bracing shall face away from approaching traffic. Signs that are to remain at one location may be supported on fixed temporary sign supports. Supports for construction signs shielded by barrier or guide rail and located beyond the deflection distance described in Table 619 -5 Guide Rail and Temporary Positive Barrier Standard Deflection Distances are not required to be NCHRP 350 approved. When not in service, temporary signs mounted on portable temporary sign supports shall be stored in such a manner and location that they do not interfere with or present a hazard to vehicular, bicycle or pedestrian traffic. No signs or supports shall be stored on the traveled way, shoulders, or sidewalks during non -working hours. Portable temporary sign supports stored within the clear zone shall be laid flat such that no part of the support is more than 4 inches above the ground. No portable temporary sign supports shall be leaned against or overhang the traffic side of traffic barrier. All mounting heights are measured from the bottom of the lower sign panel to the nearest edge of pavement or to the ground directly below the sign, whichever results in a higher

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 mounting. Rigid sign panels shall have a minimum mounting height of 5 feet, or a minimum mounting height of 7 feet, where pedestrians or parked vehicles are present. For signs incorporating an auxiliary panel below the primary panel, the minimum mounting heights shall be 4 feet and 6 feet, respectively. For pedestrian, regulatory, and guide signs the minimum mounting height shall be 4 feet. Flexible panel and lightweight rigid panel signs shall be mounted at the same height as rigid panel signs, except they may be mounted, when approved by the Engineer, as low as 1 foot when all the following conditions are met:

a.(1) On two-lane, two-way roadways, or;

2.When signs are placed on the left and right sides of expressways and freeways.

b.Where there will be no parked vehicles to obstruct the view.

c.Where the first warning sign(s) of a work zone warning sign sequence is mounted at a height of 5 feet or higher and is located in advance of any flexible signs to alert motorists that they are entering a temporary traffic control zone.

d.When the lower mounting height does not adversely affect visibility of the sign by motorists.

3.Sign Covers. Covers for unneeded construction and/or permanent signs shall be attached in such a manner to cover the entire sign face including auxiliary panels above or below the main sign panel. The cover shall be firmly attached to the sign in a secure manner using straps, small hand clamps, small brackets, or other means to prevent dislodging. Sign covers shall be maintained in good condition to present a neat appearance and minimize distraction to motorists. Damaged covers which are no longer effective shall be promptly replaced. Sign covers for permanent signs that are unrelated to work zone traffic control operations will be paid for separately.

4.State Law Signs. Signs advising motorists of increased fines or license suspension for speeding within the work zone shall be installed in accordance with the contract documents. The LICENSE SUSPENDED AFTER TWO WORK ZONE SPEEDING TICKETS (NYR9 -11) or the FINES DOUBLED FOR SPEEDING IN WORK ZONES (NYR9 -12) sign shall be posted in advance of work zones not having a reduced regulatory speed limit for long term operations. For intermediate term operations, the NYR9 -11 or NYR9 -12 sign is recommended in advance of a work zone not having a reduced regulatory speed. The FINES DOUBLED FOR SPEEDING IN WORK ZONES (NYR9 -12) sign shall be posted in advance of work zones having a reduced regulatory speed limit regardless of the work duration. The state law sign shall be installed approximately 1,000 feet upstream of the first construction warning sign on highways with preconstruction posted speed limits equal to or greater than 45 mph and 300-500 feet upstream of the first construction warning sign on highways with preconstruction posted speed limits of less than 45 mph. For contracts with multiple work zones, the state law sign shall be installed at the aforementioned distances upstream of the ROAD WORK NEXT XX MILES (G20 -1) sign or at the contract limits and need not be installed prior to each activity area. If any of the individual activity areas have a reduced regulatory speed limit, the FINES DOUBLED FOR SPEEDING IN WORK ZONES (NYR9 -12) shall be used.

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 5. Special Use Work Zone Signs. Special use work zone signs shall be installed in accordance with the contract documents. Reduced regulatory speed limits in work zones shall be posted in accordance with contract documents with SPEED LIMIT signs (R2 -1) supplemented with WORK ZONE plaques (G20 - 5aP) of the same width mounted above the speed limit signs. The work zone plaques shall be placed on the same post and as the speed limit signs. REDUCED SPEED LIMIT AHEAD sign(s) (W3-5) shall be posted in advance of the first speed limit sign reducing the speed limit in a work zone. All reduced regulatory speed limit signs shall be installed on both sides of expressways and freeways. When traffic is reduced to a single lane, reduced regulatory speed limit signs should be installed only on the right side of the highway. Reduced regulatory speed limit signs shall be placed within the work zone activity area at a maximum spacing of ½ mile. Reduced regulatory speed limit signs shall be completely covered or removed, and preconstruction posted speed limit signs shall be uncovered or replaced, after a work zone activity area is restored. A work zone plaque shall not be mounted above preconstruction posted speed limit signs within a work zone. The END WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT signs (R2 -12) or the preconstruction posted speed limit sign (R2 -1) shall be posted 100 ft beyond the end of a work zone activity area having a reduced regulatory speed limit. An END HIGHER FINES sign (R2 -11) shall be placed 200 feet beyond the END WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT sign. If the regulatory speed is maintained throughout the work activity area, an END ROAD WORK (G20 -2) sign shall be placed a minimum of 80’ and a maximum of 400’ past the end of the downstream taper. For short, intermediate, and long term operations, and where shown in the contract documents, the Contractor shall install BE PREPARED TO STOP (W3 -4) signs to inform oncoming traffic of potential stopped, queued or very slow conditions. Each BE PREPARED TO STOP sign shall be mounted on a temporary sign support. For approaches on expressways and freeways with three lanes or more, both sides of the approach shall be signed unless the median is too narrow to fit the sign and the support. When used for a short or intermediate term operation, the BE PREPARED TO STOP (W3-4) sign shall be placed halfway between the first two advance warning signs. A PVMS may be used to supplement but not replace the required sign. For long term operations, the BE PREPARED TO STOP signs shall be posted approximately ½ mile in advance of the anticipated end of the queue. If the end of the queue is beyond the sign, the sign location shall be adjusted for the subsequent work day until the desired advance warning reflects typical conditions for that location. If the resulting adjustment places the sign in advance of the first warning sign, the Contractor shall also furnish and place a ROAD WORK (W20 -1) sign approximately 1,000 feet in advance of the BE PREPARED TO STOP signs. XX miles is the total expected length of work to be completed within a work day. A supplement distance plaque W7 -3a NEXT XX MILES shall be used with the first advance warning sign when the distance between the advance warning signs and the work area becomes greater than 2 miles as a result of the following situations:

a.Multiple work locations are anticipated within XX miles from the first advance warning sign.

b.Work area is expected to be relocated during the duration of the work within XX miles from the first advance warning sign. The supplement W7 -3a sign shall indicate the maximum anticipated distance between the first advance warning sign and the farthest work location. When multiple work locations exist within XX miles from the first advance warning sign, a

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 G20- 1 sign shall be placed every two miles indicating the distance to the farthest work location.

I.Arrow Panels. The Contractor shall provide, operate, and maintain arrow panels, also known as arrow boards, on highways having two or more travel lanes in the same direction, where the posted speed limit is 40 mph or higher, whenever a lane or lanes are closed to traffic and vehicles are required to merge with traffic in adjacent lanes. One arrow panel shall be provided for each lane closed to traffic regardless of the duration. Arrow panels shall be mounted so that the base of the panel is at least 7 feet above the pavement surface. Arrow panels shall be legible continuously from any point within the roadway (inclusive of shoulders) from 1,500 feet in advance of the lane closure taper to the beginning of the lane closure taper. Any arrow panel which cannot provide a sufficiently bright and clearly legible arrow display at any point within the roadway within the above distance shall be immediately repaired or replaced. Arrow panels shall not be used where they would interfere with the operation of a traffic signal or flasher or where there is an operation controlled by a signal or flagger(s). Arrow panels will not be permitted for alignment changes or lane diversions where the number of through traffic lanes is not reduced, or for any application on two-lane, two-way roadways except in the caution mode.

J.Channelizing Devices. Where construction operations obliterate pavement markings, or otherwise change or disrupt the normal traffic pattern, the Contractor shall use channelizing devices to physically separate traffic from portions of the roadway not available for travel; to separate traffic from hazards adjacent to the roadway; to separate opposing or adjacent travel lanes; to mark the location of hazards within or adjacent to the roadway; and to clearly define the intended travel path for vehicles, bic ycles, and pedestrians. Spacing of devices shall be sufficiently close at all times to provide clear and adequate guidance to ensure that vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians follow the intended travel path. Channelizing device spacing requirements are stated in center -to-center distances. Channelizing devices shall be maintained upright, at proper spacing, in proper alignment and orientation, and kept clean. Channelizing devices used at night shall be retroreflective. Channelizing devices shall not bear any advertising or other message. A non -retroreflective logo or identifying information of the owner may be located on the back, base or top of channelizing devices where it does not obstruct the face, color, or reflectivity. The logo shall not exceed 1 square foot. The owner information shal l not exceed 2 inches in height. The Contractor shall make frequent checks commensurate with traffic conditions to identify and reset channelizing devices dislodged by traffic. Deformed or damaged devices and devices that do not maintain appearance, color, and reflectivity will be evaluated for acceptability in accordance with the American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices . Ballast and/or mailboxes shall not be placed on top of a device or at any point above ground level. Ballast rings may be added to traffic cones, or traffic cones may be doubled, with one cone on top of the other, to serve as ballast. One Type A flashing warning light shall be installed on the first channelizing device in each series of a nightwork shoulder or travel lane closure. One Type A flashing warning light shall be installed on channelizing devices used to mark the location of hazards in or adjacent to the travel lane, including, but not limited to, pavement discontinuities, drainage structures, excavations, fixed objects, and other obstructions and potential hazards remaining at the end of the work shift. Where the placement of numerous Type A flashing warning lights may present a distraction to motorists, flashing warning lights may be eliminated at intermediate locations such as driveway entrances or intersections. Cones may be used in work zones where workers are not exposed to traffic, where the cones are placed to protect the work, and the placement does not create a hazard for traffic. In this application, cones are not considered channelizing devices.

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Channelizing device application is summarized in Table 619 -2A Channelizing Device Application for Short -Term Stationary Work Zones and Table 619 -2B Channelizing Device Application for Intermediate -Term and Long -Term Stationary Work Zones . Where permitted, the Contractor may opt to substitute interim tubular markers or Type III construction barricades for other channelizing devices at no additional cost to the State.

1.Tapers. Tapers are defined as a transition area where motorists are redirected out of their normal path to a new path, including the tapered portion of lane closures, lane shifts, transitions, crossovers, ramps, intersections, or interchanges. The Contractor shall use drums or oversized vertical panels to delineate tapers. The Contractor may also use standard cones, tall cones, extra tall cones, and vertical panels for short term work zones during daylight hours only. At stationary work zones where worke rs are exposed to traffic and the posted speed limit is 40 mph or more, the spacing between channelizing devices shall not exceed 40 feet. Where the posted speed limit is less than 40 mph, the spacing between channelizing devices shall not exceed 20 feet.

2.Traveled Way (Including Lane and Shoulder Closures). The Contractor shall use drums , tall cones, extra tall cones, vertical panels, or oversized vertical panels to delineate the traveled way. The Contractor may also use standard cones and vertical panels for short term work zones during daylight hours only. At stationary work zones, where no workers are exposed to traffic or no workers are present, the spacing between channelizing devices shall not exceed 80 feet. At stationary work zones, where workers are exposed to traffic, the spacing between channelizing devices shall not exceed 40 feet. Wh ere necessary to permit ingress or egress by construction vehicles, wider gaps may be provided between channelizing devices, not to exceed the deletion of every fifth device. At expressway gores, the Contractor shall use drums, tall cones, extra tall cones, or oversized vertical panels. The Contractor may also use standard cones and vertical panels for short term work zones (during daylight hours) only. The Contractor may opt to substitute Type III construction barricades except in locations where they restrict driver vision. The spacing between channelizing devices shall not exceed 20 feet. At transverse bumps and other hazards on roadways where the posted speed limit is 40 mph or less, the Contractor shall use drums, extra tall cones, or oversized vertical panels. Along lane or shoulder closures, where traffic will be traveling adjacent to the closures, two channelizing devices consisting of tall cones, extra tall cones, drums, vertical panels, or oversized vertical panels shall be placed transversely across each cl osed lane and shoulder at maximum 800 feet intervals except in locations where it would interfere with milling, paving or other ongoing work, to discourage traffic from driving through the closed lane. The Contractor may also use standard cones for short t erm work zones (during daytime hours) only. The Contractor may opt to substitute one Type III construction barricade for two transverse devices. These transverse devices may be relocated or adjusted as necessary to permit passage of construction vehicles.

3.Roadway or Pavement Edge. The Contractor shall use drums, tall cones, extra tall cones, vertical panels, or oversized vertical panels where the work introduces or exposes hazards within the roadway or at the outside edge of the roadway, and pavement edge markings or permanent delin eators are not installed. The Contractor may opt to substitute Type III construction barricades. The spacing between channelizing devices shall not exceed 200 feet. If barrier is within 4 feet of the nearest travel lane, barrie r delineation at a spacing not exceed 20 feet may be provided in place of channelizing devices.

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 4. Roadway Intersections and Commercial Driveway Radii. The Contractor shall use drums, or extra tall cones to delineate roadway intersections and commercial driveways. The Contractor may also use standard cones, tall cones, and temporary tubular markers for short term work zones during daylight hours only. The spacing between channelizing devices shall not exceed 6 feet. Reduced spacing near roadway intersections and commercial driveways may be necessary to provide clear guidance. Vertical panels oversized vertical panels, and Type III barricades shall not be used. A non -signalized intersecting roadway shall be delineated by a new series of channelizing devices, and the series will start with one drum equipped with a Type A flashing warning light, placed along the primary roadway after the intersection.

5.Residential Driveway Radii. The Contractor shall use drums, or extra tall cones to delineate residential driveways. The Contractor may also use standard cones, tall cones, and temporary tubular markers for short term work zones during daylight hours only. The spacing between channelizing devices shall not exceed 6 feet. Reduced spacing near residential driveways may be necessary to provide clear guidance. Vertical panels oversized vertical panels, and Type III barricades shall no t be used.

6.Removed Existing Guide Rail or Median Barrier. The Contractor shall use drums, tall cones, extra tall cones, temporary tubular markers, vertical panels, oversized vertical panels, Type III construction barricades to delineate the edge of the shoulder or median in locations where guide rail or median ba rrier was removed. The spacing between channelizing devices shall not exceed 80 feet where the shoulder width is 4 feet or greater and shall not exceed 40 feet where the shoulder width is less than 4 feet. A minimum of three devices shall be provided for each individual run of guide rail or median barrier that has been removed.

7.Placing, Maintaining and Removing Channelizing Devices. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the public and workers during the placement, maintenance, and removal of channelizing devices. Warning signs shall be in place in advance of and prior to the start of channelizing device placem ent and shall remain in place until after the channelizing devices have been removed. Channelizing devices shall be set up and removed by properly trained worker(s). The Contractor shall protect workers during placement and removal of channelizing devices, using measures adequate for the prevailing speed, volume of traffic and roadway geome try where the work is to occur. Protection shall include the use of automatic devices or from protected areas of a vehicle where practicable. Such protection may include, but is not limited to, the use of cone - setting equipment, cone baskets mounted on wo rk vehicles, flaggers, spotters, and shadow vehicles equipped with impact attenuators. Workers placing or removing traffic control channelizing devices onto/from the roadway from the back or side of a moving vehicle shall be protected by a fall restraint s ystem consisting of side racks, harness, and lanyard and/or cone basket so that a worker cannot fall off the vehicle and strike the pavement. Workers shall be seated in seats having seatbelts on moving work vehicles when not in the process of placing or removing channelizing devices. A shadow vehicle shall protect the channelizing device placement or removal operation on multi -lane highways, or a vehicle with a side or front cone basket shall meet the requirements of a shadow vehicle. Vehicles with front mounted cone baskets shall be u sed only on expressways and freeways traveling in the same direction as traffic.

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 TABLE 619 -2A CHANNELIZING DEVICE APPLICATION FOR SHORT -TERM STATIONARY WORK ZONES Maximum Device Spacing (center to center) MUTCD compliant Channelizing Device Work Zone Provisions Drums Standard Cones Tall Cones Extra Tall Cones Temporary Tubular Markers Interim Tubular Markers Vertical Panels Oversized Vertical Panels Type III Barricades Short -Term Stationary Work Zones involve daytime work that occupies a location for more than one hour and up to a single daylight period Shoulder/Merging/Shifting Tapers < 40 mph 20 ft. X X X X X X ≥ 40 mph 40 ft. X X X X X X One-Lane Taper for Alternating Two-Way Traffic 20 ft. X X X X X X Longitudinal Lane or Shoulder Closure w/Workers 40 ft. X X X X X X Longitudinal Lane or Shoulder Closure w/No Workers 80 ft. X X X X X X Freeway / Expressway Gores 20 ft. X X X X X X O Marking for Transverse Bumps 1 N/A X2 X2 X2 Transverse Device within Closed Traffic Lane and/or 800 ft X X X X X X O Roadway edge exposed with no Edgeline or Permanent Delineators 200 ft. X X X X X O Roadway Intersection or Commercial Driveway Radii 6 ft. X X X X X Residential Driveway Radii 6 ft X X X X X Removal of existing guide rail Shoulder width ≥ 4 ft. 80 ft. X X X X X X O Shoulder width < 4 ft. 40 ft. Pavement Drop offs > 2 in. and < 24 in. See Table 619-3 Drop off ≥ 24 in. within 10 ft. of active travel way; Posted speed ≤ 45 mph; Drop off Length ≤ 100 ft.; Not to last longer than 1 work shift 20 ft. X X X Closed Roads N/A X Closed Sidewalks N/A X NOTES: X = Allowed Blank = Not Allowed O = Optional at Contractor's expense 1 - A Type 1 Object Marker may be used in lieu of channelizing device 2 - Channelizing devices shall be equipped with a flashing warning light

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 TABLE 619 -2B CHANNELIZING DEVICE APPLICATION FOR INTERMEDIATE -TERM AND LONG -TERM STATIONARY WORK ZONES Maximum Device Spacing (center to center) MUTCD compliant Channelizing Device Work Zone Provisions Drums Standard Cones Tall Cones Extra Tall Cones Temporary Tubular Markers Interim Tubular Markers Vertical Panels Oversized Vertical Panels Type III Barricades Intermediate -term and Long -Term Stationary Work Zones involve work that occupies a location for more than 1 daylight period or nighttime work that occupies a location for more than 1 hour Shoulder/Merging/Shifting Tapers <40 mph 20 ft. X X ≥ 40 mph 40 ft. X X One-Lane Taper for Alternating Two-Way Traffic 20 ft. X X Longitudinal Lane or Shoulder Closure w/Workers 40 ft. X X X X Longitudinal Lane or Shoulder Closure w/No Workers 80 ft. X X X X Freeway / Expressway Gores 20 ft. X X X X O Marking for Transverse Bumps 1 N/A X2 X2 X2 Transverse Device within Closed Traffic Lane and/or 800 X X X X X O Roadway edge exposed with no Edgeline or Permanent Delineators 200 ft. X X X X X O Roadway Intersection or Commercial Driveway Radii 6 ft. X X Residential Driveway Radii 6 ft. X X Removal of existing guide rail shoulder width ≥ 4 80 ft. X X X X X X O shoulder width < 4 40 ft. Pavement Drop offs > 2 in. and < 24 in. See Table 619-3 Drop off ≥ 24 in. within 10 ft. of active travel way; Posted speed ≤45 mph; Drop off Length ≤ 100 ft.; Not to last longer than 1 work shift 20 ft. X X X Two-Lane Two -Way Operations on expressways and freeways at along curves 20 ft. X X O along tangents 40 ft. Two-Lane Two -Way Operations on expressways and freeways between Crossovers 40 ft. X X X X X X Closed Roads N/A X Closed Sidewalks N/A X NOTES: X = Allowed Blank = Not Allowed O = Optional at Contractor's expense 1 - A Type 1 Object Marker may be used in lieu of channelizing device. 2 - Channelizing devices shall be equipped with a flashing warning light.

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 K. Pavement Edge Drop -Off Protection. A drop -off is an abrupt difference in surface elevation of more than 2 inches at approximately 1V:3H or steeper. In the absence of adequate Traffic Control Plans in the contract documents, the Contractor shall submit alternate Traffic Control Plans to the Engineer for approval at least 30 calendar days prior to proposed work which will create a drop -off of over 24 inches within 10 feet from the edge of the traveled way for durations longer than one shift. The Contractor shall provide pavement edge drop -off protection in accordance with Table 619 -3 Pavement Edge Drop -Off Protection. Channelizing devices used to mark drop -offs shall be placed, as practicable, to not reduce the available travel lane width, at the elevation of the open travel lane in order to provide maximum target value and visibility for motorists. A drop -off of greater than 24 inches within 10 feet from the edge of the traveled way to remain at the end of the work shift shall be separated from traffic with temporary or permanent barrier. For posted speed limit of 45 mph and less, a drop -off of great er than 24 inches within 10 feet from the edge of the traveled way that is 100 feet or less in length will be allowed with channelizing devices consisting of drums, extra tall cones, or oversized vertical panels only at a maximum spacing of 20 feet for sho rt durations not to exceed one work shift. Unless otherwise noted in the contract documents, the Contractor shall begin work to eliminate unprotected drop -offs created by contract work within 7 calendar days of the completion of the work creating the drop -off. Work shall continue in a timely manner until such time as the unprotected drop - off condition is eliminated. Where pavement edge lines are not provided, channelizing devices shall be preceded by a NO SHOULDER (W8 -23) sign, repeated at all ramps and roadway intersections. Signs shall be repeated every ½ mile and supplemented with a NEXT [X] MILES (W7 -3aP) plaque w here applicable. Where pavement edge lines are provided, channelizing devices shall be preceded by SHOULDER DROP -OFF (W8 -17) signs, repeated at all ramps and roadway intersections. Signing shall be repeated every ½ mile and supplemented with NEXT [X] MILES (W7 -3aP) plaque where applicable. TABLE 619 -3 PAVEMENT EDGE DROP -OFF PROTECTION Drop -Off Height Edge Line Pavement Markings Drum Spacing (feet) Vertical Panel Spacing (feet) Tubular Marker Spacing (feet) Tall Cone Spacing (feet) Signs DROP -OFF AT OR WITHIN SHOULDER AREA Within 4 ft. from Travel Lane 2 – 6 in. Yes 100 100 N/A N/A Shoulder Drop -off No 40 40 N/A N/A No Shoulder 6 - 24 in. Yes 40 40 N/A N/A Shoulder Drop -off No 20 20 N/A N/A No Shoulder More than 4 ft. from Travel Lane 2 – 6 in. Yes 200 200 100 100 Shoulder Drop -off No 100 100 40 40 No Shoulder

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 6 - 24 in. Yes 40 40 N/A N/A Shoulder Drop -off No 40 40 N/A N/A No Shoulder DROP -OFF OUTSIDE OF SHOULDER EDGE Shoulder width ≤ 4 ft. 2 – 6 in. Yes 100 100 N/A N/A Shoulder Drop -off No 100 100 N/A N/A No Shoulder 6 - 24 in. Yes 40 40 N/A N/A Shoulder Drop -off No 40 40 N/A N/A No Shoulder Shoulder width > 4 ft. 2 – 6 in. Yes 200 200 100 100 Shoulder Drop -off No 100 100 40 40 No Shoulder 6 - 24 in. Yes 100 100 40 40 Shoulder Drop -off No 40 40 N/A N/A No Shoulder

L.Flagging and Traffic Control. The Contractor shall provide an adequate number of competent flaggers to control traffic when it is necessary to maintain alternating one -way traffic in one lane of a two-lane, two -way roadway, and at all other locations where construction operations, cons truction vehicles and equipment, and temporary traffic patterns related to the construction operations require positive temporary traffic control for safe, efficient traffic operations. These locations include, but are not lim ited to, locations where construction traffic enters, exits, or crosses open traffic lanes, locations of temporary stoppage of traffic for work operations, rail crossings, locations requiring slowing of traffic adjacent to work operations, on -ramps with re stricted site distance, pedestrian crossings, intersections, and other locations where traffic needs to be alerted to unexpected conditions ahead. Multiple lane approaches shall be reduced to a single lane prior to a flagger station. Automated flagger assistance devices (AFAD), portable traffic signals, and temporary traffic signals used to control traffic at the Contractor’s option in lieu of flagge rs shall be at no additional expense to the State.

1.Flagger Training. All flaggers shall be adequately trained in flagging operations by recognized training programs, including the American Traffic Safety Services Association, the National Safety Council, unions, or construction industry associations, or by an individual who holds a current certification as a flagger training instructor from such a program. Prior to the start of flagging operations, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a list of certified flaggers to be used in the operation, identifying the source of flagger training for each individual. When requested by the Engineer, flaggers shall demonstrate their competency in flagging procedures. Flaggers not competent in flagging procedures shall be retrained or replaced at once.

2.Flagger Equipment. Flaggers shall wear orange protective helmets and traffic control apparel in accordance with ' § 107 -05A. High Visibility Apparel. Flaggers shall be appropriately dressed, including apparel that covers the legs, torso, and arms with sleeves a minimum of 4 inches long and appropriate footwear. Immodest or sloppy dress will not be permitted. Flaggers shall be

619-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 equipped with an emergency air horn to alert workers of errant vehicles or other dangerous situations. Where flaggers are not within sight of each other, each flagger shall be equipped with a communication device, such as portable phone or two -way radio. T he communication device shall only be used to communicate with other flaggers, other workers, or supervisor(s) regarding the flagging operations. Where the distance between flaggers is more than ½ mile or where shown in the contract documents, the Contract or shall use pilot cars to lead lines of vehicles through the work zone. The standard signaling device for flagging operations, where one or more flaggers are controlling a single stream of traffic or two alternating streams of traffic in opposite directions, shall be STOP/SLOW signal paddles. Red signal flags may be used where display of the STOP and SLOW faces in opposite directions may be inappropriate or misleading.

3.Operational Control . Flaggers shall be located in a position clearly visible to, but not in the path of, approaching traffic, with an available escape path to avoid an oncoming errant vehicle. The number of flaggers to be furnished for each operation shall be sufficient to pr ovide safe, efficient flow of vehicle and pedestrian traffic. A spotter is not a flagger, and shall only direct construction vehicles or equipment, and shall not direct traffic in any manner. Work zones utilizing flaggers shall comply with the Standard Sheet for flagger operation and a Flagger symbol (W20 -7) sign shall be provided in advance of each flagger. For control of alternating one -way traffic, one flagger shall be provided at each end of the one-way section, with additional flaggers provided to control traffic entering the one -way section from intermediate intersections and major commercial driveways. Where the length of the one - way section is less than 150 feet, the posted speed limit is less than 40 mph, traffic volumes are such that queues do not develop, and sight distances are adequate, the Contractor may request approval from the Engineer to use a single flagger. For intersection control, at least one flagger shall be provided for each intersection approach. Where traffic speeds and/or volumes are unusually low, and adequate sight distance is available, such that safe operations can be ensured with fewer flaggers, the Contractor may request approval from the Engineer to use fewer flaggers. When flagging at an intersection with a traffic signal, the signal shall be turned off unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide enhanced flagger stations consisting of additional cones at all approaches to flaggers, in accordance with the Standard Sheet, in order to provide effective advanced warning to motorists. On roadways with posted speed limits le ss than 40 mph, in locations having obstructed traffic flow, such as those having controlled intersections along the approach or approaches, where conditions do not permit placing the devices in a manner that will provide effective advanced warning to moto rists, enhanced flagger stations need not be provided. Flaggers shall be alert at all times and shall not stand with their backs to approaching traffic. Flaggers shall only direct traffic to stop, to slow or to proceed, using hand signals to supplement the signaling device in accordance with the flagging proce dures shown in the MUTCD. Flaggers shall be provided periodic breaks (minimum 15 minutes every 4 hours) throughout the work day, with competent substitutes provided during breaks to maintain continuous coverage of the flagging operation. A spotter shall be provided at all locations where construction vehicles or equipment must back across or into open travel lanes, sidewalks, or pedestrian walkways. A spotter shall only direct construction vehicles or equipment and shall not direct traffic in any manner. For ongoing flagging operations at a specific location, the Contractor may request approval from the Engineer to substitute portable traffic signals in lieu of flaggers.

4.Automated Flagging Assistance Devices (AFAD). AFADs are devices to control traffic through work zones remotely by a single flagger at a central location or at one end of the work zone.

619-3 03

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 A minimum of 7 calendar days prior to initial deployment of the AFAD system, the Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan to the Engineer, for review and approval, detailing AFAD operation including a list of competent flaggers trained to operate the AFAD. AFADs shall be used only on two -lane two -way or single lane one -way roadways. AFADs shall not be used where there are intersections and/or commercial driveways or where construction operations within the controlled highway segment frequently disrupt traffic flow. Appropriate flagger apparel and equipment shall be maintained near each AFAD to facilitate flagging in the event of a malfunction or operational need due to frequent disruptions of traffic flow. The Contractor shall immediately provide traff ic control with flaggers if a AFAD malfunctions; fails to properly or adequately control traffic; creates congestion, queues or gridlock which cannot be remedied by timely on -site adjustments to the signal operation; or is otherwise inadequate. A competent flagger, who has been trained on the operation of the AFAD, shall operate and not leave the AFAD(s) unattended at any time. The flagger shall have an unobstructed view of the AFAD(s) and approaching traffic in both directions at all times. The distance between AFADs shall not exceed ½ mile. Work zones utilizing AFADs shall comply with Standard Sheet 619-309. Red/Yellow lens AFAD shall have a STOP HERE ON RED (R10 -6) sign installed on the right - hand shoulder at least 8 ft in advance of the AFAD wh ere vehicles are expected to stop. A portable traffic signal may be used, at the Contractor’s option, as an AFAD. A Signal Ahead symbol (W3 -3) sign shall replace the BE PREPARED TO STOP sign. An 18 inch wide removable stop line with a STOP HERE ON RED (R10 -6) sign shall be installed at inte nded stopping point. The Engineer may waive the requirement for a stop line if the roadway is unpaved or it is otherwise impractical to install a stop line and the STOP HERE ON RED sign is in place. When the work no longer necessitates use of the AFAD or portable traffic signal, the units shall be removed or turned off and moved out of view from the traveled way. Specified AFAD’s may be replaced with human flaggers for a time period of no longer than 24 hours.

M.Maintain Existing Mailboxes. The Contractor shall not move any mailbox which contains mail. The Contractor will advise the owner to remove mail before the box is moved. Mailboxes shall be mounted, either permanently or temporarily, on a post. Before acceptance of the work, any mailbox which has been disturbed or moved shall be restored by the Contractor at a location consistent with the requirements of the U.S. Postal Service and the contract documents. Mailboxes shall not block the Pedestrian Accessible Route such that the location does not comply with ADA requirements. Posts set in pavement shall be set in a 6” or 8” sleeve to facilitate replacement. Wood posts should not be set in concrete but in soil or compacted crushed stone.

N.Contract Site Patrol. The Contractor shall provide adequate personnel and supervision to conduct operations and patrol the contract site to ensure that conditions are adequate for public safety and convenience at all times. The Contractor shall patrol the site as often as necessary during working and non-working hours to adjust and maintain signs, channelizing devices, and other traffic control devices and safety features.

619-3.03 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control (Daily Operations). The Contractor shall control traffic in

accordance with §619 -3.02 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control paragraphs A. Surface Condition; C. Maintain Public Access; D. Maintain Existing Roadside Signs; F. Construction Vehicles; G. Barrier/Shadow Vehicles; H. Construction Signs; I. Arrow Panels; J. Channelizing Devices; L. Flagging;

M.Maintaining Existing Mailboxes ; and O. Portable Traffic Signals so that a person who has no knowledge of conditions may safely and with a minimum of discomfort and inconvenience drive, ride, or walk, during the day or at night, over all or any portion of the highway and/or structure under construction where traffic is to be maintained. The Contractor will not be required to repair or maintain the roadway except to repair any damages resulting from its operations. The Contractor shall cease operations and clear the traveled way, shoulders, and clear zones of all

619-3 04

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 obstructions including traffic control devices, construction equipment, and materials at the end of each work shift.

619-3.04 Temporary Business Signs. The Contractor shall provide temporary business signs (NYI8 -4)

mounted on temporary sign supports to identify business entrances in accordance with the contract documents. Entrances shall be identified by only a single sign. Temporary business signs shall be mounted at a minimum height of 7 feet, and at a location that will guide traffic seeking access to the business, but where they will not interfere with traffic flow or other traffic control devices.

619-3.05 Covering or Removal of Pavement Markings. The Contractor shall remove or cover existing

permanent pavement markings, interim pavement markings and temporary pavement markings, as indicated in the contract documents or directed by the Engineer, to accommodate traffic pattern changes by covering the mar kings with preformed removable pavement marking masking tape, or by removing the markings. Masking tape shall be placed in blocks to prevent the underlying shape of pavement marking symbols or letters from being confused with existing markings.

A.Removal of Pavement Markings. The removal method will be at the Contractor’s option, subject to its ability to achieve satisfactory results. Removal shall be completed prior to the installation of temporary pavement markings or interim pavement markings. Grinding to remove pavement markings will typically remove 1/8 to ¼ inch of pavement surface. Prior to installation, the existing marking and adjacent pavement shall be cleaned of debris by compressed air or sweeping.

B.Masking Pavement Markings. Removable pavement marking masking tape shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions. Prior to installation, the existing pavement marking, and adjacent pavement shall be cleaned by compressed air, sweeping, or other means adequate to remove debris, but that does not result in damage to the existing pavement marking. The width of the removable pavement marking masking tape shall be sufficient to completely cover the existing pavement marking. The masking tape shall firmly adhere to the entire length and width of the existing pavement marking to be covered. The Contractor shall maintain the tape for the duration of its use. Any tape that is loosened, removed, or that fails to retain its original matte finish, or that for any other reason fails to obliterate the existing pavement marking shall be replaced immediately, at no additional expense to the State. When the covered pavement markings are to be restored to service, masking tape shall be removed. Temporary adhesive residues will be allowed to remain, providing that the existing pavement marking visibility is not impaired. Any damage to the existing pavement markings or to the pavement surface that results from the removal of the masking tape shall be repaired at no additional cost to the State. If the existing marking cannot be repaired satisfactorily, the Contractor shall remove damaged pavement markings completely and/or replace the pavement section at no additional cost to the State.

619-3.06 Temporary Pavement Markings. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary

pavement markings in accordance with the contract documents, using patterns and colors shown in the MUTCD to establish temporary traffic pattern(s) during construction on any pavement, including milled or grooved surface, resurfaced, new pavement, or other paved surface without pavement markings, for a maximum of 14 calendar days. Within 14 calendar days after placement, the Contractor shall either (1) install the succeeding pavement course or (2) install the remaining temporary pavement markings including edge lines, stop bars, and simple crosswalks, with no hatching. Pavements whi ch will be open to traffic shall be properly

619-3 07

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 marked before being opened, before nightfall, or before the end of the work day, whichever is soonest, except areas that are open during the work shift and delineated with channelizing devices or flaggers. Traffic paint need not be removed before placing a subsequent course. Removable pavement tape, removable wet -night reflective tape, temporary overlay markers and removable raised pavement markers shall be removed before placing a subsequent course at no ad ditional cost to the State. Temporary pavement marking stripes shall be a minimum of 4 inches in width. Temporary pavement markings shall be applied to a clean, dry pavement in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Hatch lines and symbols will not be required as tempora ry pavement markings unless required by the contract documents. Traffic paint pavement markings shall be applied at a minimum wet film thickness of 20 mil, immediately followed by an application of glass beads, at a rate of 6 lb/gal of paint. Where specified, removable raised pavement markers shall be used to supplement line pavement markings. The raised markers shall not be a substitute for line pavement markings, letters, or symbols. Removable raised pavement markers spaced every 5 feet may be used to supplement line pavement markings. Two removable raised pavement markers spaced at each end of the 2 foot marking may be used to supplement a 2 foot broken line pavement marking. If unanticipated weather or other conditions prevent the application of temporary pavement markings, the Contractor shall apply 2 foot removable pavement tape markings or temporary overlay markers at 40 foot spaces at no additional cost to the State, for a maximum of 3 days until such time as temporary pavement markings may be applied, or the next pavement course is installed.

A.Divided Highways. On freeways, expressways and parkways, the Contractor shall install broken lines a minimum of 2 feet long at 40 foot spacing to separate traffic lanes in the same direction. The Contractor shall install solid edge lines for a minimum of 100 feet on either side of the apex of a gore.

B.Undivided Multilane Highways. On three or more lane highways, and two or more lane highways with center two way left turn lanes, the Contractor shall install white broken lines a minimum of 2 feet long at 40 foot spacing to separate traffic flows in the same direction, and partial barr ier or full barrier centerline to separate traffic flows in opposite directions.

C.Two-Lane, Two -Way Highways. For two -lane, two -way highways, the Contractor shall install a temporary pavement markings consisting of full barrier centerline markings in no passing zones and 2 foot broken line markings at 40 foot spacing in passing zones. Two-lane, two -way highways may for a maximum of 3 days have the centerline marked with yellow 2 foot by 4 inch removable pavement tape or yellow temporary overlay markers at 40 foot spaces with NO CENTER LINE (W8 -12) signs and DO NOT PASS (R4 -1) signs at n o additional cost to the State. A NO CENTER LINE sign shall be installed in advance of the area marked with yellow 2 foot removable pavement tape markings or temporary overlay markers, as well as after major intersections and after major traffic generators within the area marked with the removable pavement tape markings or temporary overlay markings. A DO NOT PASS sign shall be installed within 100 feet of the beginning of the area with the removable pavement tape markings or temporary overlay markers, and a second DO NOT PASS sign shall be installed within 1,100 feet of the first DO NOT PASS sign and subsequent DO NOT PASS sign(s) shall not exceed 3,000 feet spacing. On an approach without centerline pavement markings where passing will not be permitted, a black on orange NO PASSING ZONE (W14 -3) pennant shaped sign shall be installed on that approach. Full barrier, partial barrier or broken line temporary centerline pavement markings shall be placed within three calendar days.

619-3.07 Interim Pavement Markings. Work shall consist of furnishing, applying, and maintaining

interim pavement markings as shown in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. The work for removable tape, removable wet -night reflective tape, temporary overlay markers and removable raised

619-3 08

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 pavement markers shall include removal. Interim pavement markings are intended for use in diversions, temporary pavement realignments and crossovers, lane shifts and closures, and other traffic patterns associated with construction activities. Interim pave ment markings are intended for use for a given phase or season, for a maximum of 1 year.

A.Installation. Interim pavement markings shall be applied to a clean, dry pavement in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Interim pavement markings on roadways open to traffic shall be applied in the direction of traffic. Traffic paint and epoxy paint pav ement markings shall be applied at a minimum wet film thickness of 20 mils, immediately followed by an application of glass beads at a rate of 6 lb/gal of paint. Painted markings may be supplemented with removable raised pavement markers. Removable raised pavement markers shall be spaced at 5 feet to supplement a solid line, and 4 markers spaced shall be used to supplement a 10 foot segment of broken line. When use d to supplement a solid or broken line, markers shall be spaced a maximum of 80 feet on tangents and a maximum of 40 feet for curves with a radius less than 2,800 feet. Removable raised pavement markers shall not be used alone to simulate interim pavement markings.

B.Maintenance/Replacement. Traffic paint or removable tape shall be replaced upon (1) abrasion of the line such that more than 10 percent of the underlying pavement is visible within any 300 feet segment of line or (2) loss of more than 2 consecutive skip lines or (3) loss of more t han 50 feet of continuous line or (4) failure of any line to be clearly visible at night under low -beam headlamp illumination when viewed from a distance of 200 feet. Missing removable raised pavement markers shall be replaced upon (1) loss of more than 10 percent of the markers within a 300 feet long segment of line or (2) loss of more than 3 consecutive markers or (3) failure of any line to be clearly visible at night under low -beam headlamp illumination when viewed from a distance of 200 feet. The Contractor will not be responsible for damage or loss caused by snowplowing. In the event that such pavement markings are damaged or lost, the Engineer will determine whether to replace the lost pavement markings in kind or with other marking materials . Separate payment will be made for pavement markings replaced or installed due to damage or loss caused by snowplowing.

619-3.08 Temporary Rumble Strips. The Contractor shall install temporary rumble strips in three sets

of 6-strip patterns with 10 foot between individual strips. The type of strip installed will be at the Contractor’s option, except that sawcut or milled -in strips shall not be installed on new top course surfaces or existing surfaces that will not be paved over. Where there is no usable shoulder, or the shoulder is less than 3 feet wide, the rumble strips s hould be ended 3 feet short of the edge of usable pavement. On curbed roadways, rumble strips should end a minimum of 3 feet from the curb in order not to interfere with drainage. Rumble strips shall typically be placed in advance of each of the last three long-term advance warning signs such that drivers are alerted in time to see and read the signs. Rumble strips will typically be installed for a minimum of one week.

A.Raised Asphalt Rumble Strips. The roadway surface on which the rumble strips are to be attached shall be dry, free of surface contaminants such as dust or oil, and thoroughly swept with a stiff broom. The surface temperature of the pavement shall be 45°F or greater unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. The pavement surface shall be cleaned with compressed air just prior to tack coating and subsequent installation of the rumble strips. The strips shall be formed using a rumble strip paver (drag box ) pulled transversely across the pavement, or by hand placement between forms fixed to the pavement. If forms are used, they shall be removed prior to compaction of the asphalt mixture. Compaction shall be accomplished using a plate tamper or a static roll er. Raised asphalt rumble strips shall have a width of 6 to 9 inches, measured in the direction of traffic, and have a final compacted thickness of 3/8 inch ± 1/8 inch.

619-3 09

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

B.Raised Removable Tape Rumble Strips. Raised removable tape rumble strips shall be formed by applying one or more layers of removable preformed pavement marking masking tape. The tape shall be applied to a clean, dry pavement surface in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The p avement surface shall be swept or cleaned with compressed air just prior to application of the tape.

C.Raised, Preformed Rumble Strips. Raised preformed rumble strips shall be applied to a clean, dry pavement surface in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The pavement surface shall be swept or cleaned with compressed air just prior to application of the strip.

D.Saw-cut Rumble Strips. Saw-cut rumble strips shall be saw cut into existing pavement using wet cutting methods. The blade or blades shall be of such configuration that the desired dimensions of the saw cut can be made with one pass. No spacers between blades will be allowed. Before a travel lane with saw -cut rumble strips is reopened to traffic, the pavement shall be cleaned by sweeping, flushing, or with a stream of compressed air. Sawing slurry from the wet - sawing process shall be flushed from the pavement surface immediate ly.

E.Milled -in Rumble Strips. Milled -in rumble strips shall be milled into existing pavement using a rotary -type cutting head with a maximum nominal outside diameter of 24 inches. The cutting head shall be on its own suspension system, independent from that of the power unit, to allow the head to align itself with the slope of the pavement and/or any irregularities in the pavement surface. The pattern of cutting tips on the head shall be arranged to produce a relativel y smooth cut with no more than 3/32 inches between peaks and valleys. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer the ability to achieve the desired surface without tearing or snagging the pavement. Before a travel lane with milled -in rumble strips is reopened to traffic, the pavement shall be cleaned by sweeping, flushing, or with a stream of compressed air.

F.Removing Temporary Rumble Strips. The Contractor shall either completely remove raised rumble strips from the pavement or fill in the depressions from saw -cut or milled -in rumble strips prior to the start of the winter plowing season, prior to the placement of successive pavement courses, or as directed by the Engineer. Any damage to the pavement surface resulting from the removal of raised rumble strips shall be repaired at no additional cost to the State. Rumble strip depressions shall be filled in with asphalt mixture . Before they are filled, the depressions shall be cleaned by sweeping, flushing, or with a stream of compressed air, and coated with Asphalt Emulsion Tack Coat. The rumble strips shall be overfilled slightly and compacted using a plate tamper or static ro ller so that the final compacted surface is flush with the existing pavement.

619-3.09 Interim Tubular Markers. The Contractor shall install interim tubular markers in accordance

with the contract documents. The Contractor shall attach interim tubular markers to the pavement in a manner that prevents them from being moved or dislodged by traffic. Interim tubular mar kers shall be installed on pavement that has been cleaned to remove pavement markings, oil, dirt, or other debris or substances that may interfere with a proper bond. Attachment to the pavement shall be by mechanical faste ner or by adhesive, in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Bonding agents shall be of sufficient amount or size to ensure proper bonding of the base to the pavement. Interim tubular markers removed or damaged by the Contractor’s operations or by traffic shall be replaced immediately, so that positive separation is maintained between opposing lanes of traffic at all times. Damaged reflective sheeting on interim tubular markers shall be replaced before nightfall as necessary to maintain adequate visibility of the markers. In cases where only isolated individual markers

619-3 10

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 are lost or damaged, and adequate visibility is maintained by the remaining markers, replacement will not be required until more than 3 consecutive markers, or 25 percent of all markers within ½ mile have been damaged or lost. The replacement of markers da maged or lost by traffic, where the Contractor has demonstrated reasonable effort to collect the costs from the person(s) responsible for damage will be considered extra work.

619-3.10 Portable Variable Message Signs (PVMS) and Truck Mounted Variable Message Signs

(TMVMS). The Contractor shall provide, operate, and maintain PVMS & TMVMS as indicated in the contract documents until the progress of work no longer requires their use. The Contractor shall relocate or reorient PVMS with a pay unit of each, if necessary, up to 4 t imes per year as conditions dictate, at no additional cost to the State. The Contractor shall provide, operate, and maintain PVMS with a pay unit of weeks at the general locations and duration stated in the contract documents and in accordance with the Special Note Requirements for Portable Variable Message Signs (PVMS). There shall be no extra payment due for each relocation or reorientation of TMVMS. On the P VMS & TMVMS, the message to be displayed shall be as required by the contract documents and may change on a daily basis or more frequently as conditions dictate. NYSDOT’s Variable Message Sign Guidelines shall be reviewed to ensure compliance with Chapter 5 - Messages. If the contract requires a NTCIP compliant PVMS, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with the model, manufacture date and manufacturer of the NTCIP compliant PVMS the Contractor plans to use from the Approved List. After delivery to the work site, th e Contractor shall allow the Regional Transportation Management Center (TMC) to conduct operations and communications tests on one or more samples supplied by the Contractor. The testing will determine if the proposed PVMS meets the TMC’s operational requi rements by demonstrating remote communications to and from the TMC using NTCIP compliant operating software. TMVMS do not require NTCIP compliant communications. The message to be displayed shall be as required by the contract documents or as directed by t he Engineer. PVMS specified with cellular communications shall be equipped with control software compatible with the current computer operating system used in the Engineer’s Field Office. PVMS with Cellular Communications Option shall have cellular telephone service pr ovided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with two copies of operating instructions for the PVMS and the control software. The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with a copy of control software a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to installation of the first unit. Electronic copies of software instructions are acceptable. PVMS shall be placed so that the base of the message panel is at least 7 feet above the adjacent pavement surface and aligned to provide optimum viewing by approaching motorists. The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with an accurate log of the text of all messages and times messages were displayed monthly, not later than the 15th of the following month. The log of messages may be either a listing in a manual register or printouts from the control software. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of PVM S and TMVMS locations and update as they are relocated and removed. The PVMS shall be protected from unauthorized use. All cabinet doors shall be secured and/or padlocked, and default manufacturer’s passwords shall be changed. Additional security measures shall be implemented as needed.

619-3.11 Type III Construction Barricades. Type III construction barricades shall be installed at all

locations where a highway, bridge, ramp, or other segment of the roadway is closed to traffic. Type III construction barricades shall be maintained upright, in proper alignment and orientation. If ballast is used to maintain alignment and position of the barricade, it shall consist of dry sand contained in a closed waterproof bag and shall be placed at ground level. Barricade rails shall be oriented such that the stripes slope downward toward the side on which traffic is to pass. If traffic may pass to either side, adjacent barricades shall be arranged such that the stripes slope downward toward each side starting at the center. Where no passage is intended or permitted, the stripes shall slope downward toward the center of the barricade or barricades.

619-3 12

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 At night, each Type III construction barricade used to close a roadway, a segment of a roadway or a sidewalk shall be equipped with one flashing warning light.

619-3.12 Temporary Positive Barrier. Temporary Positive Barriers are categorized by their standard

MASH TL -3 (pickup truck) deflection and their deflection reduction measures (pinning and or box -beam - stiffening). The barriers that satisfy a given deflection category are shown on the Departme nt’s Approved List for Temporary Positive Barriers. The system chosen and the segment length used must be capable of meeting the curvatures indicated in the Plans. The Engineer will inspect temporary barrier segments upon delivery. Any barrier segment having damage and/or defects in the segment and/or joint connections will be rejected if the performance of the barrier may be affected. Temporary positive barrier segments shall be fastened together to form a continuous string. When joined together, the barrier segments shall form a smooth and continuous barrier. Any segments damaged or misaligned shall be corrected or replaced. The connec tions shall conform to the approved details for the particular barrier. Tapered end sections shall not be used in traversable medians, gores, or other areas where impacts on a tapered end section could allow vehicles to penetrate opposing or adjacent lanes of traffic. Where the posted speed limit is 45 mph or higher, a tempora ry impact attenuator or temporary sand barrel array shall be provided on approach ends of temporary positive barrier when the offset from the edge of the traveled way to end of the barrier is less than 12 feet and will be paid for separately. Where space is available, approach ends of the barrier string shall be flared away from the traveled way at the taper rate shown in Table 619 -4 Flare Rates for Positive Barrier and terminated in a tapered end section, embedded in a slope, or otherwise prot ected against impact by errant vehicles. The Contractor shall install temporary barrier where indicated, and of the deflection Category indicated in the contract documents. Where pinning is indicated for the given barrier, the pinning shall be in conformance with the pinning requirements indicate d in the Approved List. Where pins extend above the top surface of the barrier anchor recess, they shall be covered with plastic or rubber. TABLE 619-4 FLARE RATES FOR TEMPORARY POSITIVE BARRIER POSTED PRECONSTRUCTION SPEED LIMIT (mph) 30 40 50 55 65 TEMPORARY POSITIVE BARRIER 8:1 11:1 14:1 16:1 20:1 BOX BEAM OR HEAVY POST CORRUGATED BEAM 7:1 9:1 11:1 12:1 15:1 TABLE 619-5 GUIDE RAIL AND NYSDOT TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIER STANDARD** DEFLECTION DISTANCES BARRIER TYPE POST SPACING (ft) DEFLECTION DISTANCE (ft) CABLE GUIDE RAIL 16 11.0* 12 9.5* 8 8.0* 4 7.0* CORRUGATED W -BEAM (WEAK POST) GUIDE RAIL 12.5 8.0 6.25 6.0 4.16 5.0 CORRUGATED W -BEAM (HEAVY POST BLOCKED OUT) 6.25 4.0 3.12 2.0 BOX BEAM GUIDE RAIL 6.0 5.0 3.0 4.0 CORRUGATED W -BEAM 12.5 7.0

619-3 12

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 (WEAK POST) MEDIAN BARRIER 6.25 5.0 CORRUGATED W -BEAM (HEAVY POST) MEDIAN BARRIER 6.25 2.0 BOX BEAM MEDIAN BARRIER 6.0 3.0 NYSDOT TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIER Unpinned 3.25** Box-Beam -Stiffened 2.2** Pinned 0.8** * Note: NCHRP 350 Standard Deflection caused by a 4,400 -lb test vehicle traveling 62 mph impacting the barrier at a 25° angle **Note: Standard Deflections are those assumed to occur with a Standard TL-3 Impact. MASH Standard Impact is produced by a 5,000 -lb test pickup traveling 62 mph impacting the barrier at a 25° angle. The temporary concrete barrier stiffened with box beam shall be installed at least 50 feet prior to, be continuous through, and extend at least 50 feet beyond the area requiring limited deflection, wherever practicable. Where space limits extending the string of barrier stiffened with box beam, one segment at either end of the string shall be pinned with 4 pins on the construction, or non -traffic, side. At any transition between pinned and unpinned portions of a temporary positive barrier run, to provide a gradual change in fixity, one piece of barrier shall be partially pinned using 2 pins on the construction side of the barrier. The partially pinned pi ece shall be included in the measurement of pinned barrier. Pins shall have the following minimum embedment lengths: • Bridge Decks and Cement Concrete Pavement 5 in. • Flexible Pavement 18 in. • Unpaved Areas 30 in. After removal of the barrier, pin holes created in the surface shall be filled, unless that area will be further disturbed. Holes in flexible pavement shall be filled with warm or cold mix top course asphalt material rodded in 3” lifts. Holes in portland cement concrete pavement or structural decks shall be filled with material meeting the requirements of §701 -05 Concrete Grout Material or §721 -03 Epoxy Polysulfide Grout . Holes in unpaved area shall be filled with sand backfill.

A.Temporary Barrier Without Warning Lights. Where warning lights for temporary positive barrier are not required, the Contractor shall provide and maintain delineation on the temporary barrier in accordance with Section 619 -2.12. The delineation shall be visible and free of dirt and snow, including during shutdown periods. The maximum spacing of delineation shall be 20 feet.

B.Temporary Barrier With Warning Lights. Where warning lights are specified, Type C warning lights shall be provided on temporary barrier. The maximum spacing of warning lights shall be 40 feet in tangents and 20 feet in curves with radii less than 2,800 feet. Warning lights shall be attached to the barrier so that the lights remain securely in place and so that the attachment minimizes damage to the barrier.

619-3 12

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 All warning lights shall be kept clean, properly aligned, and in operating condition. Batteries shall be replaced as necessary. Where channelizing devices with Type A flashing warning lights are not provided immediately preceding a run of barrier to be marked with warning lights, the first warning light on that run of barrier shall be a Type A warning light.

C.Box Beam Guide Rail to Temporary Positive Barrier (Concrete) Transition. Where required, the Contractor shall install the Transition from Box Beam to Flared Temporary Concrete Barrier or the Transition from Box Beam to Unflared Temporary Concrete Barrier in accordance with the details shown on the Standard Sheets. With the appr oval of the Engineer, the Contractor may choose to switch options, at no additional cost to the State. Where the Contractor elects or is required to bolt the box beam to the face of the Temporary Concrete Barrier, the pieces of box beam thus bolted shall be removed and become the Contractor’s property when the Temporary Concrete Barrier is removed. After re moval of the Temporary Concrete Barrier, any rail and posts removed to facilitate placement of the Temporary Concrete Barrier transition shall be promptly replaced with new posts and new or acceptable reset box beam guide rail. When an unflared Box to Temporary Concrete Barrier transition is removed, the heavy posts, blockouts, rub rail, and Transition End Piece and associated hardware shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the project before its co mpletion.

D.Temporary Positive Barrier (Concrete) to Box Beam Guide Rail Transition. Where required, the Contractor shall install “Temporary Concrete Barrier Face to Box Beam Transition” or “Temporary Concrete Barrier Back to Box Beam Transition” in accordance with the details shown on the Standard Sheets. When the box beam is mounted to the traffic -side face , a tapered box beam end piece shall be used. When the box beam is behind the Temporary Concrete Barrier, the Contractor shall bolt to the Temporary Concrete Barrier or shall provide an overlap of box beam extending upstream past four segments of the downs tream end of the Temporary Concrete Barrier. When box beam is required to be bolted to the Temporary Concrete Barrier, or the Contractor elects to do so, the necessary positions for the bolts shall be located on the Temporary Concrete Barrier and drilled in the field. The pieces of box beam thus bolt ed shall be removed and become the Contractor’s property when the Temporary Concrete Barrier is removed. After removal of the Temporary Concrete Barrier, any rail and posts removed to facilitate placement of the Temporary Concrete Barrier transition shall be promptly replaced with new posts and new or acceptable reset box beam guide rail.

E.Corrugated Beam Guide Rail to Temporary Positive Barrier (Concrete) Transition. Where required, the Contractor shall install the W -Beam to Flared TCB Transition (Leading End) in accordance with the details shown on the Standard Sheets. After removal of the Temporary Concrete Barrier, any rail and posts removed to facilitate placement of the Temporary Concrete Barrier transition shall be promptly replaced with new posts, new or acceptable reset corrugated guide rail, new hardware, and new blockouts, backup plates, or other hardware required to meet current standards. Any terminal rail pieces, posts, or other guide rail components not required for the restored guide rail shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed f rom the project before its completion.

F.Temporary Positive Barrier (Concrete) to Corrugated Beam Guide Rail Transition. Where required, the Contractor shall install “Temporary Concrete Barrier Face to Corrugate Beam Transition” or “Temporary Concrete Barrier Back to Corrugated Beam Transition” in accordance with the details shown on the Standard Sheets. When the corrugate d beam is mounted to the traffic - side face, a W -beam end piece shall be used. When the corrugated beam is behind the Temporary Concrete Barrier, the Contractor shall bolt to the Temporary Concrete Barrier as shown on the

619-3 13

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Standard Sheets or shall provide an overlap of corrugated beam extending upstream past four segments of the downstream end of the Temporary Concrete Barrier. When corrugated beam is required to be bolted to the Temporary Concrete Barrier, or the Contractor elects to do so, the necessary positions for the bolts shall be located on the Temporary Concrete Barrier and drilled in the field. The terminal rail piec es or W -Beam End Pieces thus bolted shall be removed and become the Contractor’s property when the Temporary Concrete Barrier is removed. After removal of the Temporary Concrete Barrier, any rail and posts removed to facilitate placement of the Temporary C oncrete Barrier transition shall be promptly replaced with new posts and new or acceptable reset corrugated beam guide rail

619-3.13 Temporary Glare Screen. Temporary glare screen shall be installed in accordance with the

manufacturer’s instructions. All components of the glare screen shall be maintained in a safe and functional condition. Damaged components shall be repaired or replaced. If blades are utilized, the blades shall be spaced and angled to provide approximately a 22E headlight cutoff angle. The screen shall not overhang the face of the barrier and shall not cover delineation or lights. The screen shall be kept plumb and properl y positioned on the barrier, with reflectorization securely affixed to the screen. Cleaning of the reflectorization shall be by a method that does not damage the paddles, reflectorization or barrier, and is not hazardous to traffic. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of the temporary glare screen upon completion of the contract or when it is no longer required. Upon removal of the temporary glare screen, there shall be no protrusions remaining on the top face of the barrier. Bolt holes or other damage to permanent barrier from glare screen installation shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the State.

619-3.14 Temporary Impact Attenuator. The Contractor shall install temporary impact attenuators in

accordance with the contract documents, the manufacturer’s instructions, and materials details. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer’s materials details and instal lation instructions a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to use, to allow verification of the attenuator supplied and proper installation. The selection of the manufacturer and model of temporary impact attenuator shall be at the Contractor’s option, provided the attenuator supplied is of the type indicated, gating or redirective; shields the hazard; and fits in the location without encroachment into travel lanes or required offsets. The Contractor shall maintain temporary impact attenuators for continuous operation. If an attenuator is out of operation, the Contractor shall immediately mark the hazard with drums, vertical panels and or extra tall cones until repairs are made or a new attenuator is installed. The Contractor shall promptly begin repairs to damaged attenuators, and shall complete repairs to a damaged attenuator or mitigate the hazard within 1 work day. Attenuators damaged beyond repair shall be replaced within 3 work days . When temporary impact attenuators are removed or moved to another location, the Contractor shall restore the location to match the surrounding area.

619-3.15 Temporary Sand Barrel Arrays. The Contractor shall install sand barrel arrays in accordance

with the patterns shown on the Standard Sheet or a NCHRP 350 approved pattern and fill the barrels with sand to provide the desired module weight, plus or minus 5 percent. Units that will be in use between November 1 and March 31 shall have sodium chloride, as dry rock salt, equal to 3% - 5% by weight of the sand, thoroughly mixed into the sand to prevent fr eezing. The sand shall be placed in the modules loose, not in bags or sacks. If the contract documents indicate that the site necessitates securing of the modules, the work shall be performed as recommended by the manufacturer. The Contractor shall maintain sand barrel arrays for continuous 24 hour operation. If an array is out of operation, the Contractor shall immediately mark the hazard with drums, vertical panels and or extra tall cones until repairs are made or new module(s) are installed. The Contractor shall promptly begin

619-3 16

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 repairs to damaged arrays, and shall complete repairs to a damaged array or mitigate the hazard within one work day.

619-3.16 Vehicle Arresting Barrier (VAB). Vehicle arresting barriers (VAB) shall be installed in

accordance with the contract documents and the manufacturer's instructions and materials details. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer’s materials details and installation instructions a minimum of 5 work days prior to use, to allow verification of the barrier supplied and proper insta llation. The deceleration area behind the VAB shall be kept clear of workers, vehicles, or stored materials. The Contractor shall provide for periodic surveillance of each VAB by workers or by electronic device. The Contractor shall maintain vehicle arresting barrier for continuous operation. If a barrier is out of operation, the entire barrier shall be restored within 4 hours after the incident, or prior to the next shift the barrier will be used. No work may be progressed in an unprotected area, and the hazard shall be eliminated or minimized, until restorations have been completed. The VAB, except anchorages, shall be dismantled and removed prior to reopening the road to traffic. After the last day of use, if directed by the Engineer, temporary anchorages shall be removed, and disturbed areas shall be restored to match the surroundin g area.

619-3.17 Maintain or Modify Traffic Signal Equipment. Traffic signals shall be maintained in proper

operation, including the maintenance of all features of the traffic signal operation in effect and operating at the time any work begins on the contract. Traffic -actuated phases shall remain actuated, and signa ls operating within signal systems shall remain coordinated with the remainder of the system unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Except for emergencies, no changes in the signal operation or timi ng shall be made without prior approval by the Engineer. If emergency conditions dictate a change in the operation, the Engineer shall be notified by the start of the next work day. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, an altered signal operation mus t be returned to the original signal operation within 24 hours. The Contractor shall maintain in operation all equipment including signal heads, supports, cable, wiring, span -wire-mounted signing, controllers, master controllers, detector systems, conflict and current monitors, relays, switch packs, and all other acces sory and necessary equipment. Maintenance shall also include the repair and replacement of existing detector loops, paid for separately. The Contractor shall have capable traffic signal repair personnel on call 24 hours a day, seven days a week, and shall provide to the Engineer a single telephone number for contacting them. If for any reason a signal is not functioning properly, the Contra ctor shall commence work on the signal within 2 hours of notification. If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall notify the appropriate police agency for traffic control operations. If the police agency cannot or will not provide traffic control, t he Contractor shall provide flaggers at locations specified by the Engineer within the 2 -hour time period. The Contractor shall continue the flagger services until the signal is in proper operation. A flagger warning (W20 -7 or W20 -7a) sign shall be used on all approaches to an intersection controlled by flaggers. If the malfunction is in the equipment supplied by the State, due to an area wide power outage, or due to a localized power outage beyond the Contractor’s control, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and, if directed by the Engineer, provide flaggers until the malfunction is corrected or State personnel take over. Such flagging operations in excess of 4 hours for the first call and for any subsequent call will be considered extra work. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer, on a monthly basis, with a record of all maintenance calls received and responded to, as well as a record of all corrective action taken by the Contractor.

A.Requirement A. The Contractor shall maintain in proper operation the indicated existing, relocated, modified, and newly installed signals in accordance with the contract documents. If such signals are to be removed, the Contractor shall be responsible for operation and m aintenance until the signals are removed. The Contractor shall be responsible for their continuous operation except for reasonable shutdown periods authorized by the Engineer during relocation and transfer operations.

619-3 18

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

B.Requirement B. The State shall assume operation and maintenance responsibility for the signal from the Contractor following successful completion by the Contractor of the installation /modification testing as required by Section 680 Traffic Signals. The six month warranty/guarantee period shall be measured from the day the State assumes maintenance responsibility.

C.Requirement C. At relocated, modified, or newly installed signals, the Department will assume responsibility for the following items after successful testing as required by Section 680 Traffic Signals has been completed. Assumption of the below listed responsibilities by the State will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for operation and maintenance of the signal. At existing microcomputer controlled traffic signals, the Department will be responsible for the following items:

1.Supply and maintenance of the microcomputer assembly and software.

2.Programming of the microcomputer furnished by the State.

3.Operation or timing changes directed by the Engineer.

4.Normal (no abuse or vandalism) equipment failures of existing, relocated, modified or new traffic signal equipment furnished by the State.

D.Modify Traffic Signal Equipment. Where the Contractor is required to temporarily modify or relocate existing traffic signals because of construction operations, all existing equipment, fittings, wire, cable, conduit, and related materials shall be reinstalled and extended where necessary. Temporary timber poles, guys, and related material shall be furnished and installed where necessary.

619-3.18 Temporary Traffic Signals. The Contractor shall install temporary traffic signals in

accordance with the contract documents and the MUTCD. The Contractor shall maintain traffic signal systems, including traffic detectors, in proper operation until approved removal, and be responsibl e for its continuous 24 -hour operation except for reasonable shutdown during relocation and transfer operations. Substitution of temporary traffic signals for flaggers shall be at no additional cost to the State. If for any reason a signal does not function as required, the Contractor shall commence repair work on this signal within 2 hours after notification of a malfunction. In the event flashing operation occurs, all signal faces shall show flashing red indicati ons. Flashing operation of a signal is considered a malfunction. The Contractor shall provide an adequate number of flaggers to control traffic at each malfunctioning traffic signal, in accordance with '619 -3.02L. Flagging and Traffic Control until the sig nal is restored to proper operation. If the malfunction is due to an area wide power outage or due to a localized power outage beyond the Contractor’s control, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and, if directed by the Engineer, provide flaggers until the malfunction is corrected or Sta te personnel take over. Flagging operations in excess of 4 hours for the first maintenance call shall be paid for as extra work.

619-3.19 Nighttime Operations . Work occurring after sunset and before sunrise will be considered

nighttime operations. A nighttime operations meeting shall be held prior to the start of any nighttime operations. For static and moving operations, the Contractor shall implement a lighting plan and provide illumination throughout the work areas. For moving operations, the Contractor shall mount lighting to construction equipment that consists of balloon lights, or equivalent lighting that illuminates the work area with low glare for oncoming traffic and enhances visibility of the equipment from al l directions. The Contractor should maintain traffic in a single lane during nighttime moving operations on freeways.

619-3 19

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 All workers involved in nighttime operations shall wear protective helmets and nighttime apparel in accordance with §107 -05A. High Visibility Apparel at all times. All signs, Stop/Slow paddles, and red flags used to warn/alert/control traffic shall be retr oreflective. Flaggers shall use a flashlight with red glow cone/ red LED baton for flagging in non -illuminated flagger stations during nighttime operations. Where the Contractor implements a mobile lighting plan, PPE shall meet ANSI Class 3. The Contractor shall equip workers on foot with a personal active safety system which enhances the visibility of the worker from all directions, such as a powered hardhat light ring or an illuminated safety vest. ANSI Class E gaiters or pants are required to meet ANSI Class 3 if ANSI Class 2 vests are used. The Contractor shall provide the Department with the same personal active safety systems and ANSI Class 3 garments for Department inspectors and pertinent field office staff. When workers on foot are passing between illuminated work areas, the Contractor shall provide personal headlamps or flashlights producing a minimum of 5 foot -candles at the ground to navigate their p ath if hardhat light rings do not provide this function and illumination. Vehicles operating on the pavement of a closed roadway or travel lane shall display rotating amber beacons or flashing LED beacons at all times. Vehicles using headlights, except for rollers and vehicles retrieving channelizing devices, shall travel facing in the same direction as adjacent traffic in order to avoid glare and confusion to drivers. The Contractor shall meet the following additional requirements for work zone traffic control during nighttime operations.

A.Nighttime Operations and Lighting Plan. Thirty days prior to the start of nighttime operations, the Contractor shall submit a written Nighttime Operations and Lighting Plan to the DOT Engineer for approval. The plan shall detail all aspects of the traffic control setup, the functions, responsibi lities and identities of the nighttime traffic control competent person and other details as necessary. It shall include a contingency plan identifying foreseeable problems and emergencies that may arise, and the approach that will be used to address them. This plan shall be revised and updated by the Contractor as necessary during the progress of the work to accommodate conditions on the contract. The Contractor shall submit a Nighttime Operations and Lighting Plan to the Engineer, at a scale and printed size similar to the contract plans and appropriate to adequately describe the work, including the following applicable items:

1.Layout showing location of light towers, including typical spacing, lateral placement and mounting height, and clearly show the location of all lights necessary for all work to be done at night.

2.The general layout of equipment involved in the moving operation, including typical or variable spacing.

3.Schematic of the equipment -mounted balloon lights and supplemental lights.

4.Listing of the anticipated workforce to be located within the work zone.

5.Internal traffic control plan to coordinate the flow of deliveries, moving equipment, workers, and vehicles at the worksite to minimize or eliminate vehicles and employees from crossing paths, and how this plan will be communicated to all individuals invol ved.

6.Specific illuminated areas for cleanout, specific areas for trucks entering and exiting the work area, and how this plan will be communicated to the workers and truck drivers prior to arrival on site.

7.Means to illuminate areas to perform tasks not in the immediate vicinity of the major work.

619-3 19

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 8. Means to ensure visibility of personnel and equipment involved with the set -up and removal of work zone traffic control devices.

9.Description of light towers to be used and electrical power source.

10.Specific technical details on all lighting equipment, including brand names, model numbers, power rating and photometric data.

11.Details of any hoods, louvers, shields or other means to be used to control glare.

12.Attachment and mounting details for lights to be attached to equipment.

13.Lighting calculations confirming that the illumination requirements will be met by the layout. The Contractor shall maintain a supply of emergency flares for use in the event of unanticipated situations such as traffic accidents, equipment breakdowns, failure of lighting equipment, etc.

B.Lighting for Nighttime Operations. Prior to the first night of nighttime operations, the Contractor shall set up and operate the lighting equipment at night as a trial run to demonstrate its ability to establish a safe, properly illuminated, nighttime operation. The Contractor shall furnis h the Engineer with a photometer, capable of measuring the level of illumination, for use as necessary to check the adequacy of illumination throughout nighttime operations. The Contractor shall have backup lighting equipment available onsite. In the event that any required lighting equipment is no longer operational or available to perform the work, the Contractor shall remove the work zone associated with the operation until the lighting equipment is restored.

1.Equipment. The Contractor shall supply all lighting equipment required to provide a work zone safe for the workers and traffic. Material and/or equipment shall be in good operating condition and in compliance with applicable safety and design codes.

a.Light Towers. Light towers shall be provided as a primary means of illumination for stationary operations and shall provide Level I illumination throughout the workspace. They may be supplemented to the extent necessary by lighting fixtures mounted on construction equipment to provide Level II or Level III illumination where required for paving, milling and similar moving operations. Light towers shall be sturdy and free -standing, without the aid of guy wires or bracing, and shall be capable of being moved as necessary to keep pace with construction operations. Light towers shall be positioned to minimize the risk of being impacted by traffic on the roadway or b y construction traffic or equipment.

b.Balloon Lighting and Additional Lighting on Paving, Milling, and Finishing Machines. If needed to supplement portable and/or trailer -mounted light towers, lighting shall be affixed to paving, milling, and finishing machines to provide the required level of illumination for the specified distance in front of and behind the machine. Primary lighting for nighttime moving operations should consist of balloon lighting, or equivalent low glare lighting visible from all directions. Additional lighting of an appropriate type shall be required, where obstructions exist, to perform the work safely and adequately. Luminaires shall be aimed and adjusted to provide uniform illumination with a maximum uniformity ratio of 5:1. The hopper, auger, and screed areas of pavers and the operator’s controls on all machines shall be uniformly illuminated. The Contractor shall equip the following equipment in conjunction with nighttime moving operations with balloon lights, or equivalent low glare lighting visible from all

619-3 19

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 directions, to sufficiently illuminate the work area, enhance visibility of the equipment from all directions, and to carry out the work safely and accurately: all rollers, pavers, milling machines, material transfer vehicles, crack and seat equipment, and other miscellaneous equipment utilized for the moving operation that could be a hazard if not illuminated. There shall be a minimum of one balloon light mounted to each piece of equipment. Pavers and large milling machines should be equipped with a minimu m of two balloon lights. Mechanical sweepers shall have forward -facing lights and tack trucks shall have rearward - facing lights, consisting of balloon lights, or equivalent low glare lighting visible from all directions, supplemented with flood lights as r equired. Balloon lighting, or equivalent, equipment shall be sufficiently ballasted and durable to withstand the anticipated weather conditions and vibrations from the host equipment.

c.Construction Equipment Lights. All construction equipment, including rollers, backhoes, loaders, and other equipment operating in areas not illuminated to a minimum of Level I Illumination, shall be equipped with a minimum of two suitable lights facing in each direction, to provide a mi nimum of 1 foot -candle of horizontal illumination measured 60 feet in front of and behind the equipment. In areas illuminated to a minimum of Level I, construction equipment may move unescorted. In non -illuminated areas, c onstruction equipment shall be equipped with conventional vehicle headlights, shall be illuminated with flood lights on the vehicle, or shall be escorted to permit safe movement. Headlights shall not be permitted as the sole means of illumination while wor king.

d.Equipment Mounting. The Contractor shall provide suitable brackets and hardware to mount lighting fixtures and generators on machines and equipment. Mountings shall be designed so that light fixtures can be aimed and positioned as necessary to reduce glare and to provide the required illumination. Mounting brackets and fixtures shall not interfere with the equipment operator or any overhead structures, or utilities, and shall provide for secure connection of the fixtures with minimum vibration.

e.Portable Generators. The Contractor shall provide portable generators to furnish adequate power to operate all required lighting equipment. Fuel tank capacity and availability of fuel on site shall be sufficient to permit uninterrupted operation throughout the planned shift. Adequate switches shall be provided to control the various lights. All wiring shall be weatherproof and installed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K. All power sources shall be equipped with a Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupter.

2.Illumination Requirements. Balloon lights or equivalent lighting, and tower -mounted luminaires, whether fixed, portable, trailer -mounted, or equipment -mounted, shall be of sufficient wattage and/or quantity to provide the required level of illumination and uniformity over the area of operation while minimizing glare. The uniformity of illumination, defined as the ratio of the average illumination to the minimum illumination over an area requiring an indicated illumination level, shall not exceed 5:1. Illumination levels on approach roadways should be increased sequenti ally to prevent motorists from becoming disoriented by rapid changes from full dark to very bright conditions. Existing street and highway lighting shall not eliminate the need for the Contractor to provide lighting. Consideration will be given to the amount of illumination provided by existing lights in determining the wattage and/or quantity of lights to be prov ided. Such consideration shall be presented in the Contractor’s lighting plan. In the event of any failure of the lighting system, nighttime operation(s) shall be discontinued until the required level of illumination is restored.

619-3 19

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 a. Illumination for moving operations . Equipment -mounted balloon lights, or equivalent low glare lighting visible from all directions, shall provide illumination to a minimum of 5 foot - candles measured at the work surface for 20 feet from the equipment on sides where workers generally work. Bal loon lights or equivalent lighting shall be located to optimally illuminate the work area and enhance equipment visibility, mounted at a minimum height of 10 feet above the ground, and temporarily relocated as necessa ry to not interfere with overhead obstructions. Other types of equipment -mounted light sources shall be used as supplemental illumination around the equipment, where necessary, to carry out the work safely and adequately. The hopper, auger, and screed area s of pavers shall be uniformly illuminated. The operator’s controls on all machines shall be illuminated. Tack shall be illuminated as it is applied. In areas throughout the entire zone of mobile operations without existing roadway lighting, light towers shall be located at maximum intervals of 500 feet. The Contractor shall provide illumination to a minimum of 5 foot-candles at locations where miscellaneous or incidental tasks, such as saw cutting, are performed. The illumination shall be accomplished via floodlights or balloon lights (or equivalent) mounted to a truck, cart, or terrain vehicle, tow behind trailer lights, lights on light stands, or other suitable means. No tasks shall be performed without adequate illumination. The Contractor shall furnish adequate illumination for Department construction inspection and quality assurance. The illumination shall be accomplished via floodlights or balloon lights (or equivalent) mounted to a truck, cart, or terrain vehicle, tow behi nd trailer lights, lights on light stands, or other suitable means. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain illumination equipment. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 10 foot -candles in locations where the Department’s representatives will perform tasks such as core drilling, density testing, and concrete testing.

b.Level I (5 foot -candles) for static operations. Level I illumination shall be provided for all areas of general construction operations to include all work operations by Contractor’s personnel, including work zone traffic control set -up and operations, staging, excavation, cleaning and sweeping, pavemen t marking, spoil disposal, landscaping, planting, and seeding, layout and measurements ahead of the actual work, borrow areas, spoil areas, and truck cleanout areas. Level I illumination shall be provide d near the beginning of lane closure tapers and at road closures for nighttime work zones, including the setup and removal of the closure tapers. Level I illumination shall be provided a minimum of 400 feet ahead and 800 feet behind a paving or milling ma chine, or for the entire area of pavement work if less than this distance. This area shall be extended as necessary to incorporate all vehicle and equipment operations associated with the paving operation. The only exception to the requirement for Level I illumination throughout the area of construction operations is that finish rollers can work beyond the area of Level I illumination using sufficient lights mounted on the roller.

c.Level II (10 foot -candles) for static operations. Level II illumination shall be provided for flagging stations, asphalt paving, milling, and concrete placement and/or removal operations, including bridge decks, 50 feet ahead of and 100 feet behind a paving or milling machine. Illumination shall be set -up to avoid adverse backlighting, a condition which presents the object intended to be illuminated as a shadow due to a bright light from behind.

d.Level III (20 foot -candles) for static operations. Level III illumination shall be provided for pavement or structural crack filling, joint repair, pavement patching and repairs, installation of signal equipment or other electrical/mechanical equipment, and other tasks involving fine details or intricate p arts and equipment.

619-3 20

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

3.Glare Control. All lighting shall be designed, installed, and operated to avoid glare that affects traffic on the roadway or that causes annoyance or discomfort for residences adjoining the roadway. The Contractor shall locate and aim lighting fixtures to provide the re quired level of illumination and uniformity in the work zone without the creation of objectionable glare. The Engineer will determine when glare exceeds acceptable levels, either for traffic or for adjoining residences. The Contractor shall provide shields, visors, or louvers on luminaires as necessary to reduce objectionable levels of glare. As a minimum, the following requirements shall be met to avoid objectionable glare on roadways open to traffic in either direction:

a.Tower -mounted luminaires shall be aimed either generally parallel or perpendicular to the roadway.

b.Luminaires shall be aimed such that the angle between the center of the beam axis and the vertical mounting pole is no greater than 45o.

c.No luminaires shall be permitted that provide a luminous intensity greater than 20,000 candelas at an angle of 72o above the vertical.

d.Except where prevented by overhead utilities or structures, towers shall be extended to their full working height when in use to reduce glare and provide uniform illumination .

619-3.20 Traffic Control Supervisor. When indicated in the contract documents, the Contractor shall

provide a dedicated traffic control supervisor having adequate training, experience, and authority to implement and maintain all traffic control operations. The traffic control supervisor shall not be assigned other duties that interfere with performance as a traffic control supervisor. The traffic control supervisor shall be adequately trained in traffic control operations by recognized training programs, including the American Traffic Safety Services Association “Traffic Control Supervisor”, the National Safety Council, unions, or const ruction industry associations, or by an individual instructor from such a program. Traffic control supervisors not competent to the satisfaction of the Engineer shall be replaced immediately. During setup and removal of lane closures and other traffic control setups, the traffic control supervisor shall be assisted by additional workers as necessary. The traffic control supervisor shall patrol the contract area to ensure that conditions on the site are adequate for public safety and convenience at all times, to monitor worker safety from intrusions into the work area, and to ensure that the work adheres to the provisions for work zone traffic control. The traffic control supervisor shall ensure signs, channelizing devices, barricades, barrier, impact attenuators and other traffic control devices are adjusted and maintained as necessary. The Contractor shall provide workers to install, maintain, adjust, and remove traffic control devices as requir ed by the work operations. When the work does not require closure of an active lane, roadway, or ramp; when no construction operations occur within 30 feet of active traffic lanes; and when there is no delivery of materials or equipment; the Engineer may waive the requirements for a traffic control supervisor.

619-3.21 Temporary Structures and Approaches. The Contractor shall design, construct, maintain,

relocate, and remove temporary structures and their approaches at the location(s) shown in and in accordance with the contract documents. The Contractor shall install temporary structures and their approach es, including any required earth support structures and any necessary appurtenances, in a manner and sequence that interference with and inconvenience to the traveling public and abutting properties is kept to a minimum. The Contractor shall be responsible for the workmanship, upkeep, and safety of all temporary structures and approaches.

619-3 21

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 When specific details are not included in the contract documents, or when the Contractor receives approval to deviate from the contract documents, the Contractor shall design all elements of the temporary structure and approaches including the railing syst em, on the structure and its approaches. The design of temporary structures and their approaches shall be in conformance with the NYSDOT Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) Bridge Design Specifications, the only design live load shall be HL -93, in addition to any anticipated construction or pedestrian loading. Alternatively, the design shall be in conformance with the NYSDOT Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, the minimum design live load shall be AASHTO HS 20. Exception, any structure, and approaches that are expected to be in servi ce for more than 5 years, shall be designed as a permanent structure in accordance with the NYSDOT Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) Bridge Design Specifications. The bridge rail shall be designed for loads commensurate with those specified for TL -2 unless a higher level is shown in the project plans. The Contractor shall also be responsible for designing, furnishing, and installing the transition from bridge rail t o highway rail for the temporary structure. All design computations and associated working drawings shall bear the stamp and signature of a Professional Engineer and shall be submitted to the DCES for review. Design for non -highway temporary bridges shall be in accordance with AASHTO specifications for the design codes, loading, railing/barrier, ADA requirements and vertical clearance it is intended to serve or as specified in the project plans. All fabrication and construction of a temporary structure shall conform to the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Division II or the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Construction Specifications, except as modified herein. Fabrication shall be performed by a fabricator that is certified by AISC for the type of work being performed. For fracture -critical member (FCM) work, the fabricator shall also have an FCM endorsement through AISC. The Contractor shall notify the DCES of the fabrication schedule at lea st 21 calendar days prior to commencement of any non -pre-engineered proprietary shop fabrication. All welding required for the fabrication of temporary steel structures shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the NYS Steel Construction Manual. The Contractor is responsible for furnishing and installing any stone fill slope protection in accordance with Section 620 used to guard against erosion and/or scour of the end slopes and all temporary substructures. The type of the fill slope protection shall be as shown in the contract plans and paid under Item 619.05nn. If the bridge connects sidewalk at each end of the bridge, payment for all approach sidewalk and earthwork necessary to connect the temporary structure with the existing sidewalk system shall be as shown in the contract plans and paid under Item 619.05nn. Load rating calculations for the temporary structure shall bear the stamp and signature of a professional Engineer and shall be submitted to the DCES for review. Load ratings shall be computed using the Load Factor Design (LFD) or Allowable Stress Design (ASD) methodology. The Inventory and Operation load ratings shall be based on an AASHTO HS -20 live loading. Additionally, if the structure was designed using the NYSDOT LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, the load ratings shall also be computed by the Load a nd Resistance Factor Rating (LRFR) method. LRFR ratings shall be provided at the Inventory and Operating levels as rating factors of the AASHTO HL -93 live load. All Load Ratings shall be calculated in accordance with AASHTO’s The Manual for Bridge Evaluation . Prior to beginning construction of any temporary structure designed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall submit detailed plans and calculations to the DCES for review and approval in accordance with §585 -3.03 Working Drawings . The review by the DCES, does not and shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the adequacy and design of the temporary structures and approaches. Prior to opening a temporary structure to traffic, the structure shall be inspected by a Professional Engineer who shall certify in writing to the Engineer that the structure was constructed in accordance with the design. The Contractor shall have the temporary structure inspected, under the direction of a Professional Engineer, by a person familiar with bridge construction at least once a month. On or before each anniversary of the opening of a temporary structure that has been open to traffic for

619-3 22

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 one year or more, the structure shall be inspected by a Professional Engineer, who shall certify in writing that:

A.The plans of the structure, including its foundations, have been reviewed.

B.A hands -on inspection of the structure has been performed in accordance with the latest edition of the NYSDOT Bridge Inspection Manual by an inspection team whose leader is a Professional Engineer that meets qualifications of a Team Leader as described in the NYSDOT Bridge Inspection Manual.

C.A detailed inspection of those areas of the structure critical to its integrity has been performed.

D.The structure is currently adequate for its design loads. A signed and stamped copy of the inspection results shall be provided to the Engineer within one week of the inspection.

619-3.22 Pavement Patching. The Contractor shall place paving materials suitable to provide temporary

pavement patches on paved surfaces where vehicular, bicycle or pedestrian traffic is to be maintained, including the traveled way, shoulders, sidewalks, and other paved surfaces damaged by traffic or environmental factors and not by Contractor operations. During periods of active work on the contract, the C ontractor shall complete needed patches on a daily basis. During periods of winter shutdown, the Engineer will inspect the pavement on frequent and regular intervals and will notify the Contractor of areas to be patched. The Contractor shall install paveme nt patching, at locations identified by the Engineer, within 24 hours of notification. The Contractor shall place pavement patches to provide a relatively smooth, uniform driving surface suitable for safe travel at the posted speed limit. Pavement patches shall be placed to repair surface irregularities including, but not limited to, holes, depressions, cracks, and uneven joints. Areas to be patched shall be adequately cleaned and tack -coated if necessary, and patching material shall be thoroughly compacted by hand or by roller.

619-3.23 Mailboxes. In the event the original mounting post has been lost, damaged, is unusable, or is

not consistent with U.S. Postal Service requirements, the Contractor shall furnish and install a new mounting post and/or mailbox with mounting post at the designated locati on and at the proper height in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Postal Service. The replacement mailbox shall be of a similar or larger size than the original. Where the mailbox will be placed over a guide rail and/or ot her location where the postal patron will have easiest access to the rear of the mailbox, the replacement mailbox shall be one having a door on each end.

619-4 Method of Measurement

619-4.01 General . (None Specified.)

619-4.02 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control . The work under basic work zone traffic control will be

measured for payment on a lump sum basis.

619-4.03 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control (Daily Operations). The work under basic work zone traffic

control (daily operations) will be measured for payment on a lump sum basis.

619-4.04 Temporary Business Signs. The quantity to be measured for payment will be in square feet to

the nearest 0.1 square feet of business signs installed.

619-4 05

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

619-4.05 Covering or Removal of Pavement Markings . The quantity to be measured for payment will

be in feet to the nearest whole foot along the centerline of the pavement stripes covered or removed. No measurement will be made for the gaps between broken and dotted line segments. If preformed tape is used to cover an existing line, payment will be based on the width of the line covered. Measurement for covering or removal of striping with a width greater than 4 inches will be made by the following method: Width of Striping (in) x Number of Feet 4 (in) Letters and symbols will be measured by each unit covered or removed. A unit will consist of one letter or one symbol except that a double -headed arrow will be measured as two units and triple headed arrow will be measured as three units. Example: "SCHOOL" would be measured as six units. Each R in a railroad crossing marking will be measured as a single unit, but the "X" will be measured by the number of feet of 4 inch stripe.

619-4.06 Temporary Pavement Markings . The quantity to be measured for payment will be in feet to the

619-4.07 Interim Pavement Markings . The quantity to be measured for payment will be in feet to the

nearest whole foot along the centerline of the pavement stripes installed, and will be based on a 4 inch wide stripe. No measurement will be made for the length of skips in the dashed line. Measurement for installation of striping with a width greater than 4 inches will be made by the following method: Width of Striping (in) x Number of Feet 4 (in) Letters and symbols will be measured by each unit installed. A unit will consist of one letter or one symbol except that a double -headed arrow will be measured as two units and triple headed arrow will be measured as three units. Example: “SCHOOL” would be measured as six units. Each R in a railroad crossing marking will be measured as a single unit, but the “X” will be measured by the number of feet of 4 inch stripe.

619-4.08 Temporary Rumble Strips . The quantity to be measured for payment will be in feet to the nearest

whole foot of individual temporary rumble strip installed, measured transverse to the direction of traffic flow.

619-4.09 Interim Tubular Markers . The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of

interim tubular markers installed.

619-4.10 Portable Variable -Message Signs (PVMS) and Truck Mounted Variable Message Signs

(TMVMS). The quantity of PVMS or TMVMS with a pay unit of each to be measured for payment will be the number of signs provided. The quantity of PVMS or TMVMS with a pay unit of weeks to be measured for payment will be in weeks to the nearest whole week.

619-4.11 Type III Construction Barricades . The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number

of barricade units installed.

619-4 12

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 619-4.12 Temporary Positive Barrier . . The quantity to be measured for payment of temporary positive barrier will be in feet to the nearest foot along the centerline of temporary positive barrier installed. The quantity to be measured for payment of Box Beam to Flared Temporary Concrete Barrier Transition will be the number of such transitions installed. The quantity to be measured for payment of Box Beam to Unflared Temporary Concrete Barrier Transition will be the number of such transitions installed. The quantity to be measured for payment of Temporary Concrete Barrier Face to Box Beam Transition will be the number of such transitions installed. The quantity to be measured for payment of Temporary Concrete Barrier Back to Box Beam Transition will be the number of such transitions installed. The quantity to be measured for payment of Corrugated Beam to Flared Temporary Concrete Barrier Transition will be the number of such transitions installed. The quantity to be measured for payment of Temporary Concrete Barrier Face to Corrugated Beam Transition will be the number of such transitions installed. The quantity to be measured for payment of Temporary Concrete Barrier Back to Corrugated Beam Transition will be the number of such transitions installed. The quantity to be measured for payment of temporary positive barrier will be in feet to the nearest foot along the centerline of temporary positive barrier installed .

619-4.13 Temporary Glare Screen . The quantity to be measured for payment will be in feet to the nearest

whole foot along the length of the temporary glare screen installed.

619-4.14 Temporary Impact Attenuator . The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of

temporary impact attenuators installed.

619-4.15 Temporary Sand Barrel Arrays . The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number

of individual sand barrel modules installed.

619-4.16 Vehicle Arresting Barrier . The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of

barriers installed.

619-4.17 Maintain or Modify Traffic Signal Equipment . The quantity of signalized intersections

maintained to be measured for payment will be in months to the nearest 1/4 month. The quantity of traffic signal equipment modified to be measured for payment will be on an each location basis.

619-4.18 Temporary Traffic Signals . The work under temporary traffic signals will be measured for

payment on an each location basis.

619-4.19 Nighttime Operations . The work under nighttime operations will be measured for payment on a

lump sum basis.

619-4.20 Traffic Control Supervisor . The work under traffic control supervisor will be measured for

payment on a monthly basis to the nearest 1/4 month.

619-4.21 Temporary Structures and Approaches . The work performed under temporary structures and

approaches will be measured for payment on a lump sum basis.

619-4.22 Pavement Patching . The work under Pavement Patching, Winter will be measured for payment

on a Dollars -Cents basis.

619-4 23

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 619-4.23 Mailboxes. The quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of mailboxes installed in accordance with the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. Mailboxes installed for the Contractor’s convenience or due to damage during the contract period wi ll not be compensated for.

619-4.24 Portable Temporary Rumble Strips (PTRS). PTRS arrays will be measured by Device -Day.

When measured by Device -Day the quantity will be the number of devices (PTRS arrays) used each calendar day which are satisfactorily furnished, installed, maintained, and operated at each work zone location. If P TRS arrays are utilized at more than one work zone location on the same day, the total number of PTRS array -days measured for payment will be the total number of PTRS arrays setup on that day. For the purpose of this specification, one Device -Day is defined as one PTRS array, set up and in use in a calendar day exceeding one hour. Two Device -Days is one PTRS array over two days or two PTRS arrays used on one day. A PTRS array relocated within th e same work zone on the same day or same shift will count as one PTRS array.

619-4.25 Automated Flagger Assistance Devices (AFAD). The quantity measured for payment will be

the number of AFAD’s used each day which are satisfactorily furnished, installed, maintained, and operated at each work zone location. If AFAD’s are operated at more than one work zone location on the same day, the total number of AFAD -days measured for payment will be the total number of AFAD setup on that day, however no additional payment will be made for AFAD’s relocated within the same work zone on the same day. Work shifts spanning over two consecutive calendar days will be considered to occur on the “same day”. For the purpose of this specification, one AFAD -Day is defined as two AFAD’s, set up and in use for a portion of a day exceeding one hour.

619-5 Basis of Payment

619-5.01 General. The price bid shall include all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete

the work. No payment will be made for damage caused by vehicle accidents, vandalism, or any other similar causes.

A.Non-Payment . For each calendar day during which there are substantial deficiencies in compliance with the requirements of this section, no payment will be made under basic work zone traffic control. The amount of such calendar day nonpayment will be deducted from monie s due the Contractor in accordance with Table 619 -6 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control Nonpayment . TABLE 619 -6 BASIC WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL NON -PAYMENT Original Contract Amount Nonpayment Amount From More Than To and Including $ 0 $ 500,000 $ 200 $ 500,000 $ 2,000,000 $ 400 $ 2,000,000 $ 5,000,000 $ 500 $ 5,000,000 $ 10,000,000 $ 750 $ 10,000,000 $ 20,000,000 $ 1,000 $ 20,000,000 ----- $ 3,000

B.Liquidated Damages. If the Contractor fails to adequately correct substantial cited deficiencies within 24 hours of notification by the Engineer for any item under this section, or those deficiencies reoccur on a subsequent, but not necessarily concurrent calendar day, liquidated damages will be assessed for each calendar day or part thereof in addition to non -payment for deficiencies.

619-5 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 C. Major Non -Conformance. Where major non -conformance with the requirements of this specification is noted by the Engineer, and prompt Contractor compliance is deemed not to be obtainable, the Engineer may stop contract work. Where major non -conformance with the requirements of this specification is noted by the Engineer, and the Contractor fails to correct deficiencies for a period of 24 hours, the Department may correct the adverse conditions by any means deemed appropriate a nd will deduct the cost of the corrective work from any monies due the Contractor. The cost of this corrective work will be in addition to the non - payment for basic work zone traffic control, non -payment of any other items of work under this section and li quidated damages assessed.

619-5.02 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control . The lump sum price bid for basic work zone traffic control

shall include all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work. Construction signs; arrow panels; warning lights on signs, barricades, and channelizing devices; the cost of temp orarily terminating guide rail, median barrier, or bridge rail during non -work hours; work required to maintain drainage facilities during construction operations; and dust control shall be included in the lump sum p rice bid for basic work zone traffic control. Removal of debris from drainage features that was present at the time of contract award shall be paid for separately. Progress payments will be made at 10 percent of the lump sum price when the initial construction sign installation is complete, as determined by the Engineer, and an additional 10 percent of the lump sum price bid when 10 percent of the contract work, excl uding basic work zone traffic control, contingency items, and mobilization, has been completed. The remaining 80 percent will be paid in subsequent contract payments, in proportion to the amount of other contract work completed, less any non -payment for de ficient work zone traffic control. If the contract completion date is extended, no additional payment will be made for basic work zone traffic control.

619-5.03 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control (Daily Operations). The lump sum price bid for basic work

zone traffic control (daily operations) shall include all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work. Construction signs; arrow panels; warning lights on signs, barricades, and channelizing devices ; and the cost of temporarily terminating guide rail, median barrier, or bridge rail during non -work hours; shall be included in the lump sum price bid for basic work zone traffic control (daily o perations). Progress payments will be made at 10 percent of the lump sum price when the initial construction sign installation is complete, as determined by the Engineer, and an additional 10 percent of the lump sum price bid when 10 percent of the contract work, excl uding basic work zone traffic control, contingency items, and mobilization, has been completed. The remaining 80 percent will be paid in subsequent contract payments, in proportion to the amount of other contract work completed, less any non -payment for de ficient work zone traffic control. If the contract completion date is extended, no additional payment will be made for basic work zone traffic control.

619-5.04 Business Signs. The unit price bid for temporary business signs shall include the cost of labor,

materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work, including sign supports.

619-5.05 Covering or Removal of Pavement Markings. The unit price bid for the covering or removal

of pavement markings shall include the cost of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work, including the costs of any repairs or replacement of damaged pavement or existing pavement markings resulting from pavement marking removal operations.

619-5.06 Temporary Pavement Markings. The unit price bid for temporary pavement markings shall

include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work. Payment shall be provided each time temporary pavement markings are first applied on a pavement course in accordance with the contract requirements.

619-5 07

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 No additional payment shall be provided for the installation of construction signs, temporary delineators, and channelizing devices necessitated by the Contractor’s failure to place temporary pavement markings before the pavement is opened to traffic, or f or temporary roadside pavement channelization, until edge lines are placed. No additional payment shall be provided for markings required because the Contractor failed to place the next pavement course or the final pavement markings within 14 calendar days.

619-5.07 Interim Pavement Markings . The unit price bid for interim pavement markings shall include

the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work. The work to remove traffic paint or epoxy paint will be paid for separately.

619-5.08 Temporary Rumble Strips . The unit price bid for temporary rumble strips shall include the cost

of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work. Payment will include the cost of pavement cleaning, asphalt concrete, and other materials used to form or fill in the rumble strips and tack coat. On multiyear contracts where it is desired to have rumble strips in place for more than one construction season, the rumble strips will be paid for separately each year they are installed.

619-5.09 Interim Tubular Markers. The unit price bid for interim tubular markers shall include the cost

of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work, including removal and the cost of replacing damaged markers. Interim tubular markers that are in satisf actory condition may be relocated. When interim tubular markers are relocated, payment will be made for another interim tubular marker.

619-5.10 Portable Variable -Message Signs (PVMS) and Truck Mounted Variable Message Signs

(TMVMS). The unit price bid for PVMS or TMVMS shall include the cost of all labor, materials, testing and equipment necessary to complete the work, including cellular telephone service initial start -up and monthly charges for the cellular communications option. Th e TMVMS does not require cellular communications service. Progress payments for PVMS or TMVMS with a pay unit of each will be made for 90 percent of the unit price bid when each unit has been satisfactorily installed and is operational at the first location. The remaining 10 percent will be paid upon removal.

619-5.11 Type III Construction Barricades. The unit price bid for Type III construction barricades shall

include all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work, including lighting when required. When barricades are relocated or the diagonal stripes are changed to allow traffic to pass on the other side of the barricade, additional payment will be made for another barricade. Movements of the barricade from one side of the roadway to the other side, movements within 100 feet of the initial location, or daily replacement to approximately the same location, not requiring any change in the diagonal stripes, will not be considered as relocation, and will not be paid for as additional barricades. No payment will be made for Type III construction barricades used at the option of the Contractor in lieu of channelizing devices.

619-5.12 Temporary Positive Barrier. The unit price bid for temporary positive barrier shall include all

labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including any required connection devices, end treatments, end section pinning, temporary delineation and rep air of pavement after removal of temporary positive barrier. Temporary impact attenuators, if required, will be paid for separately. When temporary positive barriers are relocated, except movements necessary to maintain, realign, or replace damaged units and daily relocat ion of segments to allow access to the work area which are restored at the end of the work shift, additional payment for the relocation will be made for additional length of temporary concrete barrier.

619-5 12

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 The unit price bid for temporary positive barrier – Category X shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including pinning. The unit price bid for warning lights on temporary positive barrier with shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and electrical power necessary to complete the work. Should a barrier that is equipped with warning lights be moved to a new location where temporary concrete barrier with warning lights is required, payment will be made for additional warning lights on temporary positive barrier. The unit price bid for Box Beam to Flared Temporary Concrete Barrier Transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including removal and replacement or resetting of exi sting rail; placement and removal of the temporary berm; seeding of the disturbed area; and replacement of rail with holes in its face. No separate payment will be made for box beam used to provide an overlap. The unit price bid for Box Beam to Unflared Temporary Concrete Barrier Transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including removal and replacement or resetting of e xisting rail: furnishing of Transition End Pieces, rub rail heavy posts and blockouts; and replacement of rail with holes in its face. The unit price bid for Temporary Concrete Barrier Face to Box Beam Transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including removal and replacement or resetting of exist ing rail and furnishing of box beam tapered end piece. The unit price bid for Temporary Concrete Barrier Back to Box Beam Transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work, including removal and replacement or resetting of existing rail and re placement of rail with holes in its face. No separate payment will be made for box beam used to provide an overlap. The unit price bid for Corrugated Beam to Flared Temporary Concrete Barrier Transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including removal and replacement or resetting of existing rail; placement and removal of the temporary berm; seeding of the disturbed a rea; and furnishing and removal of terminal rail section. No separate payment will be made for corrugated beam used to provide an overlap. The unit price bid for Temporary Concrete Barrier Face to Corrugated Beam Transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including removal and replacement or resetting o f existing rail and furnishing and removal of W beam end piece. The unit price bid for Temporary Concrete Barrier Back to Corrugated Beam Transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work, including removal and replacement or resetting of existing rail and furnishing and removal of terminal rail section. No separate payment will be made for corrugated beam used to provide an overlap. Progress payments will be made at the unit price bid for 90 percent of the quantity, after placement and demonstration of satisfactory operation. The remaining 10 percent will be paid upon removal. No payment will be made for temporary concrete barrier installed at the Contractor’s option, required solely due to a delay caused by the Contractor’s operations, or installed to protect pavement edge drop -offs, unless required in the contract documents. The unit price bid for temporary positive barrier shall include all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including any required connection devices, end treatments, end section pinning, temporary delineation and rep air of pavement after removal of temporary positive barrier. Temporary impact attenuators, if required, will be paid for separately. When temporary positive barriers are relocated, except movements necessary to maintain, realign, or replace damaged units a nd daily relocation of segments to allow access to the work area which are restored at the end of the work shift, additional payment will be made for additional length of temporary positive barrier. The unit price bid for pinned temporary positive barrier shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including pinning.

619-5 13

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 The unit price bid for temporary positive barrier stiffened with box beam shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including the box beam. The unit price bid for temporary positive barrier with warning lights shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and electrical power necessary to complete the work. Should a barrier that is equipped with warning lights be moved to a new location where temporary positive barrier with warning lights is required, payment will be made for additional length of temporary positive barrier with warning lights. The unit price bid for Box Beam to Flared Temporary Positive Barrier Transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including removal and replacement or resetting of existi ng rail: placement and removal of the temporary berm; seeding of the disturbed area; and replacement of rail with holes in its face. No separate payment will be made for box beam used to provide an overlap. The unit price bid for Box Beam to Unflared Temporary positive Barrier Transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including removal and replacement or resetting of exis ting rail: furnishing of Transition End Pieces, rub rail heavy posts and blockouts; and replacement of rail with holes in its face. The unit price bid for Temporary Positive Barrier Face to Box Beam Transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including removal and replacement or resetting of existing rail and furnishing of box beam tapered end piece. The unit price bid for Temporary Positive Barrier Back to Box Beam Transition shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work, including removal and replacement or resetting of existing rail and repla cement of rail with holes in its face. No separate payment will be made for box beam used to provide an overlap. Progress payments will be made at the unit price bid for 90 percent of the quantity, after placement and demonstration of satisfactory operation. The remaining 10 percent will be paid upon removal. No payment will be made for temporary positive barrier ins talled at the Contractor’s option, required solely due to a delay caused by the Contractor’s operations, or installed to protect pavement edge drop -offs, unless required in the contract documents.

619-5.13 Temporary Glare Screen . The unit price bid for temporary glare screen shall include all labor,

materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work. When glare screens are relocated, except movements necessary to maintain, realign, or replace damaged units and daily relocation of temporary positive barrier segments with glare screen attached to allow access to the work area which are restored at the end of the work shift, additional payment will be made for the length of glare screen relocated. No payment will be made for repair or replacement of damaged components.

619-5.14 Temporary Impact Attenuator. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials,

and equipment necessary to complete the work, including the connection to temporary or existing barrier, the back -up system, the pad, if indicated, and any excavation or backfill. When atte nuators are relocated, payment will be made for a new temporary impact attenuator, except minor movements within a site, such as movements to maintain, realign, or adjust an attenuator. No payment will be made to repai r, restore or replace an attenuator damaged by public traffic or by the Contractor’s operations. Progress payments will be made based on the unit price bid as follows: 90 percent when the attenuator is adequately installed and operational; the remaining 10 percent will be paid upon removal .

619-5.15 Temporary Sand Barrel Arrays. The unit price bid for temporary sand barrel arrays shall

include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work, including the cost of the sand fill and salt additive. Replacement of individual modules damaged by public tra ffic will be paid for at the unit price bid for each temporary sand barrel. Relocation of barrels to a new location will be paid for as a new installation.

619-5 16

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 Progress payments will be made based on the unit price bid as follows: 90 percent when the barrels are adequately installed and operational; the remaining 10 percent will be paid upon removal.

619-5.16 Vehicle Arresting Barrier . The unit price bid for vehicle arresting barrier shall include the cost

of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work. No payment will be made to repair, restore, or replace an attenuator damaged by public traffic or by the Contra ctor’s operations.

619-5.17 Maintain or Modify Traffic Signal Equipment. The unit price bid for maintaining traffic signal

equipment shall include the cost of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform the work, with the exception of inductance loop replacement, if necessary, which will be paid for separately. Th e cost of the electric power shall be the responsibility of the original maintaining agency. No payment will be made during any period for which the Contractor has been granted an extension of time with engineering charges. The unit price bid for modifying traffic signal equipment per location shall include the cost of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform the work.

619-5.18 Temporary Traffic Signals . The unit price bid for temporary traffic signals per location shall

include the cost of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work, including the cost of electric power necessary to operate the signal until its removal is approved or directed by the Engineer. A location may be an intersection, a work zone with two or more signal faces interconnected and operating together, or other limits as defined in the contract documents. Portable or temporary traffic signals used at the Contractor’s option in lieu of flaggers shall be included in the lump sum price bid for basic work zone traffic control. Progress payments will be made at 50 percent of the unit price bid for each location after installation and demonstration of satisfactory operation. The remaining 50 percent will be paid in progress payments per week of temporary traffic signal provided. T he amount of such weekly payment will be determined by dividing 50 percent of the unit price bid by the number of weeks the temporary traffic signal is to remain in operation, as shown on the approved progress schedule.

619-5.19 Nighttime Operations . The lump sum price bid for portable lighting shall include all labor,

materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work, including the cost to adapt equipment and provide power to light sources. Progress payments will be made based on the lump sum price bid as follows: 20 percent when the Nighttime Operations and Lighting Plan has been accepted and satisfactory lighting of nighttime operations has begun; the remaining 80 percent will be paid in progress payments per week of nighttime operations completed. The amount of such weekly payment will be determined by dividing 80 percent of the lump sum amount bid by the number of weeks of nighttime operations in the approved Nighttime Operations and Lighting Plan.

619-5.20 Traffic Control Supervisor . The unit price bid for traffic control supervisor shall include the

cost of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, training, and direct supervision necessary to provide and support the activities of a traffic control supervisor.

619-5.21 Temporary Structures and Approaches . The lump sum price bid for temporary structures and

approaches shall include the cost of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including design preparation, submittals, and inspection of the structure. Progress payments will be made at the unit price bid for 90 percent of the quantity after the temporary structures and approaches are complete and operable. The remaining 10 percent will be paid upon removal.

619-5.22 Pavement Patching . Payment shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and

equipment necessary to patch pavement during periods of winter shutdown when work on the contract is inactive, or when asphalt material is not available, including mobilization of wor k crews and work zone

619-5 23

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 traffic control. The cost of all work associated with providing and installing suitable pavement patching materials to maintain pavements open to traffic in acceptable condition when work on the contract is active, or when asphalt material is available, wi ll be paid under an asphalt sidewalk item if that item is in the contract, or alternatively, under a top course paving item, regardless of the material actually used. Payment for winter patching will be based on force account records submitted to the Engin eer, plus 10% overhead and 10% profit in accordance with §109 -05.

619-5.23 Mailboxes . The unit price bid for mailboxes shall include all labor, materials, and equipment

necessary to complete the work. Only one payment for each mailbox will be made regardless of the number of times it is moved or replaced and shall be made when the mailbox has been placed in its final location. Where multiple mailboxes are installed on a single post, payment will be based upon the number of individual mailboxes so installed.

619-5.24 Portable Temporary Rumble Strips (PTRS). The price bid shall include the cost of furnishing

all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. Pavement cleaning, if necessary, shall be included.

619-5.25 Automated Flagger Assistance Devices (AFAD). The unit price bid shall include the cost of all

labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. The cost of advance warning signs shall be included in the unit bid price for Item 619.01 – Basic Work Zone Traffic Control. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 619.01 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control Lump Sum 619.0101 Basic Work Zone Traffic Control (Daily Operations) Lump Sum 619.04 Type III Construction Barricades Each 619.05nn Temporary Structures and Approaches Lump Sum 619.0701 Temporary Business Signs Square Feet 619.0801xx Remove Pavement Marking Stripes Feet 619.0802xx Remove Pavement Marking Letters or Symbols Each xx = Material 01 = Traffic Paint, 02 = Epoxy Paint, 06 = Permanent Pavement Tape 619.0803 Cover Existing Pavement Marking Stripes (Removable Tape) Feet 619.0804 Cover Existing Pavement Marking Letters or Symbols (Removable Tape) Each 619.09xx Temporary Pavement Markings, Stripes Feet xx = Material 01= Traffic Paint, 03= Removable Tape, 04= Removable Wet Reflective Tape 619.1001xx Interim Pavement Markings, Stripes Feet 619.1002xx Interim Pavement Markings, Symbols Each 619.1003xx Interim Pavement Markings, Letters Each xx = Material 01= Traffic Paint, 02= Epoxy Paint, 03= Removable Tape,

619-5 25

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 04= Removable Wet Reflective Tape, 05= Traffic Paint Supplemented with Raised Markers 619.1105XY Portable Variable Message Sign (PVMS) Standard size – Full Matrix (LED) Each 619.1106XY Portable Variable Message Sign (PVMS) Standard size – Full Matrix (LED) Week 619.1107XY Portable Variable Message Sign (PVMS) Large size - Full Matrix (LED) Each 619.1108XY Portable Variable Message Sign (PVMS) Large size - Full Matrix (LED) Week 619.1109XY Portable Variable Message Sign (PVMS) Small size - Full Matrix (LED) Each 619.1110XY Portable Variable Message Sign (PVMS) Small size - Full Matrix (LED) Week 619.1111XY Portable Variable Message Sign (PVMS) Standard size – Line or character matrix (LED) Each 619.1112XY Portable Variable Message Sign (PVMS) Standard size – Line or character matrix (LED) Week XY = Options X= Equipment Options Y= Cellular Communication Options 1 = No optional equipment specified 1 = No Cellular Communications required 2= Radar 2 = Cellular Communications 3= CCTV Camera 3 = Cellular Communication with NTCIP compliance 4= Radar & CCTV Camera 619.1113 Truck Mounted Variable Message Signs (TMVMS) Each 619.1114 Truck Mounted Variable Message Signs (TMVMS) Week 619.12 Temporary Glare Screen Feet 619.13nn Temporary Traffic Signals Each Location 619.14 Automated Flagger Assistance Device (AFAD) DVDY 619.1611 Maintain Traffic Signal Equipment (Requirement A) Intersection Month 619.1612 Maintain Traffic Signal Equipment (Requirement B) Intersection Month 619.1613 Maintain Traffic Signal Equipment (Requirement C) Intersection Month 619.1614nn Modify Existing Traffic Signal Equipment (Temporary) Each Location 619.1711 Temporary Positive Barrier – Category 1 (Pinning Prohibited) Feet 619.1712 Temporary Positive Barrier – Category 2 (Pinning Permitted) Feet 619.1713 Temporary Positive Barrier – Category 3 (Pinning Prohibited) Feet 619.1714 Temporary Positive Barrier – Category 4 (Pinning Permitted) Feet 619.1715 Temporary Positive Barrier – Category 5 (Pinning Prohibited) Feet 619.1716 Temporary Positive Barrier – Category 6 (Pinning Required) Feet 619.1717 Temporary Positive Barrier – Category 7 (Pinning and Box -Beam -Stiffening Required) Feet 619.1719 Warning Lights on Temporary Positive Barriers Each 619.1720 Box Beam to Flared Temporary Concrete Barrier Transition Each 619.1721 Box Beam to Unflared Temporary Concrete Barrier Transition Each 619.1722 Temporary Concrete Barrier Face to Box Beam Transition Each 619.1723 Temporary Concrete Barrier Back to Box Beam Transition Each 619.1724 Corrugated Beam to Flared Temporary Concrete Barrier Transition Each 619.1725 Temporary Concrete Barrier Face to Corrugated Beam Transition Each 619.1726 Temporary Concrete Barrier Back to Corrugated Beam Transition Each

620-1 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 619.1802 Temporary Impact Attenuator - Redirective (Test Level 2) Each 619.1803 Temporary Impact Attenuator - Redirective (Test Level 3) Each 619.1812 Temporary Impact Attenuator - Gating (Test Level 2) Each 619.1813 Temporary Impact Attenuator - Gating (Test Level 3) Each 619.20 Interim Tubular Markers Each 619.21 Temporary Sand Barrel Module Each 619.22 Temporary Rumble Strips Feet 619.2202 Portable Temporary Rumble Strips DVDY 619.23 Vehicle Arresting Barrier Each 619.24 Nighttime Operations (Entire Project) Lump Sum 619.24nn Nighttime Operations Lump Sum 619.25 Traffic Control Supervisor Month 619.2601 Pavement Patching, Winter Dollars -Cents 619.27 Mailboxes Each NOTE: nn denotes a serialized pay item. DVDY denotes Devices per Day SECTION 620 - BANK AND CHANNEL PROTECTION (Last Revised May 1, 201 9)

620-1 DESCRIPTION. This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials to place

a protective covering of erosion -resistant material in the locations indicated in the contract documents or as directed by the Engineer. The work shall be done in accordan ce with these specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical sections shown in the contract documents or established by the Engineer.

620-1.01 Vacant .

620-1.02 Stone Filling. Stone filling shall consist of a layer of well graded stone.

620-1.03 Dry Rip -Rap. Dry rip -rap shall consist of a fitted layer of shaped and graded stone.

620-1.04 Grouted Rip -Rap. Grouted rip -rap shall consist of a layer of stone, similar to dry rip -rap, with

the spaces between the stones filled with cement grout.

620-1.05 Bedding Material. Bedding material shall consist of a layer of granular material placed to

prevent underlying finer material from passing into and through the stone filling or rip -rap.

620-1.06 Concrete Block Paving. Concrete block paving shall consist of concrete blocks placed on

embankment slopes under structures as protection against erosion.

620-1.07 Gabions. Gabions shall consist of open wire mesh baskets, filled with stones.

620-2 Materials

620-2.01 General. The requirements for bank and channel protection materials are described below. The

procedure for acceptance or rejection of stone filling and rip -rap materials shall be in conformance with the procedures contained in the geotechnical control procedure “ Procedure for the Control of Stone Filling and Rip -Rap Items ”.

620-2 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 620-2.02 Stone Filling. Provide material meeting the requirements of §733 -21 Stone Filling for the type of stone filling specified in the contract documents.

620-2.03 Dry Rip -Rap. Provide material meeting the requirements of §733 -22 Rip-Rap, except for §733 -

22D Grout.

620-2.04 Grouted Rip -Rap. Provide material meeting the requirements of §733 -22 Rip-Rap.

620-2.05 Bedding Material. Bedding material shall meet the requirements of the following subsections

of Section 700 Materials and Manufacturing for the type of bedding material specified in the contract documents:

A.Bedding Material Type 1. Provide material meeting the requirements of §733 -23 Bedding Material Type 1.

B.Bedding Material Type 2. Provide material meeting the requirements of §733 -23 Bedding Material Type 2.

620-2.06 Concrete Block Paving. Provide concrete blocks meeting the requirements of §704 -04

Concrete Block (Slope Paving) . The blocks shall conform to the dimensions identified in Table 620 -1 Concrete Block Dimensions : TABLE 620 -1 CONCRETE BLOCK DIMENSIONS Nominal Dimension Standard Dimension Length 16 to 20 in. 15 ⅝ to 19 ⅝ in. (± ⅛ in.) Thickness 6 in. (solid) 5 ⅝ in. (± ⅛ in.) Width 8 in. 7 ⅝ in. (± ⅛ in.) The size of block used shall be consistent throughout any continuously paved area, and only one nominal length shall be used in any contract. All units shall be sound and free from cracks or other defects that would interfere with the proper placing of the blocks or impair the strength, permanence and appearance of the construction. Cushion sand for concrete block paving shall meet the requirements of §703 -06 Cushion Sand . Grout, where used, shall conform to Table 620 -2 Concrete Block Grout Requirements . TABLE 620 -2 CONCRETE BLOCK GROUT REQUIREMENTS Material Subsection Grout Mix Portland Cement Type 2 §701-01 1 part Mortar Sand §703 -03 2 parts

620-2.07 Gabions. Provide materials meeting the requirements of §712 -15 Gabions .

620-3 Construction Details

620-3.01 General. The ground surface on which bank or channel protection is to be placed shall be free

of brush, trees, stumps, and other objectionable material and shall be dressed to a smooth surface. All soft or spongy material shall be removed to the depth shown in the contract documents and replaced with approved material. Filled areas shall be compacted in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 203. Protection for structure foundations shall be provided as early as the foundation constructio n permits. The type of protection shall be placed in accordance with these specifications and the contract documents.

620-3 02

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 620-3.02 Stone Filling. Stone filling shall be placed in a manner that will produce a reasonable well - graded mass of stone with smaller stone fragments filling the space between the larger ones, so as to result in the minimum practicable percentage of voids. The final section of stone filling shall be in conformance with the lines, grades, and thicknesses shown in the contract documents. Stone filling used for bank or channel protection shall be placed to its full course thickness in one operation, unless specified in the special provisions, and in such a manner that the underlying material will not be displaced or worked into the layer of stone filling. Placement of stone upon finished bedding material, when used, shall be carefully controlled to avoid disr uption and damage to the layer of bedding material. The stone shall be so placed and distributed that there will be no pockets of uniform size material. The desired distribution of the various sizes of stone throughout the mass shall be obtained by selective loading of the material at the quarry or other source; by controlled dumping of successive loads during final placing; or by other methods of placement which will produce the specified results. Rearranging of individual stones by mechanical equipment or by hand will be r equired to the extent necessary to secure the specified results. When stone filling is dumped under water, methods shall be used that will minimize segregation.

620-3.03 Dry Rip -Rap. The stones shall be placed so that the dimension approximately equal to the layer

thickness is perpendicular to the slope surface and that the weight of the stone is carried by the underlying material and not by the adjacent stones. On slopes, the largest stones shall be placed at the bottom of the slope. The dry rip -rap shall be properly aligned and placed so as to minimize void spaces between the adjacent stones. The spaces between the stones shall be filled with spalls of suitable s ize.

620-3.04 Grouted Rip -Rap. The procedure of placing the stones shall be the same as described in §620 -

3.03 Dry Rip -Rap except that the space between stones shall be filled with grout rather than spalls. Material upon which the grouted rip -rap is laid shall not be allowed to occupy the space between the stones. When the stones are in place, the spaces between them shall be completely filled with grout and the surface of the stones cleaned to remove accumulation of grout. Rip -rap shall not be grouted in freezing weather. The grouted rip -rap shall be kept moist for seven days after grouting. A suitable curing compound may be employed, if approved by the Engineer. The Engineer may direct that occasional spaces be left ungrouted for relief of hydrostatic pressure. The ungrouted spaces shall be chinked with spalls of suitable size.

620-3.05 Bedding Material. Where called for in the contract documents, stone filling and dry rip -rap

shall be placed on bedding material. The bedding material shall be placed on the prepared area to the full specified thickness of each layer in one operation, using methods which wil l not cause segregation of particle sizes. Contamination of bedding material by natural soils or other materials shall be prevented. Bedding material that becomes contaminated shall be removed and replaced with uncontaminated bedding material at no additional cost to the State.

620-3.06 Concrete Block Paving. Blocks shall be laid on a 3 in. bed of cushion sand in running bond

with the long dimension transverse to the slope and all joints tight. Blocks shall be set slightly higher than their final position and carefully hand tamped into their final position to p rovide a uniformly even surface and solid bedding under each block. In the areas where grouting is called for, the block shall be laid in running bond with the length parallel to the slope and with ¼ in. joints. Following the laying of blocks, in the area to be grouted, sufficient mortar sand shall be spread over the surfa ce and swept into the joints to fill the latter to 4 in. from the surface. The block shall be wetted before any grout is placed. The joints shall be filled with grout from the bottom flush with the top of the block.

620-3 07

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 After grouting has been completed and the grout has sufficiently hardened, the blocks shall be wetted, covered and cured with curing covers for the first seven days after grouting. Grout shall not be poured during freezing weather.

620-3.07 Gabions. Each gabion unit shall be assembled by binding together all vertical edges with wire

ties on approximately 6 in. spacing or by a continuous piece of connecting wire stitched around the vertical edges with a coil about every 4 in. Empty gabion units shall b e set to line and grade as shown in the contract documents. For structural integrity, wire ties or connecting wire shall be used to join the gabions together along the perimeter of all contact surfaces according to the manufacturer's inst ructions. Internal tie wires shall be uniformly spaced and securely fastened in each outside cell of the structure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions or where ordered by the Engineer. When gabions are being placed as slope protection, the c ross-connecting wire may be deleted if directed by the Engineer. A fence stretcher, chain fall, or iron rod may be used to stretch the wire baskets and hold alignment. The gabions shall be filled with stone, carefully placed by hand or machine, to ensure alignment and avoid bulges with a minimum of voids. After a gabion has been filled, the lid shall be bent over until it meets the side and edges. The lid shall then be s ecured to the sides, ends, and diaphragms with wire ties or connective wire in the same manner described above for assembly.

620-4 Method of Measurement

620-4.01 General. Vacant .

620-4.02 Stone Filling. Stone filling will be measured in cubic yards, measured to the nearest whole

cubic yard, computed from the payment lines shown in the contract documents.

620-4.03 Dry Rip -Rap. Dry rip -rap will be measured in cubic yards, measured to the nearest whole cubic

yard, computed from the payment lines shown in the contract documents.

620-4.04 Grouted Rip -Rap. Grouted rip -rap will be measured in cubic yards, measured to the nearest

whole cubic yard, computed from the payment lines shown in the contract documents.

620-4.05 Bedding Material. Bedding material will be measured in cubic yards, measured to the nearest

whole cubic yard, computed from the payment lines shown in the contract documents.

620-4.06 Concrete Block Paving. Concrete block paving will be measured in square yards, measured to

the nearest whole square yard, computed from the payment lines shown in the contract documents.

620-4.07 Gabions. Gabions will be measured in cubic yards, measured to the nearest whole cubic yard,

computed from the payment lines shown in the contract documents.

620-5 Basis of Payment

620-5.01 General. Vacant .

620-5.02 Stone Filling. The unit price bid shall include the costs of furnishing all labor, material and

equipment necessary to complete the work except that any necessary excavation will be paid for separately.

620-5.03 Dry Rip -Rap. The unit price bid shall include the costs of furnishing all labor, material and

equipment necessary to complete the work except that any necessary excavation will be paid for separately.

620-5 04

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

620-5.04 Grouted Rip -Rap. The unit price bid shall include the costs of furnishing all labor, material and

equipment necessary to complete the work except that any necessary excavation will be paid for separately.

620-5.05 Bedding Material. The unit price bid shall include the costs of furnishing all labor, material and

equipment necessary to complete the work except that any necessary excavation will be paid for separately.

620-5.06 Concrete Block Paving. The unit price bid shall include the costs of furnishing all labor,

material and equipment necessary to complete the work except that any necessary excavation will be paid for separately.

620-5.07 Gabions. The unit price bid shall include the costs of furnishing all labor, material and

equipment necessary to complete the work except that any necessary excavation will be paid for separately. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 620.02 Stone Filling (Fine) Cubic Yard 620.03 Stone Filling (Light) Cubic Yard 620.04 Stone Filling (Medium) Cubic Yard 620.05 Stone Filling (Heavy) Cubic Yard 620.06 Dry Rip -Rap Cubic Yard 620.07 Grouted Rip -Rap Cubic Yard 620.08 01 Bedding Material , Type 1 Cubic Yard 620.08 02 Bedding Material , Type 2 Cubic Yard 620.09 Concrete Block Paving Square Yard 620.10 Galvanized Gabions Cubic Yard 620.11 P.V.C. Coated Galvanized Gabions Cubic Yard SECTION 621 - CLEANING CULVERTS, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND EXISTING ROADSIDE SECTIONS

621-1 Description

621-1.01 General. This work shall consist of cleaning and keeping clean, existing culverts, closed

drainage systems, drainage structures, and existing roadside sections as shown in the contract documents.

621-1.02 Definitions. The following general definitions shall be used in conjunction with this section:

A.Culvert. A culvert is defined as an enclosed channel open at both ends carrying water from a stream or water course through an artificial barrier such as a roadway embankment.

B.Closed Drainage System. A closed drainage system is a collection system for stormwater runoff that carries water to a discharge point. A closed drainage system consists of enclosed channel(s) closed at either one or both ends by a drainage structure, and may include intermediate drainage structures at junction points.

C.Drainage Structure. A drainage structure includes catch basins, manholes, drop inlets, leaching basins and similar structures that collect and/or redirect runoff water.

621-3 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3

D.Materials Removed. Materials removed have been presumed not to include non -hazardous industrial waste or hazardous waste in accordance with §107 -10 Managing Surplus Material and Waste.

E.Clean and Keeping Clean. Clean and keeping clean is the activity of removing accumulated sediment, debris, and vegetation which impedes the flow of water to maintain a proper drainage path and re -establish the design capacity.

F.Graded Surfaces. Grading surfaces entails forming and trimming surfaces to the lines and grades shown in the contract documents.

621-2 MATERIALS. None specified.

621-3 Construction Details

621-3.01 General. Provide appropriate control and discharge practices for all water throughout the

cleaning process. Include methods and schedules to be consistent with the soil erosion and sediment control plan in accordance with §209 -3.01 General and perform all work in accordance with §107 -12 Water Quality Protection.

621-3.02 Cleaning Culverts . Culvert locations identified in the contract documents shall be cleaned.

Materials removed shall be disposed of in accordance with §203 -3.02 B. Disposal of Surplus Excavated Materials . Removal of contaminated material shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 205 Contaminated Soil . It is not guaranteed that placement of surplus materials of spoil will be allowed within the right of way. Additionally, disposal of turbid water generated via the cleaning process shall be subject to appropriate environmental regulations.

621-3.03 Cleaning Closed Drainage System . Closed drainage systems identified in the contract

documents shall be cleaned. Materials removed shall be disposed of in accordance with §203 -3.02 B. Disposal of Surplus Excavated Materials . Removal of contaminated material shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 205 Contaminated Soil . It is not guaranteed that placement of surplus materials of spoil will be allowed within the right of way. Additionally, disposal of turbid water generated via the cleaning process shall be subject to appropriate environmental regulations.

621-3.04 Cleaning Drainage Structures . Drainage structures identified in the contract documents shall

be cleaned. Materials removed shall be disposed of in accordance with §203 -3.02 B. Disposal of Surplus Excavated Materials. Removal of contaminated material shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 205 Contaminated Soil . It is not guaranteed that placement of surplus materials of spoil will be allowed within the right of way. Additionally, disposal of turbid water generated via the cleaning process shall be subject to appropriate environmental regulations.

621-3.05 Cleaning, Grading and Shaping Existing Roadside Section . The Contractor shall remove

earth, turf, brush and debris, or provide necessary fill material to restore adequate roadside drainage. Ditches shall be shaped as shown in the contract documents. Material removed shall be disposed of in conformance with the p rovisions of §203 -3.02 B. Disposal of Surplus Excavated Materials . Removal of contaminated material shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 205 Contaminated Soil .

621-4 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 The Contractor shall protect all fences, markers, culverts, underground structures, utilities and other appurtenances adjacent to the work area. Any damaged facilities and/or disturbed areas shall be replaced in kind at no additional cost to the state.

621-4 Method of Measurement

621-4.01 General. None specified.

621-4.02 Cleaning Culverts . Cleaning culverts will be measured in linear feet of culvert cleaned,

measured along the invert, to the nearest foot. Multiple barrel culverts will be measured along each individual barrel.

621-4.03 Cleaning Closed Drainage System . Cleaning closed drainage systems will be measured in

linear feet of pipe cleaned, measured along the invert of the pipe, from the inside wall surface of the drainage structure to the inside wall surface of the next drainage structure, measured to the neare st foot.

621-4.04 Cleaning Drainage Structures . Cleaning drainage structures will be measured as the number

of drainage structures cleaned.

621-4.05 Cleaning, Grading and Shaping Existing Roadside Section . Cleaning, grading, and shaping

existing roadside section will be measured as the number of linear feet along the edge of the adjacent roadway.

621-5 Basis of Payment

621-5.01 General. None specified.

621-5.02 Cleaning Culverts. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor, materials, and

equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work including the cost of managing and disposing the materials used to clean and the materials removed from the culverts. Payment fo r cleaning culverts will be made only for those facilities designated in the contract documents. Only one payment for each length of facility will be made regardless of the number of times it is cleaned.

621-5.03 Cleaning Closed Drainage System. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all labor,

materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work including the cost of managing and disposing the materials used to clean and the materials removed from the closed drainage sys tem. Payment for cleaning closed drainage systems will be made only for those facilities designated in the contract documents. Only one payment for each facility will be made regardless of the number of times it is cleaned. Cleaning intermediate drainage structures at junction points within a closed drainage system shall be paid for under its respective item.

621-5.04 Cleaning Drainage Structures. The unit price bid for each shall include the cost of all labor,

materials and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work including the cost of managing and disposing the materials used to clean and the materials removed from the drainage st ructures. Payment for cleaning drainage structures will be made only for those facilities designated in the contract documents. Only one payment for each facility will be made regardless of the number of times it is cleaned.

621-5 05

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 621-5.05 Cleaning, Grading and Shaping Existing Roadside Section . The unit price bid shall include the costs of furnishing all labor, material and equipment necessary to complete the work including the cost of disposing the materials removed from the roadside section and/or fill material to restore the shape. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 621.01 Cleaning Culverts with Span of 50 in. or Less Linear Foot 621.02 Cleaning Culverts with Span of More Than 50 in. Linear Foot 621.03 Cleaning Closed Drainage Systems Linear Foot 621.04 Cleaning Drainage Structures Each 621.05 Clean, Grade and Shape Existing Roadside Section Linear Foot 621.11 Cleaning Culverts (Contaminated Material) with Span of 50 in. or Less Linear Foot 621.12 Cleaning Culverts (Contaminated Material) with Span of More Than 50 in. Linear Foot 621.13 Cleaning Closed Drainage Systems (Contaminated Material) Linear Foot 621.14 Cleaning Drainage Structures (Contaminated Material) Each 621.15 Clean (Contaminated Material), Grade and Shape Existing Roadside Sectio n Linear Foot SECTION 622 - BUILDINGS AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES

622-1 DESCRIPTION . This work shall consist of special construction, reconstruction and maintenance

of rest areas/comfort stations; pump houses; elevators; shade structures & canopies; construction, furnishing and placing bus shelters, kiosks and other miscellaneous structures.

622-2 MATERIALS. Materials shall be as specified in the special specifications.

622-3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. As specified in the special specifications.

622-4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. As specified in the special specifications.

622-5 BASIS OF PAYMENT. As specified in the special specifications.

SECTION 623 - SCREENED GRAVEL, CRUSHED GRAVEL, CRUSHED STONE, CRUSHED SLAG

623-1 DESCRIPTION. This work shall consist of furnishing and placing, as shown on the plans or

directed by the Engineer, screened gravel, crushed gravel, crushed stone, or crushed slag.

623-2 MATERIALS. The materials shall meet the requirements of §703 -02, Coarse Aggregates, unless

otherwise indicated, and shall be furnished in the sizes or combination of sizes indicated on the plans or ordered by the Engineer.

623-3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. Screened gravel, crushed gravel, crushed stone or crushed slag

shall be placed as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.

623-4 Method of Measurement

623-4 01

NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Section 600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (USC) January 1, 202 4 VOLUME 3 623-4.01 Measurement by Weight. The quantity to be paid for shall be the number of tons, loose measure, incorporated into the work conforming to the requirements of these specifications and in accordance with the lines, grades, and cross -sections shown on the plans or as directed by t he Engineer.

623-4.02 In-Place Measure. The quantity to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of material

placed, measured in the completed work, within the payment lines, as shown on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer.

623-5 BASIS OF PAYMENT. The unit price bid shall include costs of all labor, material and

equipment necessary to properly complete the work. Payment will be made under: Item No. Item Pay Unit 623.01 Screened Gravel (By Weight) Ton 623.02 Crushed Gravel (By Weight) Ton 623.03 Crushed Stone (By Weight) Ton 623.04 Crushed Slag (By Weight) Ton 623.10 Screened Gravel (In -Place Measure) Cubic Yard 623.11 Crushed Gravel (In -Place Measure) Cubic Yard 623.12 Crushed Stone (In -Place Measure) Cubic Yard 623.13 Crushed Slag(In -Place Measure) Cubic Yard SECTION 624 - PAVED GUTTERS

624-1 DESCRIPTION. This work shall consist of the construction of asphalt pavement , precast,

conventionally formed or machine formed Portland Cement concrete, or cobblestone gutters in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines and grades indicated in the Contract Documents and/or as directed by the Engineer.

624-2 Materials

624-2.01 Asphalt Gutters. The materials for asphalt gutters shall meet the requirements specified for a

9.5 mixture designed for <0.3 million Equivalent Single Axle Loads, ESALs using coarse aggregate Type F9.

624-2.02 Conventionally Formed Concrete Gutters. The materials and manufacture of concrete for

this work shall meet the requirements for Class A concrete specified in Section 501 Portland Cement Concrete - General.

624-2.03 Precast Concrete Gutters. Precast concrete gutters shall comply with the requirements of

§714 -07, Precast Concrete Gutters.

624-2.04 Cobble Gutters. Cobble gutters shall be made of rounded “Hardheads,” 6 inch to 10 inch in

diameter.

624-2.05 Machine Formed Concrete Gutter. The material requirements, mix preparation and

manufacturing of concrete shall comply with the requirements for Class I concrete, as specified in Section 501 Portland Cement Concrete -General.

624-3 Construction Details

Source: New York Standard Specifications, 2024 Edition. Pages 474–640 of 1,264.

← Previous

621 CLEANING CULVERTS, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND

624 PAVED GUTTERS